Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

Microsoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/elementarylatinwOOjordrich 


CICERO 


"Great  natural  rhetorical  gifts,  conscientiously  and  devotedly  cultivated,  com- 
manded for  him  a  success  in  style  which  has  left  permanent  traces  of  its  supremacy 
not  only  in  all  future  writings  in  Latin,  but  even  in  those  of  our  own  language  and 
country. 

"  Nor  is  Cicero  unworthy  of  consideration  as  a  man.  You  feel  the  force  of  the 
soul  through  the  beauty  of  the  style.  You  see  the  man  in  the  writer,  the  nation  in 
the  man,  and  the  universe  at  the  feet  of  the  nation." 


,    ELEMENTARY 


LATIN   WRITING 


BY 


CLARA   B.   JORDAN 

HEAD  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  LATIN 
HUGHES  HIGH  SCHOOL,  CINCINNATI 


AMERICAN    BOOK    COMPANY 
NEW  YORK  .:•  CINCINNATI  •;•  CHICAGO 


Copyright,  1905,  by 
CLARA  B.  JORDAN. 


ELEMENTARY  LATIN  WRITING. 


PREFACE 

Elementary  Latin  Writing  assumes  that  the  pupil  has 
studied  Latin  one  year,  and  is  ready  to  make  use  of  the 
regular  forms  of  the  Latin  language.  The  book  is  planned 
for  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  years'  work  in  secondary 
schools. 

In  the  arrangement  of  topics  the  aim  has  been  to  follow 
in  some  degree  the  order  in  which  these  are  presented  in 
Latin  grammars.  Rules  of  syntax  from  recent  grammars 
precede  the  different  exercises.  The  references  to  tne  arti- 
cles on  syntax  and  the  suggestions  following  the  Exercises 
are  intended  to  aid  the  pupil  in  expressing  thoughts,  not 
words,  and  to  guide  him  to  correct  sentence  construction. 

The  Enghsh  sentences  have  been  collected  from  so 
many  different  sources  that  it  is  impossible  to  give  indi- 
vidual acknowledgment.  These  have  in  many  cases  been 
selected  not  only  to  illustrate  a  Latin  principle,  but  also 
to  make  more  inteUigible  a  fact  or  a  reference  frequently 
met  by  the  pupil  in  his  reading. 

Personal  experience  has  shown  that  in  the  translating 
of  sentences  of  this  kind,  rather  than  of  those  taken 
directly  from  the  authors  read  it  is  possible  for  the  stu- 
dent to  learn  to  imitate  the  style  of  Caesar  or  Cicero  with- 
out copying  the  exact  words  of  either  of  these  authors. 

The  selection  of  simple  sentences  for  the  work  of  the 
second  year  and  a  part  of  the  third  year  has  been  inten- 
tional.    These  sentences  may,  however,  at  the  pleasure  of 

5 

•  2t)j.045 


6      ..,..,.,.,....    .  pr&e;ace 

the  teacher,  be  combined  into  periodic  sentences.  During 
the  third  year  the  separate  sentences  are  dropped  and  the 
pupil  begins  connected  Latin  writing. 

Special  study  of  conditional  sentences  and  of  indirect 
discourse  is  intentionally  omitted  from  the  second  year's 
work  and  reserved  for  the  third  year,  when,  after  a  year's 
study  of  Caesar,  the  pupil  is  better  prepared  for  these 
subjects,  which  he  always  seems  to  dread. 

In  the  selection  of  quotations,  pages  212-231,  the  aim 
has  been  to  bring  together  in  logical  order  the  different 
declensions,  classes  of  pronouns,  verbs,  etc.,  so  that  these 
may  be  used  for  a  constant  review  of  forms. 

A  vocabulary  has  been  added  at  the  suggestion  of  many 
teachers  of  Latin,  to  save  time  for  the  beginner  in  his 
search  for  a  word.  Words  and  forms,  however,  are  not 
the  only  essentials  of  Latin  writing.  The  pupil  should 
remember  that  two  peoples  seldom  express  the  same 
thought  in  the  same  way.  Therefore,  to  write  in  Latin, 
he  must  observe  both  how  the  Romans  expressed  their 
own  thoughts  and  how  they  would  probably  have  ex- 
pressed our  thoughts. 

I  regret  that  I  cannot  thank  personally  the  many  whose 
works  I  have  used  very  freely,  and  to  whom  I  am,  there- 
fore, under  many  obligations. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  Dr.  E.  W.  Coy,  Principal  of 
Hughes  High  School,  for  advice  and  suggestions. 

CLARA  B.  JORDAN. 


CONTENTS 

[The  references  in  the  exercises  and  in  the  vocabulary  are  to  the  articles  on  syntax.] 

PAGK 

General  Statements n 

Uses  of  Nouns '      .        .        .        .14 

The  Nominative .16 

The  Genitive 17 

Exercises  /-j. 

The  Dative 24 

Exercises  4-6. 

The  Accusative 30 

Exercises  y,8. 

Uses  of  the  Word  as 35 

The  Ablative 38 

Exercises  g-14. 

Uses  of  Adjectives 49 

Exercises  1^-21. 

Uses  of  Pronouns 63 

Exercises  22-26, 

Questions '......      80 

Indirect  Questions      .  * 83 

Exercises  2'^-jo. 

Imperative  Mode 89 

Negative  Commands 91 

Exercise  j/. 

Infinitive  Mode 93 

Exercise  32, 

Gerunds  and  Gerundives 97 

Supines 100 

Exercises  jj>,  j^. 

Final  Sentences 103 

Exercises  3^-37- 

Consecutive  Clauses 107 

Exercise  38. 

7 


8  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Conditional  Sentences no 

Exercises  3(^43 » 

Optative  Subjunctive 120 

Temporal  Clauses 121 

Causal  Clauses 124 

Concessive  Clauses 125 

Proviso  Clauses 127 

Negative  Final  and  Consecutive  Clauses 127 

Tense 127 

Rendering  of  may^  can,  must,  oughf,  might,  would,  let,  etc.  .         .128 

Construction  with  Verbs  of  Fearing 130 

Construction   with    Verbs    of    Preventing,    Hindering,    Refus- 
ing, ETC. 131 

Construction  with  Expressions  of  Doubt 131 

Word  Lists 132 

Participles 135 

Exercises  44-46. 

Adverbs 144 

Prepositions 148 

Conjunctions 157 

Roman  Dates 163 

Exercises  ^7,  48. 

Indirect  Discourse 166 

Exercises  4g-^i. 

Roman  Names 174 

Letters 175 

General  Exercises. 

52.  Marathon  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         '177 

53.  Philip  of  Macedon 177 

54.  Alexander  the  Great 178 

55.  Alexander  the  Great  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         -179 

56.  Hannibal 179 

57.  Hannibal 180 

58.  Hannibal 180 

59.  Hannibal 181 

60.  Hannibal 182 


CONTENTS  9 

PAGE 

6i.   Caius  Julius  Caesar 182 

62.  Caius  Julius  Caesar    .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .183 

63.  Caius  Julius  Caesar    .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         ,184 

64.  Caius  Julius  Caesar 184 

65.  Caius  Julius  Caesar 185 

66.  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero  (against  Catiline) 186 

67.  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero 187 

68.  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero        .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .187 

69.  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero 188 

70.  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero 189 

71.  Cornelius  Sulla           .         .         o 190 

72.  Murena 190 

73.  Mithridatic  War 191 

74.  Mithridatic  War        .         .         .         .         »         .         .         .         .  192 

75.  Mithridatic  War 192 

76.  Mithridatic  War 193 

77.  Mithridatic  War 194 

78.  Lucullus  and  Pompey 194 

79.  Lucullus 195 

80.  Pompey 196 

81.  Aulus  Gabinius  Archias     ........  197 

82.  Aulus  Gabinius  Archias     ........  197 

83.  Aulus  Gabinius  Archias     .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .198 

84.  Marcus  Antonius  and  Cicero 199 

85.  Publius  Virgilius  Maro 200 

86.  Publius  Virgilius  Maro 200 

87.  Paris,  Son  of  Priam 201 

88.  Greek  Leaders  in  the  Trojan  War     ......  202 

89.  The  Capture  of  Troy          ........  202 

90.  The  Country  of  the  Aeneid 203 

91.  Mt.  Olympus 204 

92.  Tartarus    ...........  204 

93.  Charon 205 

94.  Cerberus    ...........  206 

95.  Laocoon    ...........  206 

96.  Letter  from  Cicero  to  Atticus              ......  207 

97.  Letter  from  Cicero  to  Terentia            ......  208 

98.  Letter  from  Cicero  to  Atticus    .......  209 

99.  Letter  from  Cicero  to  Atticus    .         .         .         .          .         .         .  210 

100.    Letter  from  Cicero  to  Terentia  .         .         .         .         .         .         .211 

Quotations 212 

Vocabulary  .        , 232 


H  =  Harkness'  Complete  Latin  Grammar,  references  to  Harkness*  Standard 
Grammar  being  inclosed  in  parentheses.  LM  =  Lane-Morgan.  A  = 
Allen  and  Greenough.     G  =  Gildersleeve.     B  =  Bennett. 


ELEMENTARY  LATIN  WRITING 


o>Ko 


1.  **True  ease  in  writing  comes  from  art,  not  chance." 
We  are  apt  to  think  that  the  many  happy  expressions 

found  in  the  writings  of  the  great  masters  are  the  result  of 
genius  alone.  Not  so,  however,  for  much  labor  is  required 
in  the  selecting  of  words  and  expressions,  and  in  the  com- 
bining, of  them  in  such  a  way  as  to  produce  the  most  artistic 
and  forcible  effect. 

2.  In  English,  since  it  is  not  an  inflected  language,  the 
arrangement  of  words  is  somewhat  definitely  fixed  accord- 
ing to  rules  of  syntax.  In  Latin,  however,  because  of  its 
inflected  forms,  a  word,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  par- 
ticles, may  take  almost  any  position  in  a  sentence. 

3.  The  natural  order  of  a  Latin  sentence  in  which  no 
special  emphasis  is  to  be  expressed  is  —  Subject,  Object, 
Verb,  each  with  its  modifiers. 

4.  In  a  sentence  of  the  following  type,  the  emphasis  may 
be  produced  in  Latin  by  the  order  of  the  words ;  in  Eng- 
lish, by  italicizing  them : 

Puer  sororem  vocat,  the  boy  is  calling  his  sister. 
Sororem  puer  vocat,  the  boy  is  caUing  his  sister. 
Vocat  puer  sororem,  the  boy  is  calling  his  sister. 
Sororem  vocat  puer,  the  boy  is  calling  his  sister. 


12  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

5.  The  Romans  considered  the  beginning  and  the  end 
the  important  positions  in  a  sentence. 

6.  Interrogatives  naturally  occupy  the  first  place  in  a 
sentence,  but  they  are  sometimes  placed  after  one  or  more 
emphatic  words. 

7.  Among  the  words  which  do  not  stand  first  in  a  sen- 
tence are  autem,  enim,  quidem,  quoque,  tamen,  veto,  quis 
the  Indefinite  Pronoun  after  si,  nisi,  ne,  num. 

8.  Precision  requires  that  a  sentence  should  begin  with 
the  word  most  intimately  connected  with  the  thought  of 
the  preceding  sentence. 

9.  Let  your  sentence  end  with  a  word  that  is  essential 
both  to  the  construction  and  the  thought  to  be  expressed.    . 

By  changing  the  place  of  ad  eum  mittere,  and  arranging 
Caesar's  sentence  (Bk.  i,  47)  as  follows:  Commodi^imum 
visum  est  ad  eum  mittere  Gaium  Valerium  Procillum,  C. 
Valeri  Caburi  filium,  summa  virtute  et  humanitate  adule- 
scentem,  —  cuius  pater  a  Gaio  Valerio  Flacco  civitate  donatus 
erat,  —  et  propter  fidem  et  propter  linguae  Gallicae  scientiam, 
qua  multa  iam  Ariovistus  longinqua  consuetiidine  litebatur, 
et  quod  in  eo  peccandi  Germanis  causa  non  esset,  we  find 
that,  without  violating  the  construction,  we  may  stop  with 
Procillum,  or  filium,  or  adulescentem,  or  erat,  or  scientiam, 
or  utebatur,  or  esset. 

With  Caesar's  arrangement  one  is  obliged  to  go  to  the 
word  mittere,  which  with  ad  eum  follows  non  esset,  before 
he  can  get  the  thought. 

ID.    Bring  together  words  that  are  logically  connected : 

Niintiatum  est  ei  Ariovisium  cum  su/s  omnibus  copiis  ad 
occupandum  Vesontionem  contendere. 

Is,  se  praesente,  de  se  ter  sortibus  consultum  dicebat. 

Deorum  immortalium  summo  erga  vos  amore. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 3 

In  hac  insolita  mihi  ex  hoc  loco  ratione  dicendi.  Change 
the  order  of  these  words  of  Cicero,  and  we  lose  the 
thought,  that  Cicero  is  appearing  before  the  people  for 
the  first  time  as  praetor. 

11.  When  several  pronouns  are  used  in  the  same  sen- 
tence, they  should*  be  brought  near  to  one  another,  as 
should  words  of  Uke  derivation.  This  the  Romans  did  to 
show  contrast. 

Video  enim  esse  hie  in  senatu  quosdam  qui  tecum  una 
fuerunt. 

Alius  alia  causa  inlata. 

Sed  ut  turn  ad  senem  senex  de  senectute,  sic  hoc  libro  ad 
am/cum  am/cissimus  scrips!  de  am/citia, 

Huic  ego  me  bello  ducem  profiteer. 

12.  Give  a  prominent  person  or  thing  a  prominent  posi- 
tion in  a  Latin  sentence : 

Is,  M.  Messala,  M.  Pisone  consulibus,  coniurationem  fecit, 

it  was  he  who  formed  a  conspiracy  during  the  consulship 
of  Messala  and  Piso. 

Cum  luxuria  nobis  certandum  est,  it  is  with  high-living 
(high  livers)  that  we  have  to  fight. 

13.  Remember  that  translation  of  Latin  words  into  Eng- 
lish words,  or  English  words  into  Latin  words,  rarely  pro- 
duces correct  sentence  constructions.  In  transferring  a 
sentence  from  one  language  to  the  other,  the  thought  must 
be  reproduced. 

Return  gestarum  scriptor  erat,  sed  autem  in  re  publica 
dirigenda  non  versabatur,  he  was  a  historian,  not  a  states- 
man. 

Pauca  locutus  discessit,  after  a  few  remarks,  he  left. 


14  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Cum  periculo  legatum  miserunt,  the  sending  of  an 
ambassador  was  attended  with  much  danger. 

Sero  te  facti  paenitet,  you  feel  sorry  for  what  you  have 
done,  but  it  is  too  late. 

14.  A  cause,  an  inference,  etc.,  often  implied  in  English 
is  to  be  expressed  in  Latin : 

Vos  tunc  paruistis,  cum  paruit  nemo  qui  noluit.  Repre- 
hendo  igitur  ?  Minime  veto.  You  obeyed  orders  at  a  time 
at  which  no  one  obeyed  unless  he  wished  to  do  so.  Do  I 
blame  you  }     No,  indeed. 

15.  Rhythm,  quantity,  and  rhetorical  figures  are  all  to 
be  considered  in  writing  Latin. 


USES   OF   NOUNS 

16.  We  use  nouns  much  more  freely  than  the  Romans 
did,  and  these  are  to  be  variously  rendered  in  Latin. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  express  an  English  noun  by  a 
Latin  verb  form,  be  careful  to  show  the  time  of  the  noun 
by  the  tense  of  the  verb  : 

1.  The  news  came  yesterday  (it  was  announced  yester- 
day), heri  nuntiatum  est. 

2.  No  provision  will  be  made  (it  will  not  have  been  pro- 
vided), non  provisum  erit. 

3.  They  used  to  have  confidence  in  us  (they  trusted  us), 
confidebant  nobis. 

4.  Environment  has  a  great  deal  to  do  with  character 
(it  is  of  great  importance  with  whom  you  have  lived), 
magni  refert  quibuscum  vixeris, 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  1 5 

5.  On  his  return,  the  general  will  raise  more  troops  (the 
general,  when  he  will  have  returned,  will  raise  more  troops), 
imperator,  cum  reversus  erit,  plures  copias  coget. 

6.  On  his  return  the  general  raised  more  troops  (the 
general,  when  he  had  returned,  raised  more  troops),  impe- 
rator, cum  reversus  6sset,  plures  copias  coegit. 

17.  One  Latin  noun  may  express  an  idea  which  in  Eng- 
Hsh  would  require  two  nouns  with  a  preposition  : 

They  have  lost  all  sense  of  honor,  pudor  eos  deseruit. 

Again,  we  often  find  two  Latin  nouns  with  a  conjunc- 
tion, where  in  English  there  would  be  but  one : 

They  formed  an  alliance,  societatem  et  foedus  fecerunt. 

18.  Two  Latin  nouns  connected  by  a  copulative  con- 
junction are  used  where  we  should  expect  one  noun  with 
an  adjective  or  genitive : 

Spectator  et  testis,  eye  witness. 
Vis  ac  dolor,  violent  grief. 
Ratio  et  doctrina,  theoretical  knowledge. 
Oratio  et  facultas,  oratorical  ability. 
Omnia  exempla  cruciatusque,  all  kinds  of  torture. 
Summum  periculum  et  discrimen,  a  very  dangerous  crisis. 
Uno  nuntio  atque  una  significatione  litterarum,  by  one 
stroke  of  the  pen. 

19.  Names  of  persons  may  be  used  in  the  plural,  fre- 
quently in  a  complimentary  sense,  to  express  character : 

Non  multi  Cicerones  fuerunt,  there  have  been  few  orators 
to  be  compared  with  Cicero. 

Names  of  countries  are  used  in  the  plural,  as  we  use 
*the  Carolinas,'  *the  Virginias': 
Duas  Hispanias  munivit,  he  fortified  the  two  Spains. 


l6  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

20.  Abstract  nouns  are  used  in  the  plural  to  show  dif- 
ferent kinds  or  instances  of  abstract  ideas,  or  to  show  one 
idea  pertaining  to  several  persons  or  things : 

Caesarem  militis  fortitudines  non  fugerunt,  heroic  acts 
on  the  part  of  a  soldier  did  not  escape  Caesar's  notice. 


THE   NOMINATIVE 

21.  The  nominative  is  principally  used: 

1.  As  the  subject  of  a  finite  verb : 
Tempus  fugit,  time  flies. 

2.  As  a  predicate  noun. 

Ariovistus  rex  et  amicus  a  senatu  appellatus  erat,  Ario- 
vistus  had  been  called  king  and  friend  by  the  Senate. 

3.  As  an  appositive  : 

Flumen  Rhenus  Helvetios  a  Germanis  dividit,  the  river  x 
Rhine  separates  the  Helvetians  from  the  Germans. 

22.  The  nominative  is  used  in  titles,  notices,  and  in- 
scriptions : 

Hannibal,  Hamilcaris  filius,  Carthaginiensis,  Hannibal, 
son  of  Hamilcar,  the  Carthaginian. 

23.  The  nominative,  either  with  or  without  an  interjec- 
tion, is  sometimes  used  in  exclamations : 

0  festus  dies,  O  happy  day ! 
En  Priamus,  behold  Priam  ! 

24.  A  nominative  is  used  with  an  infinitive  when  the 
writer,  "  under  influence  of  vivid  description,  ignores  tense 
and  person,  and  uses  the  so-called  historical  infinitive  "  :  * 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 7 

Interim  cotidie  Caesar  Haeduos  f rumentum  flagitare.  .  .  . 
Diem  ex  die  ducere  Haedui,  Caesar  meanwhile  dunning  the 
Haedui  for  grain.  .  .  .  The  Haedui  putting  him  off  from 
day  to  day. 

THE   GENITIVE 

25.  The  genitive,  the  adjective  case,  is  used  chiefly  with 
nouns,  but  it  may  be  used  with  adjectives  and  verbs  also : 

Magister  equitum,  master  of  horse. 

Avidi  laudis,  desirous  of  praise. 

Sapientiae  est  id  facere,  doing  that  shows  wisdom. 

26.  The  genitive  may  be  used  with  a  noun  to  show  the 
subject  of  the  action  implied  in  the  limited  noun  : 

Ciceronis  amor  Tulliae  filiae,  the  love  that  Cicero  feels 
for  Tullia,  his  daughter. 

In  this  sentence,  Ciceronis  is  a  subjective  genitive. 

27.  The  genitive  may  be  used  with  a  noun  to  show  the 
object  of  the  action  implied  in  the  limited  noun : 

Ciceronis  amor  Tulliae  filiae,  the  love  that  Tullia  feels 
for  Cicero. 

Here,  Ciceronis  is  an  objective,  Tulliae,  a  subjective 
genitive. 

28.  The  possessive  pronouns  meus,  tuus,  suus,  noster, 
and  vester  are,  as  a  rule,  used  where  we  should  expect  a 
subjective  genitive  of  the  corresponding  personal  pronoun  : 

Meus  amicus  venit,  I  feel  friendly  to  him  who  has  come. 

Numquam  enim  hie  neque  suo  neque  amicorum  iudicio 
revincetur,  never  will  he  be  convicted  either  by  his  own 
evidence  or  that  of  his  friends. 

29.  A  genitive  is  used  before  causa,  on  account  of,  and 
gratia, /<?r  the  sake  of: 

ELEM.  LAT.  WRITING  —  2 


1 8  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Ipsius  causa,  on  his  own  account. 

Exempli  gratia  (e.g.),  for  the  sake  of  example. 

Consulis  honoris  causa,  out  of  respect  to  the  consul. 

30.  Remember  to  use  with  causa  the  possessives  mea, 
tua,  sua,  nostra,  and  vestra,  not  the  genitives  of  the  per- 
sonal pronouns : 

Matris,  non  tua,  causa,  for  your  mother's  sake,  not  your 
own. 

31.  Do  not  forget  that  a  genitive  of  description  requires 
an  adjective  in  agreement  with  it,  and  that  under  this 
genitive  are  included  genitives  of  time,  space,  and  number : 

Dux  magnae  auctoritatis  est,  he  is  a  leader  of  great 
influence. 

Trium  mensium  molita  cibaria  efferunt,  they  take  three 
months'  provisions  with  them. 

Quinque  dierum  iter,  a  five  days'  march. 

Milium  passuum  octo  iter,  a  march  of  eight  miles. 

Milium  militum  octo  exercitus,  an  army  of  eight  thou- 
sand soldiers. 

32.  With  a  word  denoting  a  part,  a  genitive  of  the  whole 
may  be  used.     A  genitive  of  this  kind  is 

1.  A  noun  in  the  plural,  or  a  collective  noun : 

Quod  navium  habebant,  what  (of)  ships  they  had. 
Pars  equitatus,  a  part  of  the  cavalry. 

2.  A  noun  in  the  singular,  in  which  case  the  word 
denoting  the  part  is  a  nominative,  or  accusative  singular 
neuter  : 

Id  temporis,  at  that  (of)  time. 
Nihil  detrimenti,  no  loss. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  19 

33.  A  predicate  genitive  may  be  used  with  sum : 
Populi  est,  he  is  on  the  people's  side.    (He  is  of  the  people.) 
Fortitudinis  est  id  facere,  it  takes  courage  to  do  that. 
Est  sapientiae,  or  sapientis,  it  is  a  wise  measure,  it  shows 

wisdom. 

Multarum  rerum  est,  it  consists  of  many  things. 

34.  Such  verbs  as  sum,  aestimo,  /  value,  puto,  /  think, 
facio,  /  make,  emo,  /  buy,  vendo,  /  sell,  are  used  with  the 
genitives  magni,  parvi,  flocci,  huius,  tanti,  and  similar 
words,  to  express  indefinite  value : 

Magni  tuam  amicitiam  aestimant,  they  value  your  friend- 
ship highly. 

Huius  illud  non  facit,  he  does  not  care  a  snap  of  his 
finger  for  that. 

Tanti  tua  apud  eos  gratia  est  ut  eant,  your  infliuence  with 
them  is  so  great  that  they  will  go. 

Parvi  rem  putant,  they  think  that  it  does  not  amount  to 
much. 

Quid  dicant  flocci  non  facit,  he  does  not  care  a  straw  for 
what  they  say.  (He  does  not  make  it  of  the  value  of  a 
piece  of  wool.) 

35.  In  such  expressions  as  'accuse  him  of,'  'acquit  him 
of,'  '  charge  him  with,'  '  condemn  him  for,'  a  crime,  —  the 
crime  may  be  expressed  by  the  genitive : 

Proditionis  Catilinam  accusaverunt,  they  accused  Catiline 
of  treason. 

36.  Both  genitive  and  accusative  are  used  with  verbs  of 
remembering  and  forgetting : 

Caesaris  meminit,  he  remembers  Caesar. 
Reminisci  pristinae  virtutis  Helvetiorum,  to  remember 
the  former  valor  of  the  Helvetians. 


20  ELEMENTARY    LATIN    WRITING 

Haec  olim  meminisse  iuvabit,  to  remember  these  things 
will  at  some  time  give  us  pleasure. 

Numquam  sui  oblitus  est,  never  did  he  forget  self. 
Iniurias  oblivisci  soles,  you  usually  forget  wrongs. 

37.  Use  with  miseret,  paenitet,  piget,  pudet,  and  taedet, 
the  genitive  of  the  person  or  thing  that  causes  the  feeling, 
with  the  accusative  of  the  person  affected : 

Tui  me  miseret,  I  pity  you. 

Me  piget  stultitiae  meae,  I  am  annoyed  by  my  folly. 
Me  pudet  stultitiae  meae,  I  am  ashamed  of  my  folly. 
Me  fact!  paenitet,  I  am  sorry  for  what  I  have  done. 
Te  vitae  taedetne?    are  you  tired  of  life.? 

Remember  that  an  infinitive  or  a  neuter  pronoun  may 
sometimes  take  the  place  of  the  genitive  that  causes  the 
feeling : 

Numquam  paenitebit  te  isse,  never  will  you  feel  sorry  for 
having  gone. 

Me  quid  pudeat?  why  should  I  be  ashamed  ? 

38.  With  the  impersonal  verbs  refert  and  interest,  use 
the  genitive  of  the  person  interested.  The  possessives 
mea,  tua,  sua,  nostra,  and  vestra,  are  used,  however,  instead 
of  the  genitive  of  the  personal  pronouns : 

Mea,  non  fratris,  interest  magni,  to  me,  but  not  to  my 
brother,  is  it  of  great  importance. 

39.  The  locative  form  of  singular  names  of  towns  of 
the  first  or  second  declension  is  like  the  genitive : 

Cicero  Arpini  natus  erat,  Cicero  was  born  at  Arplnum. 
If  you  wish  to  locate  Arplnum,  the  Latin  will  become: 
Cicero  Arpini  parvo  in  oppido  Lati  natus  erat,  Cicero  was 
born  at  Arplnum,  a  little  town  in  Latium  {m  may  be  omitted). 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  21 

40.  The  genitive  of  the  gerund  and  gerundive  is  used 
very  commonly  with  causa,  to  express  purpose. 

When  the  gerundive  is  used  with  mei,  tui,  sui,  nostri, 
vestri,  gender  and  number  are  not  to  be  considered : 

Sui  conservandi  causa,  for  the  sake  of  saving  themselves, 
for  self-preservation/ 

Vestri  adhortandi  causa,  for  the  purpose  of  encouraging 
you. 

Exercise  i 

In  the  exercises  which  are  to  be  written  in  Latin,  the  references  are 
to  the  articles  here  given. 

1.  The  Romans  worshiped  a  great  number  of  gods  and 
goddesses. 

2.  The  six  great  gods  were  Jupiter,  Mars,  Apollo, 
Neptune,  Mercury,  and  Vulcan ;  the  six  great  goddesses, 
Juno,  Minerva,  Venus,  Diana,  Ceres,  and  Vesta. 

3.  The  father  of  gods  and  king  of  men  was  Jupiter. 

4.  The  queen  of  the  gods  and  wife  of  Jupiter  was  Juno. 

5.  Mars  was  the  god  of  war;  Apollo,  of  the  sun  ;  Nep- 
tune, of  the  sea ;  Vulcan,  of  fire.  Mercury  was  Jupiter's 
messenger. 

6.  Minerva  was  the  goddess  of  wisdom  ;  Diana,  of  the 
moon ;  Venus,  of  love  and  beauty ;  Ceres,  of  grain  and 
harvests;  Vesta,  of  the  hearth. 

7.  The  Greeks  represented  their  gods  (as)  statues  of 
men  and  women. 

8.  These  statues  were  very  beautiful,  and  for  this  rea- 
son the  Greeks  were  never  ashamed  of  them.     (37.) 

9.  The  Athenians  worshiped  Minerva;  they  never 
forgot  her,  and  she  never   forgot  them.     (36.) 

10.  Often  did  she  accuse  others  of  wrongdoing,  but 
for  them  she  always  felt  pity.     (35  ;  37.) 


22  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

11.  No  one  remembers  the  heroes.     (36.) 

12.  They  were  not  gods,  but  a  race  stronger  than  men. 

Exercise  2 

1.  There  was  a  famous  temple  of  Jupiter  at  Olympia. 

(39-) 

2.  There  was  a  statue  also  of  Jupiter  at  Olympia,  a 
sacred  place  in  Elis.     (39.) 

3.  The  inhabitants  of  eighteen  towns  used  to  go  there 
yearly  in  honor  of  Jupiter,  to  carry  what  offerings  they 
had.     (29;  32.) 

4.  The  towns  Elis  and  Pisa  wished  to  be  leaders  of 
affairs.     (21,  3  ;  27.) 

5.  Sparta  took  the  side  of  Elis.     (33.) 

6.  This  she  did,  not  for  the  sake  of  EHs,  but  for  her 
own  sake.      (29;  30.) 

7.  At  this  time  Sparta  was  a  city  of  great  influ- 
ence.    (32,  2;  31.) 

8.  It  was  the  capital  of  Laconia,  and  the  chief  city  of 
the  Peloponnesus. 

9.  It  was  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Eurotas. 

10.  Games  were  celebrated   at   Olympia   in    honor  of 
Jupiter.     (39;  29.) 

11.  The  Greeks  considered  these  games  of  very  great 
importance.      (34.) 

12.  The  victor  valued  his  crown  highly.     (34.) 

13.  Among  the  Romans,  the  worship  of  the  gods  con- 
sisted chiefly  in  prayers,  vows,  and  sacrifices.     (33.) 

14.  The   words   of   a   prayer   were   considered  of   the 
greatest  importance.     (34.)     . 

15.  He  who  made  a  vow  was  called  a  defendant  of  his 
vow.     (21,  2.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  23 

Exercise  3 

1.  After  the  death  of  Aristides  the  leader  of  one  party 
in  Athens  was  Cimon,  a  son  of  Miltiades. 

2.  He  was  a  man  of  great  influence,  and,  at  first,  all 
valued  his  opinion  highly.     (31;  34.) 

3.  Remembering*  the  recent  war,  he  thought  it  a  wise 
measure  for  the  Athenians  to  unite  with  the  Spartans  for 
the  purpose  of  defending  themselves  against  the  Persians. 

(36;  33;  40.) 

4.  Pericles,  the  leader  of  the  other  party,  did  not  favor 
this  plan,  for  the  Spartans  usually  did  more  for  Sparta's 
sake  than  for  that  of  Greece.     (29.) 

5.  Never  did  they  forget  themselves  and  their  own  inter- 
ests.    (36.) 

6.  On  the  side  of  Cimon  were  the  nobles;  on  that  of 
Pericles,  the  people.     (33.) 

7.  Since  the  Athenians  thought  that  it  was  of  great  im- 
portance to  themselves  and  to  Attica,  they  formed  an  alli- 
ance with  the  Argives,  enemies  of  the  Spartans.     (38;  17.) 

8.  When  Cimon  was  accused  of  treason  and  exiled,  very 
few  pitied  him.     (35  ;  37.) 

9.  He  did  not  forget  his  father,  who  also  had  been 
exiled.     (36.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

In  sentence  3,  observe  that  the  word  7'emembering  shows 
Cimon's  reason  for  thinking  it  wise,  etc.  Express  this 
thought  by  using  cum  with  the  .subjunctive  of  the  defective 
verb  memini  (see  Grammar),  or  the  verb  teneo,  with  which 
verb  the  noun  memoria  must  be  used. 

Do  not  let  the  word  for  in  sentence  3  mislead  you,  but 
remember  to  use  the  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  after 
the  verb  of  thinking.     Observe  the  same  construction  in  7. 


24  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

THE   DATIVE 

41.  Both  an  indirect  object  in  the  dative  and  a  direct 
object  in  the  accusative  are  used  with  transitive  verbs  • 

Rex  ei  urbem  donavit,  the  king  gave  him  a  city. 

42.  While  many  verbs  meaning  to  benefit,  injure,  favor, 
help,  please,  trust,  persuade,  pardon,  command,  obey,  and 
the  like,  are  used  with  an  object  in  the  dative,  one  should 
not  rely  upon  the  EngHsh  meaning  for  the  construction  to 
be  used.     This  must  be  learned  from  observation. 

The  dative  tibi  in  the  sentence  Tibi  non  nocent,  they  are 
7iot  harming  you,  shows  that  nocent  is  intransitive. 

The  accusative  te  in  the  sentence  Te  non  laedunt,  they 
are  not  harming  you,  shows  that  laedunt  is  transitive. 

43.  A  verb  which  takes  an  object  in  the  dative  is  used 
impersonally  in  the  passive  voice  and  retains  its  dative : 

Active.     Tibi  nocent,  they  harm  you. 
Passive.     Tibi  nocetur,  you  are  being  harmed. 

44.  Some  verbs  may  be  used  with  either  a  dative  or  an 
accusative,  but  to  express  a  different  idea : 

Servi  dominis  metuebant,  the  slaves  feared  for  their 
masters. 

Servi  dominos  metuebant,  slaves  feared  their  masters. 

Te  consulunt,  they  ask  your  advice. 

Tibi  consulunt,  they  consult  your  interest. 

Gloriam  cupit,  he  is  eager  for  glory. 

Cupit  Helvetiis,  he  is  devoted  to  the  Helvetians. 

45.  Possession  may  be  stown  by  both  the  genitive  and 
the  dative : 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN    WRITING  25 

Pueri  liber  est,  it  is  the  boy's  book.  (He  is  the  owner  of 
the  book.) 

Puero  liber  est,  the  boy  has  a  book.  (The  possession 
may  be  but  temporary.) 

In  this  connection,  learn  the  following : 

I  have*  mihi  est,  or  habeo. 

You  have,  tibi  est,  or  habes. 

He  has,  ei  est,  or  habet. 

We  have,  nobis  est,  or  habemus. 

You  have,  vobis  est,  or  habetis. 

They  have,  eis  est,  or  habent. 

46.  If  the  possessor  is  first  or  second  person,  permanent 
ownership  may  be  shown  by  a  possessive  pronoun  agreeing 
in  gender,  number,  and  case  with  the  object  possessed : 

Nostra  domus  in  summo  coUe  posita  est,  our  house  is  on 
the  top  of  a  hill. 

47.  There  are  many  adjectives  with  which  a  dative  may 
be  used : 

Deo  similis,  like  a  god. 

Castris  idoneus  locus,  a  place  suitable  for  a  camp. 

Nobis  amicus,  friendly  to  us. 

Proximi  Germanis,  next  to  the  Germans. 

Militibus  iucundum,  pleasant  for  soldiers. 

Graeciae  utile,  useful  for  Greece. 

Eis  benignus,  kind  to  them. 

48.  Observe  that,  with  some  adjectives,  the  object  for 
zvhich  may  be  expressed  by  the  accusative  with  ad: 

Ad  multas  res  utile  est,  it  is  useful  for  many  things. 

Also,  that  the  object  toward  which  may  be  expressed  by 
the  accusative  with  in : 

In  eos  criidelis  erat,  he  was  cruel  to  them. 


26  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

49.  Remember  that  with  the  verb  esse,  and  frequently 
with  verbs  of  motion,  there  may  be  two  datives,  one  de- 
noting what  a  thing  tends  to  be,  or  is  meant  to  be,  the 
other  showing  the  person  interested.  The  dative  of  tend- 
ency or  purpose  is  singular  and  is  usually  an  abstract 
noun.  Examples  of  this  dative  are  auxilio,  bono,  contemp- 
tui,  curae,  detrimento,  impedimento,  odio,  oneri,  ornamento, 
praesidio,  saluti,  subsidio,  usui  : 

Equitatum  auxilio  Caesari  Haedui  miserant,  the  Haedui 
had  sent  cavalry  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  Caesar. 

Cui  bono  est.'^  Who  is  the  gainer.?  To  whom  is  it  a 
benefit  ? 

Hominibus  Gallis  brevitas  nostra  contemptui  est,  our  short 
stature  is  an  object  of  contempt  to  the  Gauls. 

Haec  sibi  sunt  curae,  these  things  are  his  business. 

Amicitiam  populi  Romani  sibi  ornamento  et  praesidio,  non 
detrimento  esse  oportere,  the  friendship  of  the  Roman 
people  ought  to  be  an  honor  and  a  protection  to  him,  not  a 
detriment. 

Gallis  magno  erat  impedimento,  it  was  a  great  hindrance 
to  the  Gauls. 

Odio  sum  Romanis,  I  am  an  object  of  hatred  to  the 
Romans. 

Multis  oneri  vita  erat,  to  many  was  life  a  burden. 

Eis  saliiti  erat,  it  proved  a  means  of  safety  to  them, 

Eos  subsidio  oppidanis  mittit,  he  sends  them  as  a  relief 
to  the  townspeople. 

Magno  nobis  usui  erant,  they  were  of  great  use  to  us. 

50.  The  use  of  the  dative  of  the  agent  with  the  passive 
periphrastic  conjugation  and  the  compound  tenses  of  the 
passive  voice  may  be  best  understood  from  examples, 
which  it  would  be  well  to  learn : 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  2/ 

1.  I  must  rise,  mihi  surgendum  est. 
You  must  rise,  tibi  surgendum  est. 

He  must  rise,  ei  surgendum  est. 

We  must  rise,  nobis  surgendum  est. 

You  must  rise,  vobis  surgendum  est. 

They  must  rise,  *  eis  surgendum  est. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  above  that  the  English  personal 
subject  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  the  dative  of  the  agent, 
and  the  intransitive  English  verb  is  rendered  in  Latin  by 
the  impersonal  form  of  the  passive  periphrastic  conjugation. 

2.  I  must  send  the  money,       mihi  pecunia  mittenda  est. 
You  must  send  the  money,         tibi  pecunia  mittenda  est. 

He  must  send  the  money,  ei  pecunia  mittenda  est. 

We  must  send  the  money,       nobis  pecunia  mittenda  est. 

You  must  send  the  money,      vobis  peciinia  mittenda  est. 

They  must  send  the  money,  eis  pecunia  mittenda  est. 

Here  also  it  will  be  observed  that  the  English  personal 

subject  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  the  dative  of  the  agent. 

The  transitive  English  verb,  however,  is  rendered  in 
Latin  by  the  personal  form  of  t?he  passive  periphrastic  con- 
jugation, and  the  English  object^  by  the  Latin  subject. 

3.  I  must  obey  the  law,         mihi  legi  parendum  est. 
You  must  obey  the  law,  tibi  legi  parendum  est. 

He  must  obey  the  law,  ei  legi  parendum  est. 

We  must  obey  the  law,        nobis  legi  parendum  est. 

You  must  obey  the  law,        vobis  legi  parendum  est. 

They  must  obey  the  law,  eis  legi  parendum  est. 

Again  is  the  English  personal  subject  expressed  in  Latin 

by  the  dative  of  the  agent. 

The  transitive  English  verb,  however,  is  rendered  in 
Latin  by  an  intransitive  verb  used  impersonally  in  the 
passive  with  the  dative  of  the  object  (43). 


28  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

4.  I  must  obey  the  tribune,        a  me  tribune  parendum  est. 
You  must  obey  the  tribune,      abs  te  tribuno  parendum  est. 

He  must  obey  the  tribune,  ab  eo  tribuno  parendum  est. 

We  must  obey  the  tribune,  a  nobis  tribuno  parendum  est. 

You  must  obey  the  tribune,  a  vobis  tribuno  parendum  est. 

They  m  ust  obey  the  tribune,  ab  eis  tribuno  parendum  est. 

In  sentences  of  the  above  type,  for  the  purpose  of  avoid- 
ing ambiguity,  express  the  English  personal  subject  by  the 
ablative  of  the  agent,  which  ablative  requires  the  prepo- 
sition a  or  ab. 

5.  I  have  provided,  mihi  provisum  est. 

Here  the  EngHsh  personal  subject  may  be  rendered  in 
Latin  by  the  dative  of  the  agent  used  with  a  compound 
tense  of  the  passive  voice. 

51.  A  dative  may  be  used  with  a  noun  derived  from  a 
verb  that  governs  the  dative : 

Obtemperatio  legibus,  obedience  to  laws. 

Exercise  4 

1.  By  the  laws  of  the  twelve  tables,  Roman  debtors 
were  given  up  to  their  creditors,  to  be  bound  with  fetters 
and  cords. 

2.  For  this  reason  they  were  called  Nexi,  Obaerati,  or 
Addicti. 

3.  When  a  Roman  was  in  debt  and  could  not  obtain 
security  within  sixty  days,  his  effects  were  given  to  his 
creditors. 

4.  At  this  time,  the  houses  of  the  nobles  were  useful 
for  many  things.     (32  ;  48.) 

5.  They  had  prisons  attached  to  them,  and  these  were, 
at  times,  full  of  plebeian  debtors. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  29 

6.  Life  was  a  great  burden  to  a  debtor.     (49.) 

7.  Tribunes  were  created  to  protect  the  plebeians,  to 
whom  the  nobles  had  been  cruel.     (49;  48.) 

8.  No  longer  did  the  plebeians  fear  for  themselves, 
because  the  tribunes  were  now  kind  to  them. 

9.  Whoever  did^  not  obey  the  veto  of  a  tribune,  was 
immediately  ordered  to  be  led  to  prison  by  a  *  viator.' 

10.  One  by  whom  a  tribune  was  harmed  in  word  or 
deed  was  held  accursed,  and  his  goods  were  sold  by  the 
state.     (50,  4.) 

1 1.  Toward  such  a  person  the  law  was  very  severe.   (48.) 

12.  It  was  lawful  for  the  tribunes  to  bring  any  one  into 
a  '  contio '  and  compel  him  to  reply  to  their  questions. 

Exercise  5 

1.  In  early  times  the  Athenians  had  no  written  laws. 

(45.) 

2.  The  nobles  announced  the  laws  to  the  people. 

3.  The  former  never  consulted  the  latter,  but  usually 
worked  for  their  own  interests.     (44.) 

4.  The  latter  feared  the  nobles,  and  at  the  same  time 
feared  for  their  friends.     (44.) 

5.  Written   laws  are  always  a  great   safeguard   to  a 
people.     (49.) 

6.  Obedience  to  written  laws  in  Athens  dates  from 
Draco's  time.     (51.) 

7.  Of  all  the  Athenians  who  were  cruel  to  the  people, 
Draco  was  the  most  cruel.     (48.) 

8.  At  times  he  was  severe  toward  the  nobles  also. 

9.  Solon,  on  the  other  hand,  was  greatly  trusted,  not 
only  by  the  nobles,  but  also  by  the  people.     (50,  4.) 

10.  His  measures  were  a  great  benefit  to  farmers.     (49.) 

11.  These  were  all  freed  from  debt. 


30  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

12.  Those  who  had  had  houses  in  the  country  moved 
back  into  them.     (45.) 

13.  The  nobles  now  had  to  consult  the  interests  of  the 
people.     (44;  SO,  4.) 

14.  Citizens  protected  the  state,  because  there  was  no 
army  (to  do  so).     (49.) 

15.  Solon  pardoned  many  who  had  almost  ruined  the 

state.     (42.) 

Exercise  6 

1.  Tribunes  were  so  called  because  they  were  at  first 
created  from  the  tribunes  of  the  soldiers. 

2.  A  tribune  had  to  remain  in  the  city  night  and  day, 
so  that  he  might  always  be  ready  to  help  those  in  trouble. 

(so,  I ;  49.) 

3.  Everybody  had  to  rise  in  the  presence  of  the  trib- 
unes.    (50,  I.) 

4.  Both  magistrates  and  private  citizens  had  to  obey 
the  veto  of  the  tribune.     (50,  3.) 

5.  Even  magistrates  had  to  obey  the  tribunes.    (50,  4.) 

6.  A  plebeian  had  to  consult  a  tribune.     (50,  2.) 

7.  A  tribune  had  to  consult  the  interests  of  a  plebeian. 
(50,  4.) 

THE   ACCUSATIVE 

52.  Such  words  as  diem,  dies,  noctem,  noctes,  annum, 
annos,  aestatem,  and  hiemem  answer  the  question,  '  How 
long  ? '  They  may  be  used  either  with  or  without  a 
preposition. 

Ludi  per  decern  dies  facti  sunt,  games  were  celebrated 
for  ten  days. 

Dum  paucos  dies  moratur,  while  he  was  delaying  a  few 
days. 

Triginta  annos  natus  est,  he  is  thirty  years  old. 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN    WRITING  3 1 

53.  Milia  passuum,  multos  pedes,  and  similar  expressions 
show  extent  of  space.  These  may  be  used  without  a  prepo- 
sition or  with  per,  and  again,  with  such  adjectives  as  longus, 
latus,  altus : 

Multa  milia  passuum  processerunt,  they  advanced  many 
miles. 
Milites  aggerem  altum  multos  pedes  exstruxerunt,  the 

soldiers  raised  a  mound  many  feet  high. 

54.  lusiurandum,  somnium,  victoriam,  and  other  nouns 
whose  meaning  is  suggested  by  the  verbs  with  which  they 
are  used  are  called  cognate  {born  together)  accusatives  : 

lusiurandum  iuravit,  he  took  an  oath. 

Mirum  somnium  somniavi,  I  dreamed  a  strange  dream. 

Victoriam  vicit,  he  gained  a  victory. 

Bonam  vitam  vixit,  he  led  a  good  life. 

55.  Keep  in  mind  such  accusatives  as  answer  the  ques- 
tion, 'In  what  respect.?*  Among  these  are  found:  mul- 
tum,  plus,  plurimum,  minimum,  tantum,  quantum,  aliquid, 
nihil,  reliqua,  cetera,  id,  quid,  quod. 

56.  While  celare,  to  conceal^  and  docere,  to  teacky  and 
some  verbs  of  asking  and  demanding  may  take  two  accusa- 
tives, one  of  the  person  and  the  other  of  the  thing,  remem- 
ber that 

"This  then  is  not  the  only  way; 
For  it  is  also  right  to  say 
Docere  and  celare  de ; 
Posco,  /  clahuy  and  flagito, 
And  also  peto,  postulo, 
Take  aliquid  ab  aliquo, 
While  quaero  takes  ex,  ab,  de,  quo.** 


32 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN    WRITING 


Nihil  te  celo,  there  is  nothing  that  I  conceal  from  you. 
Ilium  litteras  docuisti,  you  taught  him  his  A  B  C's. 
Caesarem  sententiam  rogavit,  he  asked  Caesar  his  opinion. 

In  changing  a  sentence  of  this  kind  to  the  passive  voice 
the  accusative  of  the  person  becomes  the  subject  and  the 
accusative  of  the  thing  remains  unchanged : 

Caesar  sententiam  rogatus  est,  Caesar  was  asked  his 
opinion. 

Learn  the  constructions  used  with  quaerO. 

Quaerit  ex  solo  ea,  he  makes  these  inquiries  of  him  alone. 

Eadem  ab  aliis  quaerit,  he  makes  the  same  inquiries  of 
others. 

Quaerebant  de  me  ubi  esses,  they  asked  me  where  you  were. 

57.  Avoid  ambiguity  in  the  use  of  ab  with  quaeritur, 
petitur,  poscitur,  postulatur,  etc. 

Aliquid  ab  aliquo  postulatur,  something  is  demanded  of 
somebody  or  by  somebody. 

By  changing  the  verb  to  the  active  voice  the  thought 
may  be  expressed : 

Aliqjiid  ab  aliquo  postulat,  he  demands  something  of 
somebody. 

Aliquis  aliquid  postulat,  somebody  demands  something. 

58.  Observe  the  following : 

1.  Romam  venerunt,  they  came  to  Rome.  (Romam 
without  a  preposition,  the  name  of  a  city  denoting  the 
place  to  which,  used  with  a  verb  of  motion.) 

2.  In  urbem  Romam  venerunt,  they  came  to  the  city, 
Rome.     (In  urbem  precedes  Romam.) 

3.  Romam  in  urbem  pulcherrimam  venerunt,  they  came 
to  Rome,  a  very  beautiful  city.  (In  .urbem  with  an  adjec- 
tive modifier  follows  Romam.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  33 

4.  Ortygiam  venerunt,  they  came  to  Ortygia  (Delos). 
(Ortygiam,  the  name  of  a  small  island,  hence  it  takes  the 
same-construction  as  the  name  of  a  city.) 

5.  In  italiam  venerunt,  they  came  to  Italy.  (Italiam, 
the  name  of  a  country,  requires  a  preposition.) 

6.  In  Siciliam  venfrunt,  they  came  to  Sicily.  (Siciliam, 
the  name  of  a  large  island,  follows  the  construction  of 
names  of  countries.) 

7.  Domum  venerunt,  they  came  home.  Rus  venerunt, 
they  came  to  the  country.  (Domum  and  rus  follow  the 
construction  of  names  of  cities.) 

8.  Domum  tuam      1    _  -      ^  ^1  ^  , 

^     ^  !-  venerunt,  they  came  to  your  house. 

In  domum  tuam  J  ^  -^ 

(With  a  possessive  pronoun  as  a  modifier,  domum  may  be 

used  either  with  or  without  a  preposition.) 

9.  In  domum  meliorem  venerunt,  they  came  to  a  better 
house.  (With  an  adjective  modifier,  domum,  as  a  rule, 
requires  a  preposition.) 

59.  Do  not  forget  that  many  verbs  which  in  EngHsh  are 
intransitive  are  to  be  rendered  in  Latin  by  transitive 
verbs : 

Absentis  Ariovisti  crudelitatem  horrebant,  they  used  to 
shudder  at  the  cruelty  of  Ariovistus  even  when  he  was 
away  from  them. 

Honores  desperant,  they  despair  of  office. 

Ilium  natantem  risere,  they  laughed  at  him  trying  to 
swim. 

60.  One  meets  the  following  and  similar  expressions  so 
often  that  it  would  be  well  to  learn  them : 

1.  Paulo  ante,  a  little  while  ago,  a  little  while  before. 

2.  Paulo  post,  a  little  while  after. 

ELEM.  LAT.  WRITING  —  3 


34  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

3.  Multis  ante  annis,  many  years  before. 

4.  Ante  multos  annos,  many  years  before. 

5.  Abhinc  multos  annos,  many  years  ago. 

6.  Abhinc  multis  annis,  many  years  before. 

7.  Post  multos  annos,  many  years  after. 

8.  Multis  post  annis,  many  years  after. 

9.  Paulo  post  Gallos  victos,  a  short  time  after  his  con- 
quest of  the  Gauls. 

10.  Multis  annis  postquam  Gallos  vicit,  many  years  after 
his  conquest  of  the  Gauls. 

61.  Many  verbs  of  making,  calHng,  choosing,  naming, 
and  the  hke  take  two  accusatives,  denoting  the  same  person 
or  thing : 

Ciceronem  consulem  fecerunt,  they  made  Cicero  consul. 

Remember  that  in  the  passive  both  of  these  accusatives 
become  nominatives : 

Cicero  consul  factus  est,  Cicero  was  made  consul. 

Exercise  7 

1.  A  Roman  camp  was  divided  into  two  parts. 

2.  There  was  a  space  two  hundred  feet  wide  between 
the  ramparts  and  the  tents.     (53.) 

3.  A  Roman  soldier  carried  a  load  that  seemed  almost 
incredible. 

4.  This  load  consisted  of  provisions  for  fifteen  days, 
and  utensils  of  different  kinds.     (31;  33.) 

5.  He  usually  carried  corn  because  it  was  not  heavy. 

6.  His  arms  were  not  a  burden  to  him.     (49.) 

7.  With  this  load  he  usually  marched  twenty  miles  a 
day.     (52;  S3-) 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN  WRITING  35 

8.  There  were  beasts  of  burden  to  carry  the  tents  and 
the  baggage  of  the  army. 

9.  In  early  times  the  Romans  very  seldom  used 
wagons,  because  they  were  heavy  and  the  roads  were 
narrow  and  difficult. 

10.  When  the  Romans  had  gained  a  victory,  they 
saluted  their  leader  as  Imperator.     (54;  61.) 

11.  By  this  name  he  was  known  until  he  returned 
home.     (58.) 

12.  A  little  while  after  a  victory,  the  Imperator  sent  to 
Rome  to  the  senate  letters  encircled  with  laurel  to  inform 
the  Romans  of  his  victory.     (60;  58.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  If  the  work  of  dividing  the  camp  was  going  on,  use 
the  imperfect  tense  ;  if  completed,  express  the  word  divided 
by  the  perfect  participle  used  adjectively,  with  the  imperfect 
tense  of  sum. 

5.  He  tcsiLally  carried  shows  that  he  was  accustomed  to 
carry. 

8.  TJie  beasts  of  burden  zvere  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 
the  tents,     (40.) 

10.  As  Imperator:  do  not  try  to  express  in  Latin  the 
word  as,  until  you  have  decided  the  exact  thought  to  be 
conveyed. 

12.  The  general  sent  letters  by  which  he  might  inform  the 
Romans  of{(lQ)  his  victory,  or  announce  it  to  them. 

62.  Some  of  the  uses  of  the  word  as  may  be  best 
understood  from  examples: 

I.   Cincinnato,  cum  esset  dictator,  manendum  erat  in  urbe, 

as  Cincinnatus  was  dictator,  he  had  to  remain  in  the  city. 
(SO,  I.) 


36  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

2.  nil,   cum  essent  cives,   erant  praesidio  Romae,  as 

citizens  they  protected  Rome. 

In  both  of  these  sentences  the  word  as  suggests  a  reason, 
which  is  shown  by  the  use  of  cum,  a  conjunction  introducing 
a  causal  clause. 

3.  Caesar  consul  multis  ignovit,  Caesar  as  consul  par- 
doned many  (during  the  time  that  he  was  consul). 

4.  Caesar,  ut  ante  dictum  est,  erat  in  Gallia.     As  was 

before   said,  Caesar  was   in   Gaul     (Notice  ut  with  the 
indicative  in  this  sentence.) 

5.  Ut  sementem  feceris,  ita  metes,  as  one  sows,  so  shall 
he  reap.  (As  you  will  have  made  your  sowing,  so  you  will 
reap.) 

Comparison  is  here  shown  by  the  use  of  the  correlative 
adverbs  ut  and  ita. 

6.  Ille  idem,  quod  tu,  putat,  he  thinks  the  same  as  you 
do.     (He  thinks  the  same  thing  as  you  think.) 

In  this  sentence,  as  is  a  relative  pronoun. 

7.  Pro  amicis  eos  habebimus,  we  shall  look  upon  them 
as  friends.     (We  shall  have  them  for  friends.) 

8.  Spero  deos  illis  ac  merentur  relaturos  esse  gratiam, 

I  hope  that  the  gods  will  requite  them  as  they  deserve. 

9.  Ad  civitatem  adscriptus  est,  he  was  enrolled  as  a 
citizen.  (He  was  enrolled  according  to  a  state,  or  for  a 
state.) 

10.  Virtus  sola  neque  datur  dono  neque  accipitur,  virtue 
is  the  only  thing  that  cannot  be  given  or  taken  as  a  gift. 
(Virtue  alone  is  neither  given  nor  received  for  a  gift.) 

11.  Te  qui  moneas  delegimus,  we  have  chosen  you  as 
our  adviser.     (We  have  chosen  you  who  may  advise  us.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  37 

12.  Erant  tot  sententiae  quot  homines,  there  were  just  as 
many  opinions  as  there  were  individuals.  (Tot  —  quot,  are 
correlative  adjectives.) 

Exercise  8 

1.  Cicero  was  forty  years  old  when  the  Romans  made 
him  praetor.     (52;  61.) 

2.  At  that  time  there  were  eight  praetors  or  judges. 

(32.) 

3.  These  were  elected  for  one  year.     (52.) 

4.  Twelve  years  before,   Cicero  had  made  a  trip  to 
Athens,  the  chief  city  of  Greece.     (60;  58.) 

5.  He  had  gone  to  Asia  also.     (58.) 

6.  He  was  away  from  home  for   two   years,   during 
which  he  traveled  many  miles.     (52;  53.) 

7.  When  he  was  thirty  years  old  he  returned  to  Rome. 
(52;  58.) 

8.  Five  years  after  his  consulship  he  was  exiled.    (60.) 

9.  While  he  was  in  exile  the  people  burned  his  house. 

10.  He  applied  to  many  for  aid,  so  that  he  might  build 
another  house.     (56.) 

11.  These  were  quite  willing  to  give  him  much  advice. 

(55.) 

12.  Of  course  he  began  to  despair  of  aid.     (59.) 

13.  His  friend  Atticus  returned  home  at  this  time. 
(58;  32.) 

14.  Atticus  usually  asked  Cicero  many  questions  about 
his  affairs.     (56.) 

15.  Cicero  concealed  nothing  from  him.     (56.) 

16.  He  soon  built  a  new  house,  something  like  his  old 
one.     (55.) 

17.  Not  long  after  he  moved  into  his  new  house.     (60; 

58.) 


38  ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  The  thought  may  be  expressed  by  using  one  sen- 
tence instead  of  a  main  clause  with  another  dependent 
upon  it :  Cicero,  forty  years  old,  the  Romans  made  praetor. 

2.  Render  the  word  or  by  vel,  as  this  word  suggests 
here  a  choice  of  the  vj or ds  praetors  2ind  judges. 

7.    Express  by  one  sentence. 

10.  He  applied  to  many  for  aid=  he  asked  many  for  aid. 

11.  To  give  him  much  advice  may  be  expressed  by  the 
verb  monere  with  an  accusative  of  specification. 

16.  So7nething  like  his  old  one  =  similar  to  his  old  house 
in  some  respect. 

THE  ABLATIVE 

63.  The  Ablative,  the  adverbial  case,  is  used  principally 
with  verbs  and  adjectives. 

64.  The  prepositions  usually  found  with  the  ablative  of 
separation  are  ab,  de,  ex;  but  this  ablative  may  be  used 
without  a  preposition : 

Secernant  se  a  bonis,  let  them  separate  themselves  from 
the  good. 

Ab  eorum  oculis  concedisti,  you  went  away  from  their 
sight. 

Ego  vix  abs  te  eorum  mantis  contineo,  with  difficulty  do  I 
keep  their  hands  from  you. 

Extorta  est  ista  sica  de  manibus,  that  dagger  of  yours 
was  wrested  from  your  hands. 

E  civitate  pulsus  est,  he  was  banished  from  the  state. 

65.  Do  not  use  a  preposition  with  the  name  of  a  town 
or  small  island  to  express  the  *  place  from  which '  after  a 
verb  of  motion : 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  39 

1.  Carthagine  profectus  est,  he  started  from  Carthage. 

2.  Carthagine  ex  urbe  Africae  profectus  est,  he  started 
from  Carthage,  a  city  of  Africa. 

(Notice  the  preposition  and  also  the  order  of  the  words 

in  2.) 

♦ 

66.  The  perfect  participles  natus,  genitus,  ortus,  and 
satus,  denoting  birth  or  origin,  are  used  with  the  ablative 
of  source. 

The  preposition  ex  is  used  with  pronouns ;  ab,  sometimes 
ex,  with  remote  ancestors : 

Ex  me  atque  ex  hoc  natus  es,  you  are  his  son  and  mine. 

Ab  Germanis  orti  sunt,  they  are  descended  from  the 
Germans. 

67.  After  a  comparative  the  ablative  may  take  the  place 
of  quam  {than)  with  a  nominative  or  accusative : 

Cicero  Hortensio  eloquentior  erat,  Cicero  was  more  elo- 
quent than  Hortensius. 

68.  Remember  that  the  ablative  of  means  is  used  without 
a  preposition ;  the  ablative  of  the  agent,  with  a  or  ab : 

Litteris  certior  fiebat,  he  was  informed  by  letter. 
Labienus  a  Caesare  certior  fiebat,  Labienus  was  informed 
by  Caesar. 

69.  From  such  expressions  as  qua  re,  qua  de  causa,  qua 
ex  parte,  hoc,  meaning  for  this  reason,  we  see  that  cause 
may  be  expressed  by  the  ablative  with  or  without  a  prepo- 
sition. 

70.  Where  in  EngHsh  we  use  an  adverb  to  answer  the 
question  '  How? '  an  ablative  with  or  without  cum  may  be 
used  in  Latin : 

Magna  cum  lenitate  fluit,  it  flows  very  smoothly. 


40  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

71.  Remember  that  the  degree  of  difference  may  be 
shown  by  the  ablative : 

Hoc  quam  illud  multo  melius  est,  this  is  much  better 
than  that. 

72.  Observe  that  the  following  sentences  with  different 
constructions  express  the  same  thought : 

1.  Forma  pulcherrima  sunt,  they  are  very  beautiful  in 
form  (forma,  ablative  of  specification). 

2.  F5rma  pulcherrima  sunt,  they  are  of  very  beautiful 
form  (forma,  ablative  of  description). 

73.  If  you  wish  to  express  the  cost  or  the  selling  price 
of  anything  by  a  noun,  use  the  ablative : 

Auro  patriam  vendidit,  he  sold  his  country  for  gold. 

74.  The  lack  of  a  perfect  participle  in  the  active  voice  in 
Latin,  and  our  frequent  use  of  an  English  participle  whose 
form  only  is  present  make  it  necessary  to  use  the  ablative 
absolute  freely. 

Do  not  forget,  however,  that  the  noun  or  pronoun  in 
this  construction,  as  a  rule,  shows  a  different  person  or 
thing  from  the  subject  or  object  of  the  main  clause. 

Caesar,  Ariovisto  victo,  in  hiberna  exercitum  deduxit, 
having  conquered  Ariovistus,  Caesar  led  his  army  down 
into  winter  quarters. 

75.  As  a  rule,  use  the  preposition  in  with  the  ablative 
to  answer  the  question  '  Where  ? ' 

If,  however,  this  ablative  is  used  with  totus,  omnis, 
cunctus,  or  medius,  the  preposition  is  often  omitted. 

In  Gallia  nunc  multi  German!  erant,  there  were  now  in 
Gaul  many  Germans. 

Vulgo  totis  castris  testamenta  obsignabantur,  everywhere 
in  the  whole  camp  wills  were  being  signed  and  sealed. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN    WRITING  41 

76.  The  following  forms  are  to  be  learned  : 

On  the  right,  dextra. 

On  the  left,  sinistra. 

On  the  ground,  humi. 

On  land  and  sea,  terra  marique. 

At  home  and  in  the  field,     domi  militiaeque. 

In  the  country,  ruri. 

From  the  country,  rure. 

To  the  country,  rus. 

At  home,  domi. 

From  home,  domo. 

In  the  middle  of  the  city,     media  in  urbe. 

On  the  top  of  the  mountain,  in  summo  monte. 

77.  If  the  *  place  where  '  is  the  name  of  a  town  or  small 
island  in  the  plural,  or  of  the  third  declension,  use  the 
locative,  which  is  like  the  dative  or  ablative  in  form  :     (39.) 

Athenis  multos  annos  erant,  they  spent  many  years  in 
Athens. 

Athenis  in  urbe  pulcherrima  multos  annos  erant,  tLey 
spent  many  years  in  Athens,  a  beautiful  city  (in  may  be 
omitted). 

78.  Such  words  as  die,  on  the  day,  vera,  in  spring, 
aestate,  in  summery  auctumno,  in  autumn,  hieme,  in  winter, 
answer  the  question  *  When  ? ' 

Eodem  die  castra  movit,  on  the  same  day  he  broke  up 
camp. 

Bellum  Pompeius  extrema  hieme  apparavit,  ineunte  vere 
suscepit,  media  aestate  confecit,  Pompey  prepared  for  war 
late  in  the  winter,  began  it  early  in  the  spring,  finished  it 
in  midsummer. 

79.  Remember  that,  as  a  rule,  the  deponent  verbs  titor, 
use,  fruor,  enjoy  (in  the  sense  of  getting  profit  from),  fungor. 


42  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

discharge  (in  the  sense  of  performing  a  duty),  potior,  get 
possession  of,  and  vescor,  live  on,  feed  on,  take  the  ablative. 
(Potior  may  take  the  genitive,  and  it  is  regularly  so  used 
with  rerum  :  potiri  rerum,  to  get  the  power.) 

Exercise  9 

1.  The  Capitol,  built  by  Tarquinius  Superbus,  was 
situated  on  the  Capitoline  hill.     {6^  ;  75.) 

2.  In  the  middle  of  the  Capitol  was  a  temple  of 
Jupiter.     {76.) 

3.  On  the  right  was  a  temple  of  Minerva.  (For  this 
reason,  she  is  said  to  have  obtained  honors  next  to  Jupiter.) 
On  the  left  was  a  temple  of  Juno.     {7^-) 

4.  The  Capitol  was  one  hundred  steps  higher  than  the 
Forum,  and  it  was  the  most  strongly  fortified  part  of  the 
city ;  for  this  reason  it  was  called  the  '  Arx.'     (71  ;  67 ;  69.) 

5.  The  Capitol  cost  an  immense  sum  of  money  and  was 
rich  in  gifts.     (73  ;  72.) 

6.  The  gates  were  of  heavy  bronze  and  of  extraordi- 
nary workmanship.     (72.) 

7.  They  were  great  both  in  size  and  workmanship.    (72.) 

8.  As  in  Rome,  so  in  Athens,  Corinth,  Carthage,  and 
in  other  large  cities,  the  principal  temple,  or  the  citadel, 
was  called  by  the  name  Capitol.     (62,  5.) 

9.  The  temples  were  all  filled  with  sacred  offerings. 
10.    Everything  that  money  could  buy  was  found  here. 

SUGGESTIONS 

3.  To  have  obtained  honors  =  to  have  occupied  a  posi- 
tion of  ho7ior  (occupavisse  honores). 

5.  Cost  an  immense  sum  of  money:  stare  summa 
pecunia. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING  43 

6.  Observe  that  of  heavy  bronze  and  of  extraordinary 
workmanship  describe  the  gates;  in  sentence  7,  m  size  and 
in  workmanship  tell  in  what  respect  the  gates  were  great. 

8.  In  Rome  (39),  in  Athens  {jj\  in  Corinth  (39),  in 
Carthage  {y^\  in  cities  (75). 

10.  Everything  t/uit  money  could  buy  =  all  things 
.that  could  be  bought  with  money. 

Exercise  10 

1.  In  early  times  columns  were  erected  in  a  city  in 
honor  of  great  men.     {y^ ;  75  ;  29.) 

2.  There  were  many  kinds  of  columns. 

3.  In  the  erection  of  these,  the  Romans  used  both 
bronze  and  marble.     (79.) 

4.  The  marble  they  sometimes  brought  from  M ar- 
marium, a  town  in  Euboea.     (65.) 

5.  By  the  Romans  there  were  erected  many  columns,  no 
one  of  which  was  more  remarkable  than  Trajan's  column. 
{6%;  67.) 

6.  On  this  there  are  cut  Trajan's  exploits  in  Dacia. 

7.  Trajan  was  not  born  in  Italy.     (75-) 

8.  He  came  to  Italy  from  Italica,  a  town  of  Spain. 
(58;  65.) 

9.  Although  he  was  Nerva's  successor,  he  was  not  his 
son. 

10.  The  ornaments  of  the  column  of  Antoninus  and 
(that)  of  Trajan  are  of  the  same  kind.     (72.) 

11.  The  former  column  is  much  higher  than  the  latter, 
but  it  is  inferior  in  workmanship.     (71  ;  72.) 

12.  In  the  whole  of  Europe,  no  nation  was  more  fond 
of  adorning  its  buildings  with  pillars  than  were  the 
Romans.     (75.) 


44  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

SUGGESTIONS 

2.  Columns  were  of  many  and  various  kinds,     (72.) 

3.  In  the  erection  of  these:  in  his  columnis  con- 
locandis.  The  gerundive  is  used  to  show  that  the  work 
of  erecting  was  going  on,  not  completed. 

4.  A  toivn  in  Euboea  =  a  town  of  Enboea, 

6.  To  show  by  means  of  a  column  what  Trajan  had 
done  in  Dacia,  it  would  be  necessary  to  cut  into  the 
column.  A  Roman  would  show  this  in  his  description : 
Into  this  colum7t  are  cut  the  things  done  (gero)  by  Trajan 
when  he  was  in  Dacia,  Observe  that  the  verb  are  cut 
shows  an  act  that  is  completed.  Use,  therefore,  the  perfect, 
not  the  present  tense. 

9.  He  was  not  the  son  (natus)  of  Nerva  {f>^\  whom 
(dative)  he  succeeded. 

Exercise  ii 

1.  For  four  days  after  Leonidas  reached  the  pass  of 
Thermopylae  the  Persians  remained  in  camp.     (52.) 

2.  On  the  fifth  day  Xerxes  ordered  an  assault,     (j^^ 

3.  During  the  whole  of  that  day  and  also  the  next  day 
the  battle  raged  fiercely.     (52.) 

4.  The  Persians  were  unable  to  drive  the  Greeks  back. 

5.  Great  was  the  slaughter  of  the  Persians. 

6.  A  few  of  the  Spartans  were  lost,  it  is  true,  but  about 
the  rest,  nothing  is  said. 

7.  After  the  fighting  began,  a  treacherous  Greek,  Ephi- 
altes  by  name,  told  Xerxes  of  the  path  over  the  mountain. 
(60;  72.) 

8.  On  this  account,  the  Persians  were  enabled  to  make 
an  attack  upon  the  Greeks  from  the  rear,  and  they  there- 
fore won  the  victory.     (69;  54.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING  45 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  For  the  declension  of  Leonidas,  see  H.  81  (50); 
LM  445 ;  A  37 ;  G  65 ;  B  22.  To  reach  the  pass  is  to 
come  through  to  (ad)  the  pass. 

2.  Xerxes  (H  1 10  {6%) ;  LM  511;  A  63 ;  G  65  ;  B  47) 
commanded  that  an  attack  should  be  made  on  the  Greeks 
(in  Graecos). 

3.  Express  the  battle  raged  by  the  passive  voice  of  pug- 
nare,  using  the  impersonal  form,  that  is,  the  third  person 
singular  number. 

5.  If  the  slaughter  of  the  Persians  was  great,  the  Greeks 
killed  a  great  multitude  of  Persians. 

6.  Nothing  is  said  =  nothing  has  been  said  or  written. 

7.  In  this  sentence  we  find  the  English  noun  in  -ing  used 
as  a  subject.  This  is  not  to  be  so  rendered  in  Latin.  The 
thought  may  be  expressed  by  using  the  verb  coepi  in  the 
passive  and  as  an  impersonal  verb,  with  the  present  infinite 
passive  of  pugnare :  postquam  pugnari  coeptum  est.  (See 
Grammar  for  coepi,  a  defective  verb.)  —  Ephidltes  (ae)\  H 
81  (50);  LM  444;  A  37;  G  65 ;  B  22.  —  Told  Xerxes 
—  informed  Xerxes  (Xerxen  certiorem  fecit)  of  (&€)  the  path 
over  (per)  the  mountain, 

8.  The  Persians  were  enabled  to  make  an  attack  =  the 
result  of  this  was  that  the  Persians  were  able  (imperfect 
subjunctive)  to  make  an  attack. 

Exercise  12 

1.  At  this  time  there  was  no  one  from  whom  the 
Greeks  could  get  assistance.     (32  ;   "j^.^ 

2.  The  laws  of  Sparta  forbade  a  soldier  to  leave  his 
post  of  duty. 

3.  Leonidas  did  not  fear  death. 


46  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

4.  A  Spartan  could  stand  all  sorts  of  torture.     (18.) 

5.  When  hope  seemed  out  of  the  question,  Leonidas 
ordered  the  rest  of  the  troops  to  withdraw. 

6.  He  himself  with  three  hundred  Spartans  and  seven 
hundred  Thespians  remained. 

7.  These  all  took  an  oath  to  be  faithful  unto  death.    (54.) 

8.  Their  heroic  acts  were  not  in  vain. 

9.  At  that  time  men  were  not  unwilling  to  forsake  the 
common  cause  for  the  sake  of  self-preservation.     (40.) 

10.  Leonidas,  king  of  Sparta,  fell  in  the  heroic  defense 
of  Thermopylae.     (40.) 

11.  People  would  travel  miles  to  get  to  Sparta,  so  that 
they  might  read  for  themselves,  on  the  column  erected  in 
honor  of  the  brave  Spartans,  the  names  of  the  famous 
three  hundred.     (53.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  No  one  sent  troops  to  aid  the  Greeks.     (49.) 

2.  To  leave  the  post  of  duty  =  to  withdrazv  from  battle, 

5.  When  hope  seemed  out  of  the  question  =  hope  having 
been  taken  away,     (74.) 

6.  Express  the  preposition  cum  with  definite  numbers. 
8.    Not  in  vain  did  they  fight  very  bravely. 

10.  Leonidas  fighting  very  bravely  for  the  purpose  of 
defending  Thermopylae  fell. 

11.  They  were  accustomed  to  go  many  miles  in  order 
that  they  might  reach  Sparta.     (58.) 

Exercise  13 

I.  Bias,  Chilo,  Cleobulus,  Periander,  Pittacus,  Solon, 
and  Thales  were  the  seven  men  whom  the  ancient  writers 
usually  reckoned  as  the  Seven  Wise  Men.     (62.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  47 

2.  Periander  was  of  noble  birth,  and  he  made  up  his 
mind  to  be  king  of  Corinth,  not  only  in  name,  but  also  in 
reality.     (72.) 

3.  He  built  a  palace  on  the  top  of  the  citadel  of 
Corinth  and  surrounded  himself  with  soldiers.     {7^-) 

4.  No  one  in  the  whole  of  Greece  was  more  influential 
than  Periander.     (75;  6y.) 

5.  Fearing  that  men  might  talk  about  liberty,  he  issued 
an  order  prohibiting  public  meetings. 

6.  In  a  fit  of  anger  he  killed  his  wife,  although  he  was 
very  fond  of  her. 

7.  Then,  because  his  conscience  troubled  him,  he 
ordered  all  of  the  women  of  Corinth  to  burn  their  hand- 
some robes  at  her  tomb,  to  show  respect,  as  he  said,  to  her 
memory.     (29.) 

8.  At  this  time,  his  two  sons  were  in  the  country  with 
their  grandfather.     {76.^ 

9.  The  younger  immediately  suspected  his  father  of 
his  mother's  murder. 

10.  On  his  return  from  the  country,  he  would  not  salute 
the  king,  his  father.     (16  ;  76.) 

11.  For  this  reason,    he  was  obliged  to   leave   home. 
(69;  76-) 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  Bias,  Biantis;  Chilo,  Chilonis;  Cleobulus,  Cleobuli; 
Periander,  Periandri;  Pittacus  or  Pittacos,  Pittaci;  Solon 
or  Solo,  Solonis. 

2.  Made  up  his  mind  to  be  king  —  decided  to  make 
himself  king. 

3.  Surrounded  himself  with  soldiers  =  had  soldiers 
around  him  (circum  se). 

4.  To  be  more  influential:    plus  posse  or  plus  valere. 

(55.) 


48  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

5 .  That :  ne.  —  Issued  an  order  proh  ibiting  =  proh ibited 
public  meetings,  ab  hominibus  conveniri  prohibuit. 

6.  Angry y  he  killed  his  wife, 

7.  On  account  of  conscience :  abiectus  conscientia. 

9.  The  younger  (minor  natu)  thought  that  his  mother 
had  been  killed  by  his  father,  or,  to  the  younger,  suspicion 
was  not  zvanting  that  (quin)  his  father  had  killed  his 
mother, 

I  o.    He  refused  to  salute. 

1 1 .    He  was  driven  from  home. 

Exercise  14 

1.  The  two  sons  had  always  differed  from  each  other 
in  looks,  disposition,  and  ability.     (72.) 

2.  In  his  old  age,  Periander  began  to  realize  that  his 
elder  son  would  not  be  a  suitable  successor. 

3.  He  sent  his  daughter  to  try  to  persuade  the  younger 
one  to  return  home.     (42  ;  58.) 

4.  He  refused  to  leave  Corcyra  to  return  to  Corinth 
while  his  father  was  king.     (58.) 

5.  A  few  years  later,  Periander  was  willing  to  abdicate 
the  throne. 

6.  Eagerly  did  he  wait  for  the  coming  of  the  son  with 
whom  he  had  not  been  happy,  and  without  whom  he  was 
not  contented. 

7.  The  father  had  always  had  confidence  in  this  son. 

(16.) 

8.  But  when  the  people  learned  what  had  been  done, 
there  was  a  feeling  of  fear  throughout  the  whole  city.     (17.) 

9.  Everybody  felt  that  this  was  a   dangerous  crisis. 

(18.) 

10.  When  the  son  had  decided  to  return  home,  he  was 
captured  and  afterwards  killed.     (58.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  49 

11.  Periander  took  vengeance  upon  his  captors. 

12.  A  few  years  later  he  died,  after  a  reign  of  forty 
years.     (60;  52.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  From  each  other ^  inter  se. 

2.  Periander,  old,  felt  that  his  elder  (maiorem  natu)  son 
would  not  be  (infinitive)  a  suitable  (person)  to  succeed  him. 

See  H  591,  7  (503,  II,  2);  LM1819;  A  320,/;  0631,1; 
B  282,  3. 

3.  Express  both  the  purpose  for  which  Periander  sent 
his  daughter,  and  her  purpose  in  persuading  her  brother. 
H  568(497);  LM  1947;  A  317;  G  545;  B282. 

4.  He  refused  to  leave:  H  568,  8;  (p.  279,  footnote  2;) 
LM  i960,  1977;  A  319,  ^;  G  423,  2,  N.  2,  548,  N.  I,  549, 
N.  I ;  B  295,  3. 

Remember  that  Corcyra  is  the  name  of  a  large  island ; 
hence,  use  a  preposition  with  it.  —  While  his  father  was 
king,     (74.) 

8.  What  had  been  done:  H  649,  II  (529);  LM  1774, 
1773;  A  210,  2,  334;  G467;  B  300. 

II.  This  is  not  unUke  the  English  expression  Periander 
made  his  captors  pay  for  this  =  Periander  from  (de)  those 
who  had  captured  his  son  took  (sumo,  ere)  the  pay  (supplicium). 


THE  USES   OF   ADJECTIVES 

80.  The  English  adjectives  a,  an,  the,  when  definite 
rather  than  indefinite  are  to  be  expressed  in  Latin,  and 
usually  by  pronouns: 

The  Iliad,  Ilias  ilia. 

After  a  fashion,  in  a  way,  quodam  modo. 

ELEM.  LAT.  WRITING  —  4 


50  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

8i.  The  Latin  word  unus  translates  the  English  a,  onCy 
single y  etc.,  when  these  words  express  the  numeral  one  : 

No  one  ought  to  be  punished  twice  for  one  offense,  nemo 
debet  bis  puniri  pro  uno  delicto. 

82.  If  the  English  word  one  is  used  in  an  indefinite  sense, 
show  this  by  the  use  of  quidam,  qui,  etc. : 

It  was  stated  in  one  of  your  letters,  in  tua  quadam  epi- 
stola  scriptum  est. 

One  who  gives  quickly  gives  twice,  bis  dat  qui  cito  dat 

83.  The  EngUsh  word  one  is  used  with  so  many  mean- 
ings that  these  require  many  and  varied  forms  of  Latin 
expression.    These  may  be  best  understood  from  examples  : 

1.  One  says  one  thing;  another,  another,  alius  aliud 
dicit.  (The  double  English  statement  is  shown  in  Latin 
by  two  cases  of  alius.) 

2.  One  is  in  Athens,  another  in  Antioch,  alius  Athenis, 
alius  est  Antiochiae.    (One  .  .  .  another,  alius  .  .  .  alius.) 

3.  One  is  in  Corinth,  the  other  in  Carthage,  alter  Corinthi, 
alter  est  Carthagine.  {One  and  the  other  suggest  two.  Use 
alter  .  .  .  alter  if  the  reference  is  to  the  individual.) 

4.  One  party  withdrew,  the  other  made  an  attack  on 
the  enemy,  alteri  se  receperunt,  alteri  impetum  fecerunt 
in  hostes. 

84.  In  a  series,  as  a  rule,  use  unus  to  xix^d^n  first ;  alter, 
second:  j]^^  f^j-g^  class,       unum  genus. 

The  second  class,  alterum  genus. 
The  third  class,     tertium  genus. 

85.  Remember  that  numerals  include  cardinals,  ordinals, 
distributives,  and  numeral  adverbs.  H  161-172  (171-182); 
LM  2404 ;  A  94-98  ;  G  94-99  ;  B  78-82. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  5 1 

86.  Distributive  adjectives  are  used  to  mean  so  many 
apiece ;  these,  except  singuli  and  terni,  may  be  used  with 
nouns  plural  in  form,  but  singular  in  meaning : 

Caesar    singulis    legionibus    singulos    legates   praefecit, 

Caesar  appointed  a  lieutenant  for  each  legion. 
Una  castra  munita  si^nt,  one  camp  is  fortified. 
Trina  castra  munita  sunt,  three  camps  are  fortified. 

87.  Mille,  thousand,  is  used  both  as  an  adjective  and  as 
a  noun.  As  an  adjective  it  is  indeclinable;  as  a  noun  it  is 
declined :  singular  plural 

Nom.  and  Ace.     mille  milia 

Gen.  (wanting)  milium 

Abl.  mille  (i)        Dat.  and  Abl.     milibus 

Mille  passus,  one  mile  (one  thousand  paces). 

Mille  passuum,  one  mile  (one  thousand  of  paces). 

Duo  milia  passuum,  two  miles  (two  thousands  of  paces). 

88.  Latin  comparatives  may  be  variously  rendered  in 
English : 

Longius  iter,  a  longer  march. 

Plures,  too  many. 

Loquacior,  rather  talkative. 

Prior  loquitur,  he  is  Xh^  first  to  speak. 

Sapientior  quam  melior,  wiser  than  good 

Caelum  pice  nigrius,  black  as  pitch. 

89.  A  Latin  comparative  may  be  strengthened  by  etiam, 
even,  multo,  much,  paulo,  a  little,  and  similar  words  : 

Multo  maior  alacritas,  a  much  greater  eagerness. 

90.  Comparison  may  be  shown  by  the  use  of  correlative 
adjectives  ;  also  by  such  prepositions  as  ante,  prae,  praeter : 

Tantum  hoc  illud  quantum  est,  this  is  as  large  as  that. 


52  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Ante  alios  pulcherrimus  erat,  he  was  more  handsome  than 
any  of  the  others. 

Fortis  prae  ceteris  erat,  he  was  the  bravest  of  all.  (Prae 
with  the  ablative  shows  that  he  was  the  bravest  when  con- 
trasted with  the  rest,  who  may  not  have  been  brave.) 

Fortis  prae  ceteros  erat,  he  was  the  bravest  of  all ;  he  was 
the  bravest  when  compared  with  others  who  were  brave. 

Praeter  ceteras  gentes  avidi  laudis  fuistis,  you  have  been 
more  eager  for  glory  than  the  rest  of  nations  have  been. 

91.  Magis,  more,  occurs  commonly  with  adjectives  or 
adverbs  ;  plus,  more,  with  verbs  ;  pluris  (the  genitive  of  plus) 
is  seldom  used  except  to  express  indefinite  value : 

Est  magis  idoneum,  it  is  more  suitable. 

Magis  audacter  quam  parate  pugnant,  they  show  more 
boldness  than  preparation  in  their  fighting. 

Pluris  domus  quam  solum  est,  the  house  is  worth  more 
than  the  ground. 

92.  Remember  that  plus  and  amplius,  more,  and  minus, 
less,  may  be  used  with  numerals  without  having  any  effect 
on  the  construction : 

Minus  milia  passuum  tria  ab  eis  ponit,  he  pitches  his 
camp  less  than  three  miles  from  them. 

93.  Per  prefixed  to  a  positive  gives  it  the  force  of  a 
superlative  : 

Hoc  est  perfacile  factu,  this  is  very  easy  to  do. 
Perpauci  se  eripuerunt,  very  few  escaped. 

94.  Quam,  longe,  or  vel  may  be  used  to  emphasize  a 
superlative : 

Quam  maximum  numerum  coegit,  he  raised  the  largest 
possible  number. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  53 

Apud  Helvetios  longe  ditissimus  fuit,  among  the  Helve- 
tians he  was  by  far  the  richest. 

Vel  minimum  fecerunt,  they  did  the  very  least. 

95.  When  a  superlative  is  used  partitively  it  usually  pre- 
cedes its  noun ;  so  also  do  the  adjectives  medius,  reliquus, 
and  ceterus : 

Summus  mons,  the  top  of  the  mountain. 
Extrema  hieme,  late  in  the  winter. 
Media  aestate,  in  midsummer. 
Reliqui  Galli,  the  rest  of  the  Gauls. 
Cetera  Graecia,  the  rest  of  Greece. 

96.  English  offers  adjectives  in  exchange  for  Latin 
relative  clauses,  prepositional  phrases,  and  adverbs ;  also 
a  noun  with  an  adjective  modifier  in  exchange  for  a  single 
noun : 

Eae  res  quae  remorari  solent,  the  usual  delays. 
Sine  nomine  scriptae  sunt,  an  anonymous  letter. 
Est  contra  exempla,  it  is  unprecedented. 
Acriter  pugnatum  est,  there  was  sharp  fighting. 
IJsus  eis  auxilio  erat,  practical  experience  was  a  great 
help  to  them. 

97.  One  EngHsh  noun  with  an  adjective  modifier  may 
sometimes  translate  two  Latin  nouns  joined  by  a  con- 
junction : 

Vis  et  sententia,  real  meaning. 
Religio  et  metus,  superstitious  fear. 
Ratio  et  doctrina,  theoretical  knowledge. 
Aestus  febrisque,  a  high  fever. 
Cura  et  metus,  fearful  anxiety. 


54  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

98.  As  a  rule,  an  adjective  in  prose  is  not  used  in  Latin 
with  the  name  of  a  person  unless  such  adjective  has 
become  a  part  of  the  name : 

Alexander,  vir  fortissimus,  the  brave  Alexander. 
Alexander  Magnus,  Alexander  the  Great. 

99.  In  English,  there  may  be  several  disconnected  ad- 
jective modifiers  with  one  noun,  but  these,  in  Latin,  must 
be  connected  : 

In  tot  et  tantis  malis,  in  so  many  serious  disasters. 


Exercise  15 

1.  Greece  consisted  at  first,  not  of  a  single  state,  but 
of  many  states.     (33.) 

2.  In  Greece,  a  king  was  the  chief  of  a  small  number 
of  inhabitants.     (75.) 

3.  Attica  seemed  to  be  a  large  state,  and  it  was  a  very 
easy  thing  to  stir  up  the  inhabitants  of  the  different  parts 
against  one  another.     (93.) 

4.  The  inhabitants  of  the  plain  were  more  influential 
than  those  of  the  mountain. 

5.  Those  of  the  coast  were  the  bravest  of  all.     (90.) 

6.  There  seemed  to  be  one  leader  for  each  district.     {S6.) 

7.  Of  the  nobles,  Pisistratus  was  the  most  shrewd  and 
most  daring;  he  was  always  on  the  alert  for  his  own 
interests.     (44.) 

8.  The  cleverest  of  the  nobles,  Pisistratus,  for  three 
years  tried  to  become  their  leader.     (52.) 

9.  One  market  day,  when  there  were  many  poor  people 
in  town,  he  smeared  himself  with  blood  and  rode  into  their 
midst. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  55 

10.  In  a  loud  tone  he  exclaimed  that  bitter  enemies  had 
attacked  him  on  account  of  his  great  loyalty  toward  his 
fellow-citizens.     (70.) 

11.  He  said  also  that  these  enemies  were  now  less  than 
two  miles  from  the  city.     (92  ;  64 ;  Sy.) 

* 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  At  firsts  of  Greece y  there  was  not  one  state,  but  many 
states. 

4.    To  be  more  influential:  plus  posse  or  plus  valere. 

7.  He  was  on  the  alert  for  his  own  interests  =  he  con- 
sulted his  own  interests  (44)  or  he  was  watchful  (vigilans) 
ifi  his  own  affairs  (rebus). 

8.  Tried  to  make  himself  leader, 

9.  One  market  day  (82 ;  y%\  Show  in  this  sentence 
the  time  of  the  act  by  the  tense  of  the  verb :  He,  on  a 
market  day,  on  which  day  the  toivn  was  filled y  etc.,  when 
he  had  smeared  (subjunctive)  himself  with  blood,  rode  into 
their  midst  (in  medios). 

10.  In  a  loud  tone  or  zvith  a  great  voice.  Show,  by 
placing  the  prepositional  phrase  toward  his  fellow-citizens 
between  the  adjective  and  the  noun,  that  his  loyalty  was 
great  toward  his  fellow-citizens,  not  toward  others :  sum- 
mum  in  Gives  suos  studium.     (10.) 

Exercise  16 

1.  One  to  whom  the  crafty  Pisistratus  had  told  the 
whole  plan  asked  the  people  for  a  guard  of  seventy-five 
men  for  him.     (82;  56;  31.) 

2.  In  a  few  words  the  wise  Solon  advised  the  people 
against  this,  but  in  vain  did  he  do  so.     (98.) 


56  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

3.  Solon  knew  that  Pisistratus  was  naturally  cruel,  and 
he  saw  that  the  unsuspicious  were  greatly  influenced  by 
what  he  said.     (96.) 

4.  All  these,  schemes  seemed  to  him  plainer  than  day. 
(88;  67:) 

5.  He  knew  that  Pisistratus  wished  to  make  himself 
tyrant. 

6.  This  name  the  Greeks  at  first  gave  to  one  who 
became  king  in  a  city  where  the  law  did  not  authorize  it. 
(82;  80.) 

7.  Pisistratus  was  much  more  bold  than  brave.  (89 ;  88.) 

8.  Twice  in  one  year  was  he  driven  out  of  the  city. 

9.  One  party  drove  him  to  the  plain ;  the  other  to  the 
coast.     (83.) 

10.  For  the  third  time  he  made  himself  tyrant. 

11.  After  this  he  seemed  not  only  less  cruel  to  his  ene- 
mies, but  even  more  faithful  to  his  friends.     (47 ;  48.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

2.  Against  this :  ne  hoc  f aceret. 

3.  He  knew  that  Pisistratus  was  (present  infinitive) 
cruel  by  nature,  and  he  saw  that  those  who  suspected  noth- 
ing zvere  greatly  influenced  (present  infinitive)  by  those 
thi^tgs  which  he  had  said. 

5.  //  did  not  escape  (fugit)  him  that  Pisistratus  wished 
(present  infinitive)  to  make  himself  tyi^ant. 

6.  hi  a  city  in  zvhich  by  law  it  was  not  allowed  (licehat) 
to  be  done. 

Exercise  17 

1.  Pisistratus  in  the  latter  part  of  his  life  became  a 
much  milder  tyrant  than  he  had  been.     (95  ;  89.) 

2.  As  his  advisers  he  chose  members  of  his  own  family 
and  others  of  high  rank. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  57 

3.  His  own  practical  experience  in  many  things  proved 
a  great  advantage  to  him.     (96;  49.) 

4.  He  improved  Athens  with  many  lofty  temples  and 
magnificent  buildings. 

5.  He  had  as  many  poets  as  could  be  found  in  the 
whole  of  Greece  brought  to  Athens.  (62,  12;  75; 
58.) 

6.  He  employed  learned  men  to  make  necessary 
changes  in  the  works  of  the  old  poets. 

7.  After  this,  these  works  were,  therefore,  considered 
much  more  valuable.     (89.) 

8.  The  two  sons  of  Pisistratus  succeeded  him. 

9.  At  first  Athens  flourished  under  their  rule. 

10.  At  length  Hipparchus  was  assassinated  for  having 
spoken  to  a  nobleman  in  a  rather  haughty  tone;  but  Hip- 
pias,  his  brother,  was  not  harmed  at  all.     (88  ;  43  ;  55.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

2.  He  chose  his  own  {friends^  and  othe}^  nobles  who 
might  advise  him  in  respect  to  all  tilings.     (55.) 

5.  He  caiised  {zViXdiVit)  as  many  poets,  etc.,  to  be  broitght 
to  Athens.  H  622  (544,  2,  n.  2);  LM  2250;  A  294,  d\ 
G430;  B337,  7,  2. 

6.  The  statement  He  employed  learned  m.en  tells  us  at 
once  that  he  gave  business  or  employment  to  learned  men. 
These  men  were,  of  course,  employed  for  a  purpose,  and 
this  the  Latin  must  show. 

Again,  the  necessary  changes  must  have  depended  upon 
the  judgment  of  these  learned  men.  This  also  must 
appear  in  the  Latin  sentence. 

The  real  meaning  (vis  et  sententia)  of  this  sentence  is 
as  follows : 


58  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

He  gave  employment  to  learned  m^en  who  might  change  as 
many  of  the  poems  of  the  old  writers  as  they  thought  should 
be  changed  by  them. 

Now  that  we  have  the  thought  ready  for  the  Latin, 
let  us  consider  the  order  of  the  words  to  express  this 
thought. 

The  fact  tjiat  learned  men  were  employed  is  important. 
We  have  a  choice  of  two  words,  docti  and  eruditi,  for  the 
Latin  word  with  which  to  begin,  as  both  of  these  mean 
learned  men. 

A  Roman  would  select  the  one  which  in  his  opinion 
would  produce  the  better  effect.     (15.) 

Express  the  relative  clause  next,  then  the  quot  clause, 
and  end  with  the  verb  with  which  we  begin  in  EngHsh. 

We  have  not  yet  expressed  the  thought  in  the  expres- 
sion necessary  changes.  This  must  appear  in  the  quot  or 
quam  multa  clause,  and  necessity  may  be  shown  by  the 
passive  periphrastic  conjugation. 

It  remains  now  to  decide  upon  the  mode.  An  infini- 
tive will  express  the  idea,  since  it  is  used  with  a  verb  of 
thinking. 

9.    The  tzvo  sons  reigning  (74),  things  in  Athens  {yy)  zvere 
most  flourish  ijtg. 

10.  Hipparchus,  becaiise  he  had  addressed  {^^'^t\\,diSi\^st\^ 
a  noble  rather  haughtily  {%^\  was  killed. 

Hippids  (Exercise  11,  Suggestion  i). 

Exercise  18 

1.  After  the  death  of  Hipparchus,  his  elder  brother 
became  cruel  and  suspicious.     (74.) 

2.  Certain  Athenians  had  been  expelled  from  Athens 
by  Pisistratus.     (65  ;  68.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  59 

3.  The  temple  of  Delphi,  which  had  been  destroyed 
by  fire,  the  enemies  of  Pisistratus  had  contracted  to 
rebuild. 

4.  Dodona,  it  is  true,  was  more  ancient  than  Delphi, 
but  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  fame  of  Delphi  was  estab- 
lished in  very  early  tifnes.     {^^7  \  7^'^ 

5.  The  builders  of  the  temple  not  only  worked  very 
faithfully,  but  they  did  even  more  than  they  had  promised. 

(89.) 

6.  In  building  parts  for  which  the  specifications  had 
required  only  stone,  they  had  used  Parian  marble.     (79.) 

7.  The  new  temple  was,  therefore,  worth  more  than 
the  old  one.     (91  ;  6j,^ 

8.  The  result  of  this  was  that  the  builders  gained  the 
greatest  possible  influence  with  the  priests  of  the  Sacred 
College.     (55.) 

9.  In  early  times  there  was  only  one  Pontifex.  Sulla 
increased  the  number  to  fifteen.  These  were  called 
*  Maiores  '  and  ^  Minores/ 

10.  Many  think  that  the  former  were  patricians  and 
the  latter,  plebeians. 

11.  The  Sacred  College  consisted  of  the  whole  number 
of  pontifices.     (33.) 

12.  The  builders  of  the  above-mentioned  temple  be- 
came again  men  of  great  influence  among  the  Athenians, 
who  felt  grateful  to  them.     (96 ;  72  ;  10.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

2.  Begin  the  sentence  with  A  Pisistrato. 

3.  See  Exercise  17,  Suggestion  5. 

From  this  sentence  it  may  be  seen  that  the  perfect  par- 
ticiple shows   that  an  act  is  completed,   and  the  future 


6o  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

participle  an  act  that  is  to  be.       The  temple  burned ^  by 
fire^  to  be  rebuilt  they  had  contracted  for  {iocdiYQrdiUt). 

4.  There  is  no  doubt  that  (non  est  dubium  quin)  Delphi 
in  very  early  times  was  (perfect  subjunctive)  celebrated, 

5.  {Those)  who  built  the  temple  not  07ily  worked  with 
great  fidelity  (70),  etc. 

6.  Of  {those)  building  they  had  demanded  {^6)  that  they 
use  stone  (79)  in  building  certain  parts  (use  in  with  the 
ablative  gerundive). 

8.  The  result  of  this  was  that  (quo  factum  est  ut)  these 
men  were  very  influential  (plurimum  possent  or  valerent). 

12.  Bring  the  prepositional  phrase  among  the  Athenia^ts 
near  the  3.d]ectivQ  great  in  order  to  show  that  it  was  among 
the  Athenians  that  their  influence  was  great:  Again  did 
those  who  had  built  the  new  temple  become  of  greats  among 
the  Athenians y  influence.    (10.) 

Exercise  19 

1.  To  all  inquiries  of  the  Spartans,  the  priests  kept 
answering,  "You  must  free  Athens."     (50,  2.) 

2.  On  account  of  their  superstitious  fear,  they  decided 
to  drive  Hippias  out  of  Athens.     (97;  65.) 

3.  Three  different  armies  they  sent  against  him. 

4.  The  first  was  defeated;  the  second  was  driven  out 
of  the  city,  but  two  of  the  tyrant's  children  were  captured ; 
the  third  conquered  Hippias,  who  had  been  driven  from 
one  place  to  another.     (84;  83.) 

5.  An  eyewitness  describes  many  cases  of  heroism. 
(18;  20.) 

6.  In  the  very  heart  of  the  city  there  had  been  sharp 
fighting.     (95  ;  96.) 

7.  After  many  serious  troubles,  Hippias,  in  order  to 
recover  his  children,  agreed  to  leave  Attica.     (99 ;  64 ;  40.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  6l 

8.  Hoping  that  the  Persians  would  restore  him  to  his 
country,  he  went  to  the  coi/rt  of  Darius. 

9.  It  was  he  who  pointed  out  to  the  Persians  the  plain 
of  Marathon  and  the  port  most  suitable  for  their  great 
number  of  ships. 

10.  The  plain  of  Marathon  is  about  twenty-three  miles 
from  Athens. 

11.  One  writer  says  that  Hippias  fell  at  Marathon; 
another,  that  he  died  on  the  island  of  Lemnos,  on  his 
return  from  Marathon.     (83;  TT\  16.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.    To  the  Spartans  inquiring^  the  priests  answered, 
4.    Two  of  the  tyrant's  children :  duo  ex  tyranni  liberis. 
7.    Hippias  said  that  he  zvould  go  away  from  Attica, 
9.   He  pointed  out  the  plain   of  Marathon   (campum 
Marathonium). 

10.   Use  ab  with  Athenis. 

Observe  that  the  expression  twenty-three  miles  shows  not 
extent  of  space,  but  distance  from  one  place  to  another, 
which  may  be  shown  by  either  the  accusative  or  the  ablative 
without  a  preposition. 

Exercise  20 

1.  The  distinguishing  part  of  the  Roman  dress  was  the 
toga,  as  that  of  the  Greeks  was  the  pallium. 

2.  The  toga  was  a  loose,  flowing,  woolen  robe,  which 
no  one  except  a  Roman  citizen  was  allowed  to  wear. 

3.  Its  use  was  forbidden  to  exiles  and  foreigners. 

4.  The  toga  of  a  rich  man  or  a  nobleman  was  much 
better  and  fuller  than  that  of  one  less  wealthy.     (89.) 

5.  A  toga  of  this  kind  was  about  fifteen  feet  long  and 
twelve  feet  wide,  circular  at  the  bottom  and  open  at  the  top 
down  to  the  girdle.     (53  ;  95.) 


62  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

6.  One  part  was  drawn  up  and  thrown  back  over  the 
left  shoulder;  the  other  fell  to  the  bottom  of  the  feet. 

(83;  95.) 

7.  The  part  thrown  back  formed  a  fold  in  which  many- 
things  might  be  carried  and  with  which  the  face  and  head 
might  be  covered. 

8.  In  early  times,  a  Roman  wore  a  toga  even  in  time 
of  war ;  it  was,  however,  much  more  narrow  than  the  one 
worn  in  time  of  peace.     (89.) 

9.  Afterwards  the  sagum  became  the  cloak  of  a  Roman 
soldier. 

10.    A  soldier  wore  the  sagum  over  his  armor. 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  Gens  Romana  togata  est;  palliata  est  Graeca  gens. 

2.  The  toga  no  one  except  a  Roman  citizen  wore  (gerebat). 

3.  Exiles  and  foreigners  were  forbiddefZy  or  were  not 
allowed^  to  wear  the  toga. 

5.    At  the  bottom :  ab  ima. 

9.   In  time  of  war :  in  bello  ;  in  time  of  peace :  in  pace. 

Exercise  21 

1.  As  the  toga  was  the  symbol  of  peace,  so  the  sagum 
was  the  sign  of  war.     (62,  5.) 

2.  For  years  after  the  founding  of  the  city,  Roman 
men  and  women  wore  the  toga.     (52;  60.) 

3.  Afterwards  the  stola  was  the  dress  of  a  Roman 
matron. 

4.  A  man  usually  wore  a  white  toga. 

5.  There  were  dark-colored  or  black  togas,  it  is  true, 
but  these  were  worn  by  the  very  poor,  or  by  accused  per- 
sons, or  by  those  in  mourning. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  63 

6.  Every  one,  whether  rich  or  poor,  took  great  pains 
to  adjust  his  toga  so  that  it  would  hang  well  and  not 
drag. 

7.  The  rich  had  special  togas  for  special  occasions. 

(45 ;  86.) 

8.  In  battle  a  general  had  one  toga,  in  a  triumph  another. 

(83.) 

9.  The  former  was  called  *  paludamentum,'  the  latter, 
the  robe  of  victory. 

10.  Magistrates,  certain  priests,  boys  under  seventeen, 
and  girls  until  their  marriage  wore  the  toga  bordered  with 
purple,  called  *toga  praetexta.'     (52;  92.) 

11.  A  young  man  over  seventeen  laid  aside  this  toga  and 
put  on  the  *  toga  virilis.*     (52  ;  92.) 

12.  Cicero  tells  us  that  the  usual  time  for  putting  on  the 
*  toga  virilis  *  was  March  21,  in  honor  of  Bacchus.   (96 ;  29.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  Show  the  contrast  in  this  sentence  by  employing  the 
figure  Chiasmus.     (See  Grammar.) 

5.  Those  in  mourning:  express  by  the  present  parti- 
ciple of  lugeo. 

6.  That  it  might  not  be  uneven:  ne  impar  dissideret ; 
and  might  not  drag:  nee  deflueret. 

10.  Boys  under  seventeen  =  boys  born  less  than  seventeen 
years  ;  until  her  marriage  =  until  she  put  on  the  veil, 

USES   OF    PRONOUNS 

100.  Ego,  /,  nos,  we,  tu,  you  (sing.),  vos,  you  (pi.),  are  to 
be  expressed  in  Latin  either  to  show  emphasis  or  contrast, 
or  to  separate  other  words  for  the  purpose  of  making  them 
emphatic. 


64  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

loi.  If  ego  is  expressed,  give  it  the  first  place  in  the 
sentence,  or  put  it  as  near  the  beginning  as  the  rights  of 
other  words  will  permit. 

102.  Nos,  the  *  editorial  we^  either  expressed  or  implied 
in  the  verb,  is  of  frequent  use.  Do  not,  however,  use  the 
plural  vos  for  the  singular  tu  : 

Quod  ante  demonstravimus,  which  I  have  before  men- 
tioned. 

103.  Mei,  tui,  sui,  nostri,  vestri,  when  personal  pronouns, 
are  commonly  objective  genitives : 

Ne  patiantur  desiderio  sui  Catilinam  miserum  tabescere, 

let  them  not  allow  Catiline  to  pine  away  in  misery  because 
of  his  longing  for  them. 

104.  As  a  rule  the  genitives  nostrum  and  vestrum,  not 
nostri  and  vestri,  are  used  with  words  denoting  a  part : 

Nostrum  and  vestrum  are  regularly  found  with  omnium  : 
Ne  cui  vestrum  mirum  esse  videatur,  lest  it  may  seem 

strange  to  any  one  of  you. 

Nostrum  omnium  memores  erant,  they  were  mindful  of 

us  all. 

105.  The  expressions  inter  nos,  inter  vos,  inter  se  are 

used  so  often  that  it  would  be  well  to  learn  them : 

Inter  nos  differimus,  we  differ  from  one  another. 
Inter  vos  differtis,       you  differ  from  one  another. 
Inter  se  differunt,       they  differ  from  one  another. 

These  expressions  may  mean  from  each  other  if  the  refer- 
ence is  to  two. 

106.  Se  and  suus  sometimes  refer  to  the  real  subject, 
although  this  may  not  be  the  grammatical  subject : 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITh\G  6$ 

Sunt  sua  praemia  laudi,  virtue  has  its  own  reward.  (To 
virtue  are  its  own  rewards.) 

107.  Remember  that  meus,  my,  tuus,  your,  noster,  our, 
vester,  your,  suus,  his,  her,  its,  their,  depend  upon  the 
object  possessed,  not  upon  the  possessor,  for  their  gender, 
number,  and  case : 

Domum  suam  vendidit,  he  has  sold  his  house,  she  has 
sold  her  house. 

108.  Distinguish  between  tuus,  your,  and  vester,  your. 
Tuus  refers  to  one  owner  or  possessor,  and  vester  to  more 

than  one : 

Te  tuaque  dedidisti,  you  surrendered  yourself  and  your 
possessions. 

Vos  vestraque  dedidistis,  you  surrendered  yourselves  and 
your  possessions. 

109.  Meus,  tuus,  suus,  noster,  and  vester  are  commonly 
used  where  one  might  expect  a  subjective  genitive ;  these 
possessive  pronouns  do,  however,  sometimes  represent  an 
objective  genitive : 

Amicitia  nostra  tui,  our  friendship  for  you. 
Tua  fiducia,  because  of  their  confidence  in  you. 

no.  Unless  contrast  is  to  be  shown,  possessives  are 
often  placed  after  their  nouns : 

Maiores  nostri,  our  ancestors  (not  our  contemporaries). 
Nostri  maiores,  our  ancestors  (not  your  ancestors). 

Uses   of   Hic 

III.  Hic,  the  demonstrative  of  the  first  person,  points 
out  what  is  near  the  speaker,  and  its  meaning  depends 
upon  the  context.  It  may  be  used  to  continue  the  thought 
of  a  preceding  sentence : 

ELEM.  LAT.  WRITING 5 


66  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Huius  vitia  sunt  emendata  virtutibus,  his  vices  were 
balanced  by  his  virtues.  (The  vices  of  this  person  who 
has  been  mentioned.) 

112.  Hie  may  be  used  to  introduce  a  new  thought : 

Eos  hoc  moneo,  I  give  them  this  advice.  (I  advise  them 
as  follows.) 

113.  Hie  may  be  used  to  bring  a  person  or  thing  in 
imagination  before  an  audience  : 

Haee,  domus;  haee  erat  villa,  this  was  the  house,  this 
the  villa.     (Imagine  this  to  be  the  house,  this  the  villa.) 

114.  Hie  may  mean  a  client  or  defendant  : 

Hie  neque  suo  neque  amicorum  iudicio  revineetur,  this 
man  (my  client)  will  be  convicted  neither  by  his  own 
testimony  nor  by  that  of  his  friends. 

Observe  that  where  we  say  *that  of/  *  those  of,'  the  pro- 
noun is  omitted  in  Latin. 

115.  Hie,  when  used  with  ille,  may  mean  Matter'  or 
'  fermer ' : 

Ita  ilium  maeror,  hos  laetitia  tardavit,  as  sorrow  retarded 
the  former,  so  joy  delayed  the  latter. 

Uses   of   Iste 

116.  Iste,  the  demonstrative  of  the  second  person,  points 
out  something  near  the  person  spoken  to : 

Claude  istum  librum,  close  that  book  of  yours. 

117.  A  speaker  often  uses  the  word  iste  in  such  a  tone 
as  to  show  contempt  for  the  person  addressed : 

Quae  tua  est  ista  vita.?  what  kind  of  a  life  is  that  of 
yours  ? 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  6/ 

ii8.  Iste,  however,  may  be  used  in  a  complimentary 
sense : 

Fuit  ista  quondam  in  hac  re  publica  virtus,  there  was, 
once  upon  a  time,  in  this  state,  such  valor  (as  you  might 
boast  of). 

Uses   of   Ille 

119.  Ille  points  out  an  object  remote  from  the  speaker: 
Ille  liber,  that  book  over  there. 

120.  Ille,  as  a  rule,  is  used  of  ancient,  hie,  of  modern 
times  or  celebrities : 

Ille  Demosthenes,  the  famous  Demosthenes. 

121.  Ille  may  express  our  word  the  when  the  refers  to 
something  that  is  well  known : 

Apud  Tenedum  pugna  ilia  navalis,  the  sea  fight  off 
Tenedos. 

122.  Ille  is  frequently  used  to  point  out  a  new  or  differ- 
ent subject;  hence  illud  is  so  often  found  in  anticipation 
of  what  is  to  follow,  when  we  should  expect  no  word  at  all : 

Illud  non  intellego,  quam  ob  rem  ire  velint,  I  do  not 

understand  why  they  wish  to  go. 

123.  Ille  .  .  .  hie  are  used  together  in  contrasts  to  mean 
the  former  .  .   .  the  latter,  the  latter  .   .  .  the  former. 

Hie,  as  a  rule,  refers  to  the  nearer  noun,  but  it  may  refer 
to  the  noun  which,  although  more  remote,  is  of  more  im- 
portance to  the  speaker : 

ignavia  eorpus  hebetat,  labor  f irmat ;  ilia  matiiram  senee- 
tutem,  hie  longam  aduleseentiam  reddit,  laziness  weakens 
the  body,  work  strengthens  it ;  the  former  hastens  old  age, 
the  latter  prolongs  youth. 


68  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Haec  in  nostra,  ilia  in  deorum  manu  sunt,  the  former  are 
in  our  hands,  the  latter  in  the  hands  of  the  gods. 

Uses   of   Is 

124.  Is  may  supply  the  place  of  the  lacking  personal 
pronoun  of  the  third  person ;  it  is  to  be  expressed  if  the 
subject  is  emphatic  or  if  contrast  is  to  be  shown : 

Is  sibi  legationem  suscepit,  /le  took  upon  himself  the 
duties  of  an  ambassador. 

125.  Is  may  refer  to  something  that  precedes  or  to 
something  that  follows.  Where  we  repeat  a  proper  name 
is  is  frequently  used  : 

Is  coniurationem  fecit,  he  (Orgetorix,  previously  men- 
tioned) formed  a  conspiracy. 

Eo  consilio  ut,  si  possent,  castellum  expugnarent,  with  this 
design,  namely,  that,  if  they  could,  they  would  storm  the 
fort. 

126.  Is  may  mean  a,  the^  such: 
Is  liber,  a  book. 

Ea  res,  the  fact. 

Is  es,  you  are  such  a  person. 

Uses   of   Ipse 

127.  Ipse,  self^  the  intensive  pronoun,  adds  emphasis  to 
the  word  which  it  modifies : 

Ipse  feci,  I  did  it  myself. 

Ipse  fecisti,     you  did  it  yourself. 
Ipse  fecit,        he  did  it  himself. 
Ipsi  fecimus,  we  did  it  ourselves. 
Ipsi  fecistis,    you  did  it  yourselves. 
Ipsi  fecerunt,  they  did  it  themselves. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING  69 

128.  Some  of  the  translations  of  ipse  may  be  best  learned 
from  examples : 

In  ipso  Pompeio  haec  facta  sunt,  in  the  case  of  Pompey 
this  was  done. 

Ne  cunctetur  ipse,  let  there  be  no  delay  on  his  part. 

Vita  ipsa  qua  fruimur  brevis  est,  the  actual  time  of  life 
is  short. 

Ipse  Paliniirus  dicere  non  potest,  even  Palinurus  cannot 
tell. 

Ipso  eodem  tempore  venerunt,  they  came  at  exactly  the 
same  time. 

Cuius  ipso  nomine  perterrebantur,  at  the  mere  mention  of 
his  name  they  were  thoroughly  frightened. 

Ipse  eos  duxit,  it  was  a  personally  conducted  excursion ; 
he  led  them  in  person. 

Satis  in  ipsa  conscientia  pulcherrimi  facti  fructus  est,  the 
very  consciousness  of  a  noble  action  is  sufficient  reward. 

Omnia  quae  vindicaris  in  altero  tibi  ipsi  vehementer 
fugienda  sunt,  all  things  that  you  condemn  in  another 
you  especially  ought  to  avoid. 

Valvae  se  ipsae  aperuerunt,  the  folding  doors  opened  of 
their  own  accord. 

Uses   of   Idem 

129.  Idem,  the  same,  may  unite  two  or  more  attributes 
to  the  same  person  or  thing. 

130.  Some  of  the  renderings  of  idem  may  be  learned 
from  examples : 

idem  velle  atque  nolle,  ea  demum  firma  amicitia  est,  to 
have  the  same  likes  and  dislikes  is  the  most  lasting  bond 
of  friendship. 

Quid  praeclarum  non  idem  arduum  t  what  excellence  is 
there  that  is  not  at  the  same  time  hard  to  attain } 


70  ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING 

Nil  prodest  quod  non  laedere  possit  idem,  nothing  is  bene- 
ficial which  may  not  also  prove  harmful 

Orationem  splendidam  et  eandem  facetam  habuit,  he 
deHvered  an  oration  that  was  brilliant  and  likeivise  full  of 
wit. 

Difficilis  facilis,  iucundus  acerbus,  es  idem,  you  are  at 
once  cross  and  kind,  pleasant  and  bitter. 

Uses  of  the  Relative  Pronoun 

131.  The  meaning  of  a  relative  pronoun  is  often  de- 
pendent upon  the  mode  of  its  verb.  If  it  introduces  a 
cause,  a  purpose,  a  fact,  etc.,  the  translation  should 
show  it : 

6  fortunate  adulescens,  qui  tuae  virtutis  Homerum  prae- 
conem  inveneris. 

O  fortunate  man,  because  you  found  Homer  to  herald 
your  brave  deeds  (qui  is  equivalent  to  cum  tu). 

Legiones  in  Galliam  qui  deduceret  legatum  misit,  he  sent 
a  lieutenant  to  lead  the  legions  down  into  Gaul  (qui  is 
equivalent  to  ut  is). 

Proximi  sunt  Germanis  qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt,  they 
are  next  to  the  Germans  who  live  across  the  Rhine. 

132.  Express  the  relative  in  Latin  even  when  it  is 
omitted  in  English : 

Haec  est  puella  quam  vidi,  this  is  the  girl  I  saw. 

133.  An  indefinite  antecedent  of  a  relative  pronoun  is 
usually  omitted : 

Duos  qui  sequitur  lepores  neutrum  capit,  he  who  follows 
two  hares  catches  neither. 

134.  The  regular  place  for  a  relative  pronoun  is  near  its 
antecedent.     If,  however,  the  relative  is  equivalent  to  et  is, 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  71 

and  he,  is  igitur,  he  therefore,  etc.,  and  is  used  to  connect, 
rather  than  define  or  describe,  it  may  be  separated  from  its 
antecedent : 

Themistocles  veni  ad  te,  qui  mala  in  domum  tuam  intuli, 
I,  Themistocles,  have  come  to  you,  and  I  have  brought 
trouble  on  your  home. 

135.  A  relative  pronoun  may  be  used  at  the  beginning 
of  a  Latin  sentence,  where  we  should  expect  a  demonstra- 
tive pronoun: 

Quae  cum  ita  sint,  since  these  things  are  so ;  although 
these  things  are  so ;  this  being  the  case. 

136.  When  a  relative  pronoun  does  not  or  cannot  refer 
grammatically  to  what  precedes,  it  has  its  own  noun 
following  it : 

Thebas,  quod  est  Boeotiae  caput,  profecti  sunt,  they 
started  for  Thebes,  which  is  the  capital  of  Boeotia. 

137.  The  antecedent  noun  may  be  repeated  in  the  rela- 
tive clause  : 

Diem  dicunt,  qua  die  omnes  conveniant,  they  set  a  day 
on  which  all  are  to  assemble. 

138.  A  noun  which  is  further  explained  by  a  relative 
pronoun  is  placed  after  the  relative,  not  before  it : 

Non  longe  a  Tolosatium  finibus  absunt,  quae  civitas  est 
in  provincia,  they  are  not  far  from  Tolosa,  a  city  which  is 
in  the  province. 

139.  To  make  a  relative  clause  emphatic,  place  the  rela- 
tive with  its  antecedent  noun  before  the  antecedent  clause: 

Quam  legionem  secum  habet,  eam  in  castra  mittet,  the 

legion  which  he  has  with  him  he  will  send  into  camp. 


72  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

140.  Id  quod,  quod  alone,  or  quae  res  is  commonly  used 
when  the  relative  refers  to  a  sentence : 

Domum  vendiderunt,  id  quod  stultissimum  est,  they  have 
sold  their  house,  which  is  a  very  foolish  thing  to  do. 

Uses  of  Quis,  Qui  Interrogative 

141.  Quis,  quid,  ask  for  the  name  of  some  person  or 
thing;  quis  is  often  used  substantively,  quid  is  regularly 
so  used  : 

Quis  sim,  scies  ex  eo  quern  ad  te  misi,  who  I  am,  you 
will  know  from  him  whom  I  have  sent  to  you. 

142.  Quis,  the  interrogative  pronoun,  used  substantively, 
may,  as  a  rule,  be  either  masculine  or  feminine. 

143-   Qui  and  quod  are,  as  a  rule,  used  adjectively : 

Qui  gladiator  ?  what  kind  of  a  gladiator  ? 

Quod  templum  vidisti  ?  what  temple  have  you  seen  ? 

144.  Remember  the  adverbial  use  of  quid,  w/ij/^  in  the 
neuter  singular  accusative  : 

Quid  taces  ?  why  are  you  silent  .'* 

Uses  of  Indefinite  Pronouns 

QUIS 

145.  Keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  quis  after  si,  nisi,  ne, 
num,  is  indefinite  and  means  anj/  : 

Num  quis  est  hie  alius  praeter  me  atque  te.^  there  is 
not  any  one  else  here  except  you  and  me,  is  there  ? 

QUISQUAM 

146.  Quisquam  means  any  one  at  all ;  its  corresponding 
adjective  is  ullus : 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  73 

Quamdiu  quisquam  erit  qui  te  defendere  audeat,  vives, 

as  long  as  there  is  any  one  who  will  dare  to  defend  you, 
you  will  live. 

Quae  fuit  umquam    in   uUo   homine   tanta  constantia? 

was  any  man  ever  as  loyal  as  he  ? 

147.  Quisquam  is  found  in  conditional  sentences,  when 
the  condition  is  general : 

Si  quisquam,  Caesar  felix  fuit,  if  any  one  in  the  world 
was  ever  fortunate,  it  was  Caesar. 

148.  Quisquam  may  be  used  in  interrogative  sentences 
implying  a  negative  answer : 

Quisquam  dubitabit  quin  fieri  possit  ?  will  any  one 
doubt  (no  one  will  doubt)  that  it  can  be  done  ? 

149.  Quisquam  is  used  with  a  comparative  : 

Acerbior  hostis  quam  quisquam  superiorum,  he  was  a 
more  bitter  enemy  than  any  one  of  former  times. 

150.  Remember  that  no  one  is  to  be  rendered  by  nemo, 
not  non  quisquam ;  nothing,  by  nihil,  not  non  quicquam. 
And  no  one,  however,  is  expressed  by  neque  quisquam ;  and 
nothing,  by  neque  quicquam : 

Neque  praeter  mercatores  illo  adiit  quisquam,  and  not  any 
one  except  traders  went  there. 

Neque  quicquam  video  altius,  and  I  see  nothing  (not 
anything)  higher. 

QUISQUIS 

151.  Be  careful  to  distinguish  between  quisquam,  any 
one,  in  which  only  the  first  part  is  decHned,  and  quisquis, 
whoever,  in  which  both  parts  are  decHned : 

Quisquis  dicit,   whoever  says. 
Quidquid 


^  .  [^  erit,  whatever  happens. 


74  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

ALIQUIS 

152.  Express  some^  as  opposed  to  none^  by  aliquis : 

Tu  quidem  aliquis  es,  you,  surely,  are  somebody. 
Sine  aliquo  periculo  id  facere  non  possunt,  they  cannot  do 
that  without  some  danger. 

153.  Nescio  quis  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  aliquis; 
nescio  quid,  instead  of  aliquid : 

Nescio  quis,  some  one  or  other. 

Nescio  quo  pacto,  in  some  way  or  other. 

QUIDAM 

154.  Some  of  the  renderings  of  quidam  may  be  learned 
from  examples : 

Graviora  quaedam  sunt  remedia  periculis,  some  remedies 
are  worse  than  the  disease. 

Scriptor  quidam  narrat,  a  certain  writer  says. 

Non  solum  scire  aliquid  artis  est,  sed  quaedam  ars  etiam 
docendi,  not  only  is  there  some  art  required  in  understand- 
ing a  thing,  but  there  is  an  art  also  in  teaching  it. 

Doctrina  est  ingeni  naturale  quoddam  pabulum,  learning 
is,  as  it  were,  the  natural  food  of  the  mind. 

Quadam  declinatione  corpore,  by  a  hair-breadth  escape 
(by  a  turning  aside  with  the  body). 

Artes  habent  quoddam  commiine  vinculum,  the  arts  have 
a  common  bond,  so  to  speak, 

Cognatione  quadam  inter  se  continentur,  they  are  con- 
nected by  a  kind  of  relationship. 

Quidam  ex  militibus  decimae  legionis  dixit,  one  of  the 
soldiers  of  the  tenth  legion  said. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  75 

QUISQUE 

155.  Quisque  means  each^  every  (of  more  than  two); 
uterque,  each,  both  (of  two);  omnis,  every ,  all,  is  not  as 
definite  as  quisque : 

Materia  cuiusque  generis  est  praeter  f  agum  atque  abietem, 
timber  of  every  kind  except  the  beech  and  the  fir  is  found 
here. 

Utraeque  perierunt,  both  wives  perished. 

Omnis  in  Ascanio  cari  stat  cura  parentis,  every  thought 
of  a  doting  father  is  centered  in  Ascanius. 

156.  Remember  that  quisque  is  used : 

1.  With  se: 

Pro  se  quisque  operam  navare  cupit,  each  one  is  anxious 
to  do  his  best  for  his  own  sake. 

2.  With  suus : 

Sua  quisque  exempla  debet  aequo  animo  pati,  each  one 
ought  to  bear  patiently  the  results  of  his  own  misconduct. 

3.  With  a  relative  pronoun  : 

Quam  quisque  ab  opere  in  partem  casii  devenit,  constitit, 
wherever  each  one  happened  to  come  from  his  work,  there 
he  halted. 

4.  With  unus : 

Unius  cuiusque  confessio,  the  confession  of  each  and 
every  one. 

5.  With  an  ordinal  number : 

Censores  sexto  quoque  anno  delecti  sunt,  censors  were 
chosen  every  five  years  (every  sixth  year). 

6.  With  a  superlative  : 

Antiquissimum  quodque  tempus,  the  earliest  times  (every 
most  ancient  time). 


j6  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

Exercise  22 

1.  The  ancient  Romans  were  very  fond  of  agriculture. 

2.  Their  most  illustrious  commanders  were  sometimes 
called  from  the  plow. 

3.  Roman  senators  commonly  lived  in  the  country  and 
cultivated  the  ground  with  their  own  hands.     (j6 ;  6%.^ 

4.  In  the  time  of  our  ancestors  this  work  was  done  in 
some  parts  of  our  country  by  slaves.     {^^'^^ 

5.  Nowadays,  however,  in  our  country,  no  one  can 
be  a  slave.     (j%  ;  75.) 

6.  The  famous  Cincinnatus  had  a  farm  of  four  acres. 
(120;  45.) 

7.  Roman  writers  represent  Cincinnatus  plowing  at  the 
time  at  which  he  was  made  dictator.     (137;  21.) 

8.  (Let  us  imagine  the  scene.)  This  is  Cincinnatus  at 
work  plowing;  this,  the  messenger  w^ho  has  come  from 
Rome,     (113;  65.) 

9.  The  latter  has  been  sent  by  the  senate  to  summon 
the  former  to  Rome  to  protect  the  state.     (iiS;  58;  49.) 

10.  The  power  of  the  dictator  was  supreme  both  in 
peace  and  in  war. 

11.  His  edict  was  observed  as  an  oracle.     (62,  7.) 

Exercise  23 

1.  Forgetful  of  himself  and  mindful  of  us  all,  Cincin- 
natus started  immediately  for  Rome.     (103  ;   104;  58.) 

2.  He  knew  that  it  would  be  dangerous  to  delay. 

3.  Therefore,  he  raised  an  army  as  soon  as  possible  and 
led  it  in  person.     (128.) 

4.  At  a  favorable  time  his  own  army  and  that  of  the 
consul  surrounded  the  enemy's  camp.     (128;   114.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  *JJ 

5.  He  reduced  the  enemy's  army  to  a  condition  exactly 
the  same  as  that  of  the  Romans  had  been.    (128;  62;  114.) 

6.  By  that  victory  of  yours,  Cincinnatus,  the  state  was 
saved,     (ii^-) 

7.  A  dictator  even  within  the  city  limits  was  attended  by 
twenty-four  lictors  carrying  the  fasces  and  the  axes.     (128.) 

8.  Cincinnatus  resigned  the  dictatorship  in  fourteen 
days.     (64;  y%,) 

9.  He  was  very  glad  when  the  day  on  which  he  could 
return  to  his  home  came.     (137;  58,  8.) 

10.  When  he  was  an  old  man,  he  was  likewise  chosen 
dictator,  and  again  there  was  no  delay  on  his  part  when 
he  was  summoned  to  Rome.     (130;   128;  58,  i.) 

1 1.  Very  often,  Romans,  did  Cincinnatus  show  his  friend- 
ship for  you. 

SUGGESTIONS 

2.  That  it  would  be  dangerous  to  delay :  morari  futurum 
esse  periculosum. 

4.  In  the  expression  that  of  the  consul^  that  is  not  to  be 
translated. 

8.   Resigned  the  dictatorship :  se  dictatura  abdicavit. 

10.  He,  old,  was  likeivise  chosen  dictator,  and  again 
(when)  summoned  to  Rome,  himself  did  not  hesitate  to 
start  immediately, 

11.  For  you:  in  vos. 

Exercise  24 

1.  (It  was)  in  the  war  with  the  Latins,  a  time  at  which 
the  Romans  feared  this  people,  (that)  the  first  dictator  was 
chosen.     (138;  44.) 

2.  There  were  certain  things  which  the  Romans  did 
not  allow  a  dictator  to  do.     (154.) 


7S  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

3.  One  who  had  been  made  dictator  had  to  remain  in 
Italy,  where  he  had  been  appointed.     (82;  21,  2;  50,  i.) 

4.  He  could  not  go  out  of  Italy  —  a  statement  that  I 
have  already  made.     (140.) 

5.  This  was  violated  only  once,  when  Atilius  is  said  to 
have  gone  to  Athens,  which  was  the  capital  of  Attica. 
(135;   136.) 

6.  The  infantry,  in  which  the  people  had  confidence, 
was  the  strength  of  the  Roman  army.     (16.) 

7.  For  this  reason  a  dictator  was  not  allowed  to  appear 
on  horseback.     (69.) 

8.  He,  however,  usually  chose  the  one  whom  he  thought 
suitable  for  master  of  horse.     (Exercise  14,  Suggestion  2.) 

9.  A  dictator  resigned  when  he  had  finished  the  busi- 
ness for  which  he  had  been  appointed. 

10.    The  day  came  on  which  there  were  no  dictators  — 
in  name.     (137.)  1 

Exercise  25 

1.  Every  Roman  wished  to  have  his  own  villa. 
(156,  2.) 

2.  A  Roman  villa  was  not  unlike  a  small  city.     (47.) 

3.  It  had  buildings  of  every  kind.     (45  ;   155.) 

4.  Every  villa  had  its  own  park  of  many  acres ;  every 
villa  had  also  a  tower,  in  which  there  was  a  dining  room, 
where  the  guests  while  reclining  at  table  might  enjoy  a 
beautiful  view.     (45;   106;   156,2.) 

5.  Wherever  a  Roman  built  a  villa,  he  cultivated  many 
beautiful  trees  and  flowers.     (156,  3.) 

6.  In  the  garden  of  each  villa  there  were  placed  many 
beautiful  statues.     (iSS-) 

7.  Every  two  years  the  rich  used  to  set  out  trees  in  their 
villas.     (156,  5.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  79 

8.  The  most  beautiful  gardens  were  sometimes  watered, 
when  there  was  no  water  in  the  ground,  by  the  water  con- 
veyed in  pipes.     (156,  6.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  For  himself  {^x^  se)  each  one  wished. 

5.  In  which  places  ct  Roman  built  a  villa ^  in  those  places, 
etc. 

8.  By  the  water  led  to  them  throiigh  lead  pipes. 

Exercise  26 

1.  If  any  one  was  always  firm  or  mild,  as  occasion  re- 
quired, it  was  Caesar.     (146.) 

2.  He  was  no  ordinary  man. 

3.  No  one,  it  is  true,  was  a  more  bitter  enemy  in  time 
of  war. 

4.  Does  any  one  doubt  that  he  was  a  much  more  faith- 
ful friend,  after  the  war  was  over,  than  was  any  one  of  his 
contemporaries.^     (148;  89;  74;  "jZ.^ 

5.  Not  only  men,  but  also  animals,  loved  him. 

6.  When  he  was  in  Gaul,  he  rode  a  horse  which  no  one 
else  dared  to  mount,     (u.) 

7.  He  was  singularly  careful  of  his  soldiers,  and  no 
one  was  more  loved  by  his  men.     (150;  6Z.^ 

8.  There  was  no  undertaking  so  difficult  that  he  could 
not  carry  it  through  successfully. 

9.  Did  any  general  ever  show  so  much  pity  toward 
those  whom  he  had  conquered  1 

10.  He  was  always  willing  to  help  his  soldiers  without 
asking  anything  in  return.     (150.) 

1 1 .  Caesar's  lieutenants  except  Labienus  were  all  faithful 
to  him. 


8o  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  As  occasion  required  is  equivalent  to  as  the  thing 
de'tnanded, 

3.  In  bello  will  express  in  time  of  war. 

4.  Keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  the  verb  dubito,  meaning 
doubt,  regularly  takes  quin  with  the  subjunctive;  also, 
that  the  tense  must  be  carefully  observed. 

In  this  sentence  express  was  by  the  perfect  subjunctive. 
Contemporaries  are  *  those  living  at  the  same  time.' 

7.  He  protected  (conservavit)  his  (soldiers)  very  dili- 
gently. 

8.  There  was  nothing  so  difficult  which  he  could  not 
finish  (conficere  non  posset). 

9.  Was  there  in  any  general  so  much  pity  for  (in)  the 
conquered  (accusative) } 

Introduce  this  question  by  num. 

10.  To  his  own  (men)  alzvays  zvas  he  willing  to  give  aid, 
and  not  anything  from  them  (ab  lis)  did  he  demand  (repete- 
bat). 

Questions 

157.  *  Yes '  and  *  No  '  questions  are  usually  shown  by : 

-ne  (enclitic),  when  an  answer  is  desired ;  nonne,  when 
the  answer  yes  is  expected ;  num,  when  the  answer  no  is 
expected : 

Ibisne,  will  you  go  } 

Nonne  ibis,  you  will  go,  will  you  not }   will  you  not  go  ? 

Num  ibis,  you  will  not  go,  will  you  } 

158.  Do  not  use  ne,  nonne,  num,  if  there  is  an  interroga- 
tive  word  in  the  sentence : 

Hora  quota  est }  what  time  is  it  t 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  8 1 

^   . ,       .  \  r  how  do  you  do  ?   how  are  you  ? 
Quid  agis  ?  J  ^  ^ 

Ecquid  fit  ?   any  news  ? 

Ubinam  gentium  sumus  ?   where  in  the  world  are  we  ? 

159.  Do  not  forget  the  following  interrogatives  which 
are  in  common  use : 

cur,  adv.,  for  what  reason  ?   why  ? 
qua  de  causa,  for  what  reason  ?    why  ? 
quam  ob  rem,  for  what  reason  ?   why  ? 
qua  re,  for  what  reason  ?   why  ? 
quails,  e,  adj.,  of  what  kind  ? 
quam  multi,  how  many  ? 
quando,  adv.,  when  ? 
quantus,  a,  um,  adj.,  how  large  ? 
quem  ad  modum,  how  ? 
quin,  adv.,  why  not  ? 

_    i  [  interrog.  pro.,  who  ?   which  ?   what  ? 

quid,  pro.,  adverbial  accusative,  why  ? 

quo,  adv.,  to  what  place  .'^   whither.'^ 

quot,  indeclinable  adj.,  how  many.? 

quotiens,  adv.,  how  many  times  ? 

ubi,  adv.,  where  ?   in  what  place  ?   when  ? 

unde,  adv.,  from  what  place  ?   whence  ? 

ut,  adv.,  how  ? 

uter,  utra,  utrum,  adj.,  which  of  two.'^ 

160.  At  times  the  interrogative  particle  is  omitted; 
especially  is  this  the  case  when  surprise,  indignation,  or 
censure  is  shown : 

Patere  tua  consilia  non  sentis  ?  don't  you  feel  that  your 
schemes  are  known  ? 

ELEM.    LAT.    WRITING  —  6 


82  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

i6i.  The  following  will  show  that  a  Roman  sometimes 
expressed  surprise,  indignation,  or  an  impossible  supposition 
in  the  form  of  a  question  : 

Tu  ut  umquam  te  corrigas  ?  you  ever  reform  ?  (Impos- 
sible.) 

Dictatoremne  ex  urbe  exire  ?  a  dictator  go  out  of  the  city  ? 
(One  cannot  suppose  such  a  case.) 

162.  An  interrogative  word,  except  the  enclitic  ne,  is 
usually  placed  first  in  a  sentence,  but  it  may  be  moved 
to  the  second  or  third  place  for  the  purpose  of  making 
some  other  word  or  words  emphatic  : 

Ubi  fuisti  ?   where  were  you  1 

Hi  quid  exspectant  ?     what  are  these  traitors  waiting  for } 
Nunc  veto  quae  tua  est  ista  vita }  now,  really  what  kind 
of  a  life  is  that  of  yours .? 

163.  Remember  that  two  questions,  the  first  of  which  is 
very  short,  may  be  used  as  an  introduction  to  the  real  ques- 
tion : 

Quid }  Quid  est  t  Quid  vero  ?  etc.,  may  express  the  Eng- 
lish 'by  the  way,'  *tell  me,'  'well,'  'now,'  'again,'  etc. 

Quid  est,  Catilina.?  ecquid  attendis.?  well,  Catiline,  are 
you  paying  any  attention  at  all } 

164.  In  double  direct  questions  the  first  part  either  has 
no  interrogative  particle  or  is  introduced  by  utrum,  or  the 
encHtic  ne. 

'  Is  the  last  syllable  short  or  long } '  may  be  expressed  as 
follows : 

Postrema  syllaba  brevis  est  an  longa  ? 
Utrum  postrema  syllaba  brevis  est  an  langa } 
Postrema  syllaba  brevisne  est  an  longa } 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  83 

165.  Or  not  in  double  direct  questions  is  commonly  ex- 
pressed by  annon : 

Isne  est  quem  quaero  annon  ?  is  that  the  one  I  am  looking 
for  or  not  ? 

166.  In  Latin,  as  in  English,  questions  requiring  no 
answer  are  often  used  instead  of  negative  declarative 
sentences : 

Quis  tarn  brevi  tempore  tot  loca  adire  potuit  ?  who  could 
have  visited  so  many  places  in  so  short  a  time  ?  (No  one 
could  have  visited  so  many  places  in  so  short  a  time.) 

Quid  ego  Ostiense  incommodum  querar  ?  why  should  I 
complain  of  the  defeat  at  Ostia  ?  (I  should  not  complain 
of  the  defeat  at  Ostia.) 

Indirect  Questions 

167.  Remember  that  an  indirect  question  is  a  clause 
introduced  by  an  interrogative  word  and  that  the  clause 
depends  on  verbs  or  expressions  of  asking,  telling,  know- 
ing, seeing,  hearing,  wondering,  doubting,  and  the  like. 

168.  In  English  we  may  use  the  same  form  of  a  verb  in 
both  direct  and  indirect  questions.  In  Latin  prose,  how- 
ever, the  subjunctive  is  commonly  the  mode  of  the  verb  in 
an  indirect  question. 

169.  The  use  of  the  tenses  in  indirect  questions  may  be 
best  understood  from  examples : 

Miror  quid  faciant,  I  wonder  what  they  are  doing. 
Miror  quid  facturi  sint,  I  wonder  what  they  will  do,  or 
intend  to  do. 

Miror  quid  fecerint,  I  wonder  what  they  did. 


84  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Miratus  sum  quid  facerent,  I  wondered  what  they  did. 

Miratus  sum  quid  fecissent,  I  wondered  what  they  had 
done. 

Miratus  sum  quid  factiiri  essent,  I  wondered  what  they 
would  do. 

Miratus  sum  quid  facturi  fuerint,  I  wondered  what  they 
would  have  done. 

170.  In  a  single  indirect  question  the  words  whether 
and  if  may  be  expressed  in  Latin  by  num,  si,  -ne : 

Num  quid  velles  rogavi,  I  asked  whether  you  wished 
anything. 

Hanc  si  nostri  transirent  hostes  exspectabant,  the  enemy 
kept  waiting  to  see  whether  (if)  our  men  would  cross  this 
swamp. 

Quaesivit  a  me  vellemne  secum  in  castra  proficisci,  he 
asked  me  whether  I  should  like  to  go  to  camp  with  him. 

171.  In  a  double  indirect  question  whether  ,  ,  .  or  may 
be  expressed  in  Latin  by, — 

utrum  ...  an 
whether  ,  ,  ,  or  not  by 

utrum  .  .  .  necne 
.  .  .  necne 

Rogaverunt  utrum  pugnavissent  necne,  they  asked 
whether  they  had  fought  or  not. 

Dixit  se  castra  mottirum  ut  quam  primum  intellegere 
posset  utrum  apud  eos  pudor  atque  officium  an  timor  pliis 
valeret,  he  said  that  he  would  break  camp  so  that  he 
could  know  as  soon  as  possible  whether  a  sense  of  honor 
and  duty  or  a  feeling  of  fear  was  the  greater  among 
them. 

Quaesivi  a  Catilina  ad  Laecam  fuisset  necne,  I  asked 
Catiline  whether  he  had  been  at  Laeca's  or  not. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  85 

Exercise  27 

1.  Romulus  divided  the  people  of  Rome  into  tribes, 
did  he  not?     (iS7.) 

2.  He  divided  the  people  into  three  tribes,  and  each 
tribe  into  ten  curiae.     (iSS-) 

3.  The  number  of  tribes  was  not  always  the  same,  was 
it?     (157;   129.) 

4.  The  number  of  tribes  was  increased  to  thirty-five, 
but  the  number  of  curiae  remained  the  same  as  it  had 
been.     (62,  6.) 

5.  Do  you  know  how  many  there  were  in  a  legion 
when  Romulus  was  king?     (157;   159;   168;  74.) 

6.  Romulus  chose  from  each  tribe  one  thousand  foot 
soldiers  and  one  hundred  horsemen.     (15S  ;  Sy.) 

7.  There  were,  therefore,  at  this  time,  three  thousand 
foot   soldiers   and  three  hundred  horsemen  in  a  legion. 

(32;  S7.) 

8.  Into  how  many  ranks  were  the  Romans  at  first 
divided?     (159.) 

9.  They  were  divided  into  two  ranks,  the  patricians 
and  the  plebeians,  who  were  connected  as  patrons  and 
clients. 

10.    Afterwards,    however,   a  third   order,  the   equites, 
was  added. 

Exercise  28 

1.  By  whom  was  the  Roman  senate  instituted?     {6S; 

159.) 

2.  It  was  instituted  by  Romulus,  that  it  might  be  the 
perpetual  council  of  the  republic.  (68 ;  Exercise  14, 
Suggestion  3.) 

3.  Of  how  many  did  it  consist  at  that  time?  (159; 
33;  32.) 


S6  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

4.  There  were  at  first  one  hundred  in  the  Roman 
senate. 

5.  Were  these  chosen  from  the  patricians  or  from  the 
plebeians?     (164.) 

6.  They  were  chosen  from  the  former,  and  they  were 
called  *patres/  both  on  account  of  their  age  and  their 
fatherly  care  of  the  state. 

7.  How  many  senators  were  there  in  the  reign  of  Tar- 
quinius  Prisons,  the  fifth  king  of  Rome.'*     (i59-) 

8.  There  were  three  hundred. 

9.  Do  you  remember  whether  Sulla  increased  the  num- 
ber or  not.?     (157;   171-) 

10.  He  did  increase  the  number,  but  how  many  he 
added  is  uncertain.     (159;   169.) 

11.  Julius  Caesar  is  said  to  have  increased  the  number 
to  nine  hundred.  Augustus,  however,  reduced  it  to  six 
hundred. 

SUGGESTION 

9.   Do  you  remember  ?    Meministine  } 

Exercise  29 

1.  Did  you  ask  if  Roman  senators  had  always  been 
called  *  patres  conscript! ' .?     ( 1 5  7 ;  1 70 ;  21.) 

2.  Those  who  were  chosen  into  the  senate  by  Brutus 
after  the  expulsion  of  Tarquinius  Superbus  were  called 
'conscriptL' 

3.  For  this  reason  we  can  understand  why  both  patres 
and  conscript!  were  summoned  to  the  senate.  (159;  167; 
168;   169.) 

4.  By  whom  was  the  senate  assembled  .'^     (iS9-) 

5.  At  first  by  the  kings ;  after  the  expulsion  of  the 
Tarquins,  the  senate  was  assembled  by  the  consuls,  and 
in  their  absence  by  the  praetors.     {6S  ;  74.) 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  8/ 

6.  Did  the  military  tribunes  or  the  tribunes  of  the  com- 
mons ever  assemble  the  senate  ?     (164.) 

7.  Yes  indeed,  and  the  tribunes  of  the  commons,  even 
in  the  presence  of  the  consuls  and  against  their  will,  often 
summoned  the  senate.     (74.) 

8.  A  tribune  summon  the  senate  against  the  will  of 
the  consuls?    (161.) 

9.  Now,  who  of  you  who  have  read  Cicero's  letters 
can  doubt  this?     (163;   159;   104.) 

10.  A  decree  of  the  senate  could  not  be  made  when 
there  was  not  a  quorum. 

11.  What  that  number  was  is  uncertain.  (159;  167;  168; 

169.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

2.  After  the  expulsion  of  Tarquinius  Superbus :  post 
Tarquinium  Superbum  exactum. 

5.    hi  their  absence :  cum  abessent  or  his  absentibus. 
7.    Yes  indeed:  immo  vero. 
hi  the  presence  of  the  consuls  and  against  their  will: 
praesentibus  consulibus  et  invitis. 

10.     When   there   was   not  a   quorum :   cum   senatorum 
numerus  legitimus  non  adesset. 


Exercise  30 

1.  Did   municipia,    coloniae,    and   praefecturae    differ 
from  one  another .?     (i57;   io5-) 

2.  Municipia  were  foreign  towns  which  obtained  the 
rights  of  Roman  citizens. 

3.  Were  municipia  all  of  the  same  kind.?     (iS7-) 

4.  Some  had  very  many  of  the  rights  of  Roman  citi- 
zens. 


88  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

5.  Did  the  municipia  use  their  own  laws  or  (those)  of 
the  Roman  people  ?     (164;  79.) 

6.  Heraclea,  Naples,  and  other  cities  preferred  to  be 
allied  by  treaty. 

7.  Colonies  were  cities  or  lands  which  Roman  citizens 
were  sent  to  inhabit. 

8.  The  people  determined  how  the  lands  were  to  be 
divided  and  among  whom,  did  they  not .^     (iS7;   159-) 

9.  Each  colony  usually  had  a  patron  whose  duty  it 
was   to   consult  its   interests   at   Rome.      (155 ;  45;   49; 

44;  39-) 

10.  Towns  which  had  been  ungrateful  to  Rome  were 
reduced  to  the  form  of  a  praefectura. 

11.  They  enjoyed  the  rights  neither  of  free  towns  nor 
of  colonies.     (79.) 

12.  The  Roman  senate  could  impose  taxes  on  them  and 
make  such  demands  as  they  wished. 

SUGGESTIONS 

4.  Alia  civium  Romanorum  itira  plurima  tenebant. 

5.  Put  the  adjective  Roman  after  the  noun  with  which 
it  agrees. 

6.  Allied  by  treaty :  civitates  foederatae. 

7.  To  inhabit  expresses  purpose.     (40.) 

8.  To  be  divided:  future  passive  participle. 

I  o.  To  reduce  to  the  form  of  a  praefectura :  in  praef ec- 
turam  redigere. 

12.  Make  such  demands,  etc. :  demand  from  them  those 
things  which  they  wished. 

Impose :  imponere.  Remember  that  this  is  a  compound 
of  the  preposition  in  and  the  verb  pono ;  the  former  will 
take  the  dative,  the  latter  the  accusative. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  89 

IMPERATIVE   MODE 

172.  Commands  are  of  different  kinds.  They  may  ap- 
pear as  orders,  requests,  prayers,  wishes,  exhortations,  etc., 
and  may  be  expressed  by  the  imperative,  the  subjunctive, 
and  the  indicative : 

Secreto  amicos  admone,  lauda  palam,  admonish  your 
friends  in  private,  praise  them  in  public. 

Ab  alio  spectes  alter!  quod  feceris,  what  you  do  to  an- 
other, expect  another  to  do  to  you. 

Quin  abis  ?  why  don't  you  go  away  ?  do  go  away. 

173.  Instead  of  the  positive  imperative,  cura  (curato) 
ut,  fac  (facito)  with  the  subjunctive  are  often  used: 

Cura  ut  vir  sis,  be  sure  to  act  the  man. 
Fac  cogites,  do  think. 

174.  The  future  imperative  is  found  in  laws,  maxims, 
etc. ;  in  other  cases  also,  when  it  is  evident  that  the  refer- 
ence is  to  future  time : 

Regio  imperio  duo  sunto  et  appellantor  consules,  there 
shall  be  two  vested  with  the  power  of  king,  and  they  shall 
be  called  consuls. 

ignoscito  saepe  alteri,  numquam  tibi,  forgive  another 
often  ;  yourself,  never. 

Facito  aliquid  operis,  be  busy  about  something. 

175.  Keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  memento  (mementote), 
remember^  and  scito  (scitote),  know,  rest  assured^  have 
regularly  the  form  of  the  future : 

Mementote  esse  hos  pertimescendos,  remember  that  it  is 
these  who  are  to  be  greatly  feared. 


90  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Scitote  hoc  in  re  publica  seminarium  Catilinarum  f uturum, 

rest  assured  that  in  the  state  there  will  still  be  this  nursery 
of  Catilines. 

176.  The  future  indicative  is  considered  more  courteous 
than  the  imperative  in  a  sentence  of  this  type : 

Si  poteris  venire,  venies,  come  if  you  can. 

177.  The  following  are  for  reference,  and  it  would  be 
well  to  learn  them : 

1.  Aude  sapere,  dare  to  be  wise. 

2.  Audi,  vide,  tace,  si  vis  vivere  in  pace,  listen,  observe, 
but  hold  your  tongue,  if  you  would  live  in  peace. 

3.  Ama  nos  et  vale  et  salve,  good-by,  God  bless  you. 

4.  Amo  te,  much  obliged. 

5.  Carpe  diem,  quam  minime  credula  postero,  improve 
the  opportunities  of  to-day,  trusting  as  little  as  possible 
to  to-morrow. 

6.  Cautus  sis,  be  careful. 

7.  Cave  quid  dicas,  quando  et  cui,  be  careful  what  you 
say,  when,  and  to  whom. 

8.  Cura  ut  valeas,  take  care  of  yourself. 

9.  Da  dextram  misero,  help  one  in  distress. 

10.  Emas  non  quod  opus  est,  sed  quod  necesse  est,  buy 
not  what  you  want,  but  what  you  need. 

11.  Es,  bibe,  animo  obsequere,   eat,  drink,  and  be  merry. 

12.  Fac  me  certiorem,  let  me  know. 

13.  Festina  lente,  make  haste  slowly,  be  prudent. 

14.  Hae  tibi  erunt  artes,  be  these  thy  arts. 

15.  Ignosce  mihi,  pardon  me. 

16.  Narro  tibi,  let  me  tell  you. 

1 7.  Nosce  te  ipsum,  know  thyself. 

18.  Nota  bene  (N.B.),  note  well,  take  notice. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  91 

19.  Pueris  salutem  dicito,  remember  me  to  the  children. 

20.  Pete  alta,  aim  high. 

21.  Redite,  quaeso,  in  memoriam,  please  try  to  remember. 

22.  Saepe  stylum  vertas,  turn  the  stylus  often. 

23.  Veni  si  me  amas,  do  please  come. 

24.  Vide  et  crede,  see  and  beheve. 

25.  Vive  valeque,  long  life  and  health  to  you. 

NEGATIVE   COMMANDS 

178.  Negative  commands  or  prohibitions  may  be  ex- 
pressed by : 

1.  Noli  or  nolite  with  the  present  infinitive : 
Noli  ire,  don't  go. 

2.  Cave,  be  on  your  guard,  f  ac  or  vide,  see  to  it,  with  the 
subjunctive;  the  former,  with  or  without  ne,  the  latter 
with  ne  : 

Cave  ne  eas,  don't  go. 

Cave  ignoscas,  don't  pardon,  don't  forgive. 

Fac  ne  quid  aliud  cixres,  don't  attend  to  anything  else. 

3.  Ne  with  the  imperative : 
Ne  time,  don't  be  afraid. 

4.  Ne  with  the  present  subjunctive  : 

Actum  ne  agas,  don't  waste  time  on  what  is  done. 

5.  Ne  with  the  perfect  subjunctive  : 

Quod  tibi  fieri  non  vis  alteri  ne  feceris,  do  not  to  another 
what  you  would  not  have  him  do  to  you. 

6.  Non  with  the  future  indicative  : 

Si  invitus  venies,  non  venies,  if  you  are  unwilling  to 
come,  don't  come. 


92  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Exercise  31 

1.  To  a  friend  who  wishes  to  remain  with  him  in  Gaul 
Caesar  speaks  as  follows.     (112.) 

2.  Remember  that  a  soldier  will  have  to  obey  the 
commander-in-chief.     (i/S  ;  50,  4.) 

3.  Notice  carefully  all  orders  and  obey  at  once.    (177.) 

4.  Listen  to  what  is  said,  observe  what  is  done,  but  say 
nothing  unless  you  are  asked.     (177.) 

5.  If  you  can  do  so,  come  occasionally  to  the  general's 
quarters;  if,  however,  you  do  not  wish  to  come,  don't 
come.     (176;   178,  6.) 

6.  Never  ask  why  something  is  to  be  done.  It  is  (the 
duty)  of  a  soldier  to  obey  without  asking  'why.'  (159; 
152;   168.) 

7.  Rest  assured  that  the  commander-in-chief  will  praise 
you  if  you  deserve  it.     (175.) 

8.  Be  bold  or  cautious,  as  occasion  demands.     (177.) 

9.  Be  sure  to  gain  the  civic  crown.     (173.) 

10.  You  know  what  the  *  civic  crown '  is,  do  you  not  ? 
(157;   168.) 

11.  A  crown  of  oak  leaves  shall  be  given  to  a  soldier 
who  has  saved  the  life  of  a  citizen  in  battle  and  at  the 
same  time  killed  an  enemy.     (174.) 

12.  Let  me  know  whether  you  will  remain  with  us  or 
not.     (177;   171.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

1 .  To  a  friend  he  speaks  as  follows :  cum  amico  suo 
conloquitur  haec. 

2.  Use  the  infinitive  after  the  verb  remember, 

3.  Express  3  and  4  in  this  way  :  Notice  well  all  (things) 
ordered  and  these  obey  at  once.  Hear  (things)  said ;  see 
(things)  done  ;  not  having  been  asked,  say  nothing. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  93 

6.  //  is  (the  duty)  of  a  soldier  to  do  (the  things)  ordered^ 
not  to  ask  why  they  are  to  be  done  (future  passive  participle). 

7.  Express  will  praise  by  the  future  infinitive.  The 
verb  deserve  has  the  form  of  the  EngUsh  present,  but  its 
time  is  not  present.  Since  the  deserving  must  precede  the 
praising,  it  will  be  necessary  to  show  it  in  Latin. 

Express  deserve  by  tl;ie  perfect  subjunctive. 

12.  Do  not  forget  that  cum  is  an  enclitic  when  used  with 
me,  te,  se,  nobis,  vobis,  and  usually  with  the  relative  and 
the  interrogative  pronoun. 

mecum,  with  me.  nobiscum,  with  us. 

tecum,  with  you.  vobiscum,  with  you. 

secum,  with  him,  her,  it,  them  (referring  to  the  subject), 
quocum,  quibuscum,  with  whom. 

INFINITIVE 

179.  The  present  and  the  perfect  infinitive,  the  former 
more  commonly  than  the  latter,  may  be  used  as  neuter 
nouns  in  the  nominative  and  accusative : 

Incipere  multo  facilius  est  quam  impetrare,  beginning  a 
task  is  much  easier  than  completing  it. 

Incipe  ;  dimidium  facti  est  coepisse,  begin ;  beginning  is 
half  the  battle. 

180.  The  present  infinitive  may  be  used  to  complete  the 
meaning  of  certain  verbs,  the  most  common  of  which  are  : 

possum,  I  am  able,  I  can.  constituo,  I  decide, 

debeo,  I  ought.  audeo,  I  dare. 

Conor,  I  try.  incipio,  I  begin, 

soleo,  I  am  accustomed.  coepi,  I  began. 

dubito,  I  hesitate.  volo,  I  wish,  am  willing. 


94  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

nolo,  I  do  not  wish,  am  unwilling. 
malo,  I  wish  more,  prefer,  would  rather. 

i8i.  The  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  is  used  with 
verbs  and  expressions  of  saying,  thinking,  knowing,  and 
perceiving. 

Remember,  however,  that  if  the  dependent  clause  is 
interrogative,  it  becomes  an  indirect  question  and  takes  its 
verb  in  the  subjunctive : 

Nescio,  inquit,  quae  causa  odii  f uerit ;  f uisse  odium  intel- 
lego,  I  do  not  know,  said  he,  what  was  the  cause  of  the 
hatred ;  but  I  do  know  that  there  was  hatred. 

182.  The  most  common  verbs  and  expressions  of  saying, 
thinking,  etc.,  are :  dico,  confirmo,  fateor,  nego,  nuntio, 
ostendo,  probo,  polliceor,  promitto,  spero,  iubeo,  veto,  aliquem 
certiorem  facio,  certior  fio,  fama  est,  audio,  cerno,  video, 
sentio,  intellego,  cognosco,  scio,  nescio,  puto,  duco,  cogito, 
credo,  arbitror,  existimo,  etc. 

183.  An  infinitive  that  is  dependent  has  no  time  of  its 
own : 

1.  The  present  shows  that  the  action  is  going  on  at  the 
time  of  the  principal  verb  : 

Dicit  eos  legere,  he  says  that  they  are  now  reading. 
Dixit  eos  legere,  he  said  that  they  were  then  reading. 

2.  The  perfect  shows  that  the  action  was  prior  to  that 
of  the  principal  verb  : 

Dicit  eos  legisse,  he  says  that  they  read,  have  read,  have 
been  reading. 

Dixit  eos  legisse,  he  said  that  they  read,  had  read,  had 
been  reading. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  95 

3.  The  future  shows  that  the  action  will  take  place 
after  that  of  the  principal  verb  : 

Dicit  eos  lectures  esse,,  he  says  that  they  will  read,  will 
be  reading,  are  about  to  read. 

Dixit  eos  lecturos  esse,  he  said  that  they  would  read, 
would  be  reading,  were  about  to  read. 

184.  In  vivid  description,  where  person,  number,  and 
tense  are  all  ignored,  the  present  infinitive  with  a  subject 
in  the  nominative  may  take  the  place  of  the  imperfect  or 
perfect  indicative : 

Diem  ex  die  ducere  Haedui,  from  day  to  day  the  Haedui 
kept  putting  him  off. 

185.  Remember  that  the  future  infinitive  is  commonly 
used  with  verbs  of  hoping  and  promising : 

Sperant  se  maximum  fructum  esse  captures,  they  hope 
to  gain  the  greatest  advantage. 

PoUicentur  se  ituros  esse,  they  promise  to  go. 

186.  With  verbs  of  teaching,  the  person  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  accusative,  and  the  thing  taught,  by  the 
infinitive  : 

Servus  pueros  scribere  docuit,  a  slave  taught  the  children 
to  write. 

187.  When  a  verb  has  no  supine  stem,  the  missing  forms 
of  the  infinitive  may  be  supplied  by  fore  ut,  futurum  esse 
ut,  futurum  fuisse  ut,  with  the  subjunctive. 

188.  If  a  sentence  containing  both  subject  and  object 
with  an  infinitive  is  ambiguous,  change  the  construction  by 
making  the  infinitive  passive  : 

They  say  that  the  Gauls  conquered  the  Germans,  dicunt 
a  Gallis  Germanos  victos  esse. 


96  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

189.  In  expressing  an  English  infinitive  in  Latin,  make 
the  thought  definite  and  precise : 

Primus  venit,  he  was  the  first  to  come. 

Laetus  veniam,  I  shall  be  glad  to  come. 

Cura  ut  venias,  be  sure  to  come. 

Nihil  mihi  longius  videtur  dum  veniam,  I  am  impatient 
to  come. 

Spero  me  posse  venire,  I  hope  to  be  able  to  come. 

Ut  paucis  concliidam,  to  sum  up  in  a  few  words,  to  make 
a  long  story  short. 

Miror  cum  video,  I  am  surprised  to  see. 

190.  In  translating  an  English  sentence  of  this  type,  '  It 
is  dangerous  for  us  to  go,V remember  that  the  word  '  for' 
belongs  to  the  infinitive  and  has  no  effect  on  the  case  of 
the  noun  or  pronoun  :  periculosum  est  nos  ire. 

I 
Exercise  32 

1.  The  divisions  of  the  Roman  legion  seem  to  have 
been  different  at  different  times. 

2.  Those  most  frequently  mentioned  are  cohorts  and 
turmae. 

3.  The  standards  of  the  different  divisions  seem  to 
have  had  certain  letters  inscribed  on  them. 

4.  To  lose  the  standard  was  considered  disgraceful, 
or  rather,  a  crime.     (179.) 

5.  To  animate  the  soldiers  the  standards  were  some- 
times thrown  into  the  midst  of  the  enemy. 

6.  A  general  was  accustomed  to  call  his  troops  *  sol- 
diers.'    (180.) 

7.  A  general  before  a  battle  usually  made  a  short 
speech  to  his  troops,  who  showed  their  approval  by  shouts. 
(180;   16.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN    WRITING  97 

8.  Silence  on  their  part  was  a  mark  of  timidity.     (190  ; 

33.) 

9.  After  the  speech  all  the  trumpets  sounded,  which 
was  the  signal  for  marching.     (74;   140.) 

10.  Some  of  the  soldiers  were  calling  out  'to  arms'; 
others  puUing  up  the  standards  which  stood  fixed  in  the 
ground;  the  general  riding  round  the  ranks  and  again 
exhorting  the  soldiers  to  be  brave ;  the  soldiers  with  a 
great  shout  rushing  forw^ard  to  the  attack.     (184.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

4.  Observe  that  the  English  infinitive  to  lose  is  used  as 
a  noun ;  in  sentence  5  the  English  infinitive  to  animate  ex- 
presses purpose.  This  must  be  shown  in  Latin  (ad  milites 
incitandos  pugnandi  cupiditate). 

8.  For  tJie^n  to  be  silent  or  not  to  shout  was  (a  mark)  of 
fear, 

10.    Notice  the  historical  infinitives. 

Remember  that  the  general  exhorted  the  soldiers  for  a 
purpose  —  that  they  might  be  brave. 

GERUNDS   AND   GERUNDIVES 

191.  The  following  will  show  the  difference  between  a 
gerund  and  a  gerundive : 

GERUND  GERUNDIVE 

Verbal  noun  Verbal  adjective 

Neuter  Mas.,  fem.,  neut. 

Singular  Sing.,  plural 

Nom.  and  voc,  wanting  Used  in  all  cases 

Active  Passive 

May  have  an  object  Agrees  with  what  seems 


to  be  its  object 


ELEM.    LAT.    WRITING- 


98  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

192.  The  gerundive  is  an  adjective  except  when  it  is 
used  with  the  verb  sum  to  form  the  passive  periphrastic 
conjugation  which  expresses  necessity  or  obligation. 

193.  A  present  infinitive  may  supply  the  lacking  nomina- 
tive of  the  gerund. 

The  genitive,  accusative,  and  ablative  are  the  cases  of 
the  gerund  and  the  gerundive  in  most  common  use. 

194.  The  genitive  of  gerunds  and  gerundives  may  pre- 
cede the  noun  causa,  for  the  sake,  for  the  purpose : 

Aggerem  petendi  causa  processerant,  K ,       ,     ,  ^ 

,         .      ^     ^.  _      _  ^     \  they  had  gone  for 

Aggeris  petendi  causa  processerant,    J        -' 

the  purpose  of  getting  material  for  the  mound. 

195.  Genitive  gerunds  and  gerundives  may  be  used  with 
nouns  and  adjectives : 

modus  operandi,  mode  of  working. 

cupidus  equitandi,  fond  of  riding. 
spatium  pila  coniciendi,  1  room  or  time  for  throw- 

spatium  pilorum  coniciendorum,  J     ing  javelins. 

196.  Do  not  forget  that  with  the  genitives  mei,  tui,  sui, 
nostri,  vestri,  the  gerundive  ending  in  i  is  to  be  used 
regardless  of  the  gender  and  number  of  the  antecedent : 

Sui  muniendi  causa,  for  the  purpose  of  strengthening 
himself  (his  position). 

Sui  conservandi  causa,  for  the  sake  of  saving  them- 
selves. 

197.  The  accusative  of  gerunds  is  used  with  prepositions, 
of  which  ad  is  most  often  found : 

Ad  videndum  venerunt,  they  came  to  see. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING     '^  99 

In  a  sentence  of  this  kind  use  the  gerundive,  not  the 
gerund,  when  an  object  is  expressed : 

Ad  videndam  urbem  venerunt,  they  came  to  see  the  city. 

198.  Remember  that  with  verbs  of  caring,  giving,  send- 
ing, undertaking,  and  the  like,  a  gerundive  agreeing  with 
the  object  expresses  purpose ;  the  most  common  of  these 
verbs  are  euro,  do,  loco,*  trado,  attribuo,  suscipio : 

Caesar  pontem  faciendum  curat,  Caesar  gives  orders  for 
the  building  of  a  bridge.     (Caesar  has  a  bridge  built.) 

lis  pecuniam  habendam  dedit,  he  gave  them  the  money 
to  keep. 

199.  The  ablative  of  the  gerund  is  used  to  express  time, 
cause,  means,  etc.  When  there  is  no  object  the  ablative  of 
the  gerund  may  be  used  with  ab,  de,  ex,  in.  If  there  is  an 
object,  use  the  gerundive,  instead  of  the  gerund,  when  there 
is  a  preposition : 

Nos  non  pugnando  sed  tacendo  superant,  they  conquer  us 
not  by  fighting  but  by  holding  their  tongues. 

In  quaerendo  reperiebat,  he  kept  finding  out  on  inquiry. 

Constitit  ne  in  quaerendis  suis  pugnandi  tempus  dimitteret, 
he  halted  lest  he  might  lose  time  in  looking  for  his  own 
standards. 

200.  *  Without  saying,'  'without  working,'  and  similar 
expressions  of  common  use  in  English  may  be  expressed  in 
Latin  in  various  ways,  but  not  by  the  preposition  sine  with 
an  ablative  of  the  gerund : 

Tu  quidem  non  abibis  nisi  id  feceris,  of  course  you  will 
not  go  away  without  doing  that. 

Abiit  neque  id  fecit,  he  went  away  without  doing  that. 
Non  rogatus  venit,  he  came  without  being  asked. 


lOO  ^     ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


SUPINES 

201.  Supines  are  verbal  nouns  ending  in  um  and  u. 
The  supine  in  um  is  called  the  accusative  or  former  supine, 
that  in  u  the  ablative  or  latter  supine. 

202.  The  supine  in  um  is  used  with  a  verb  of  motion  to 
express  purpose. 

The  most  common  verbs  of  motion  are  those  meaning 
come,  go,  send,  lead,  bring,  carry  (venio,  eo,  mitto,  duco, 
fero,  porto). 

203.  Among  the  supines  in  um  of  frequent  use  are  :  roga- 
tum,  to  ask;  petitum,  to  beg,  seek ;  postulatum,  to  demand; 
questum,  to  complain;  salutatum,  to  pay  ones  respects ; 
gratulatum,  to  cojigratulate  ;  frumentatum,  to  forage  ;  defen- 
sum,  to  defend ;  servitum,  to  serve ;  venatum,  to  hunt: 

Stultitia  est  venatum  ducere  invitos  canes,  it  is  folly  to 
lead  unwilHng  dogs  to  hunt. 

204.  An  accusative  supine  with  an  object  is  more  rarely 
used  than  an  accusative  gerundive  to  express  purpose : 

Dixit  eos  ad  se  oppugnandum  venisse,  he  said  that  they 
had  come  to  fight  against  him. 

205.  The  supine  in  u  is  used  with  an  adjective  as  an 
ablative  of  specification. 

The  supines  in  u  that  are  of  frequent  use  are :  dictu,  to 
say  ;  factu,  to  do  ;  visu,  to  see  ;  auditu,  to  hear ;  andcognitu, 
to  know.  These  are  regularly  used  with  facilis,  easy ;  diffi- 
cilis,  difficult ;  dignus,  worthy ;  iucundus,  pleasant ;  optimus, 
best;  mirabilis,  wonderful;  miserabilis,  pitiable;  fas,  right; 
nefas,  wrong,  wicked. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   \yRJ[TJJ^G  ..,,..     lOI 

facile  factu,  easy  to  do. 

dignus  cognitu,  worthy  to  know. 

iucundum  auditu,  pleasant  to  hear.   • 

optimum  factu,  best  to  do. 

mirabile  dictu,  wonderful  to  tell. 

miserabile  visu,  pitiable  to  see. 

Si  hoc  fas  est  dictu,  if  this  is  right  to  say. 

Nefas  est  dictu,  it  is  wicked  to  say. 

Exercise  33 

1.  Once  upon  a  time  twelve  tribes  of  Greece  united  for 
the  purpose  of  worshiping  Apollo.     (194.) 

2.  They  then  had  a  temple  built  in  his  honor.  (198; 
27;  29.) 

3.  Deputies  used  to  come  from  all  these  tribes  every  six 
months.     (156.) 

4.  From  these,  at  first,  there  were  chosen  certain  ones 
to  prepare  laws  (not  an  easy  thing  to  do)  for  governing  the 
temple.     (205;   197.) 

5.  Oracles,  pretended  answers  of  Apollo,  were  given  to 
those  who  came  to  consult  him.     (202.) 

6.  There  were  in  different  places  twenty-two  oracles  of 
Apollo,  but  a  much  smaller  number  of  those  of  Jupiter.  (89.) 

7.  The  name  'oracle'  was  given  both  to  the  place  in 
which  the  god  was  said  to  appear  and  to  the  answer  given. 

8.  By  far  the  most  renowned  oracles  were  those  of 
Jupiter  and  Apollo;  the  former  at  Dodona,  a  city  of 
Epirus,  and  the  latter  at  Delphi,  a  city  of  Phocis.     (94 ; 

123;  39;  77') 

Exercise  34 

1.  The  oracle  of  Apollo  at  Delphi  gained  a  world-wide 
celebrity. 

2.  Desirous  of  gaining  information,  especially  in  time 


I02  e:ljvM,entary  latin  writing 

of  danger,  monarchs  of  Asia  and  Romans  of  all  classes 
used  to  go  there  to  inquire  what  was  best  for  them  to  do. 
(195;  202;  205.)      • 

3.  At  Dodona  the  priests  used  to  go  to  the  forest  to 
listen  to  the  voice  of  Jupiter  in  the  rustling  leaves  of  the 
sacred  oak.     (39;  202.) 

4.  At  Delphi,  the  voice  of  Apollo,  if  this  is  the  right 
thing  to  say,  came  from  a  deep  fissure  in  the  ground. 
(205.) 

5.  In  early  times  the  priests  did  nothing  that  should  be 
censuredo 

6.  Later,  inquirers  could  get  such  answers  as  they 
wished  by  bribing  the  priests,  a  thing  not  at  all  difficult 
to  do.     (55;  205.) 

7.  When  the  priests  thought  it  best  they  gave  no  answer 
at  all,  and  therefore  many  returned  home  without  receiving 
advice.     (182;  205;   16;  58;  200.) 

8.  Although  this  is  so,  they,  strange  to  say,  returned 
again  and  again  to  consult  the  oracle,  but  finally  they 
began  to  lose  confidence  in  it.     (205;   197;   16.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  To  gain  a  world-wide  celebrity  is  to  be  very  renowned 
throughout  the  world,  hence  one  w^ay  to  express  this  thought 
is  notissimum  esse  per  terrarum  orbem. 

2.  To  gain  information  is  to  learn  things  about,  cogno- 
scere  de. 

Notice  the  indirect  question  in  2,  and  remember  to  ex- 
press it  by  the  subjunctive. 

Remember  that  the  Latin  imperfect  tense  may  be  used 
to  express  not  only  the  English  auxiliary  zvas  and  a  past 
tense,  but  quite  often  an  additional  verb  or  adverb. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  IO3 

Legebat,  he  was  reading,  he  ready  he  used  to  ready  he  kept 
readings  he  began  to  read,  he  often  read,  he  was  constantly 
reading,  he  continued  to  read,  he  was  still  reading,  etc. 

4.  A  fissure  is  a  narrow  and  open  place. 

5.  Nothing  not  to  be  praised  (gerundive)  the  priests  did. 

6.  (Those)  zvho  inquired  could  get  those  answers  which 
they  wished,  after  they  had  bribed  the  priests. 

8.   Although  this  is  €o :  quae  cum  ita  sint. 

FINAL   SENTENCES 

206.  In  final  sentences  or  purpose  clauses,  the  tense  to 
be  used  is  the  present  or  the  imperfect;  the  mode,  the 
subjunctive ;  the  most  common  introductory  words,  ut  or 
uti  (affirmative),  ne  (negative),  or  a  relative  pronoun  : 

Monet  ut  in  reliquum  tempus  omnes  suspiciones  vitet,  he 
warns  him  to  avoid  all  suspicions  in  the  future. 

lis  persuasit  ne  irent,  he  persuaded  them  not  to  go. 

207.  Ut  non  may  be  used  in  a  purpose  clause  when  a 
word  and  not  a  clause  is  to  be  made  negative : 

Venerunt  ut  in  hostes  non  in  socios  impetum  facerent, 

they  came  to  attack  the  enemy,  not  their  allies. 

208.  Neve  or  neu  is  used  to  continue  ne : 

Caesar  litteras  nuntiosque  misit  ne  eos  frumento  neve  alia 
re  iuvarent,  Caesar  sent  written  orders  for  them  not  to  help 
them  with  grain  or  anything  else. 

209.  Use  quo,  not  ut,  as  a  rule,  in  final  sentences  if  there 
is  a  comparative  in  the  clause. 

Milites  signa  inferre  iussit  quo  f acilius  gladiis  uti  possent, 

he  ordered  the  soldiers  to  advance  so  that  they  could  use 
their  swords  more  easily. 


I04  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Exercise  35 

1.  After  the  death  of  Darius,  Xerxes,  who  had  suc- 
ceeded him,  collected  an  immense  army  for  the  purpose 
of  invading  Greece.     (74;  206.) 

2.  Everywhere  from  Asia  Minor  to  the  river  Indus  he 
levied  troops. 

3.  He  had  two  bridges  of  boats  made,  that  he  might 
more  easily  transport  these  troops  across  the  Hellespont. 
(198;  209.) 

4.  He  appointed  autumn  (as)  the  time  for  meeting  in 
a  town  of  Cappadocia.     (206.) 

5.  He  made  himself  commander-in-chief  of  these  troops 
and  led  them  in  person  to  the  city  Sardis  for  the  winter. 
(61;   128;   197.) 

6.  When  this  army  was  about  to  start  from  Sardis,  in- 
teUigence  came  that  the  bridges  across  the  Hellespont 
had  been  destroyed  by  a  violent  tempest.  (16;  65; 
182.) 

7.  Tradition  says  that  Xerxes,  in  great  wrath,  issued 
orders  for  the  architects  to  be  put  to  death  and  the  sea 
to  be  bound  with  fetters  and  lashed.     (182  ;  206.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

2.    Everywhere :  nusquam  non. 

4.  Autiunn,  at  which  time  they  might  come  together  into 
a  town  of  Cappadocia^  he  appointed. 

5.  The  phrase  for  the  winter  suggests  purpose,  which 
the  Latin  must  show.     (197  or  206.) 

6.  It  was  reported  to  him  that  the  bridges  which  across 
(in  with  the  ablative)  the  Hellespont  he  had  made  had  been 
destroyed  by  a  violent  tempest. 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  I05 

7.    Arrange  as  follows  : 

By  rep07't  it  has  been  handed  down  (f ama  traditum  est) 
that  Xerxes,  angry,  ordered  (ira'pero)  the  architects  to  be  killed 
(206),  and  the  sea  having  been  bound  with  chains  to  be 
lashed  (206). 

Exercise  36 

1.  He  employed  others  to  build  two  stronger  bridges. 

2.  Each  of  these  rested  upon  four  hundred  vessels,  and 
was  about  a  mile  in  length,  and  had  high  walls  so  that  the 
horses  could  not  see  over  them  or  the  cattle  be  frightened 
by  the  water.     (155  ;  208.) 

3.  In  the  spring  of  480  B.C.,  the  forces  already  men- 
tioned marched  to  the  Hellespont  to  meet  the  fleet  which 
was  to  wait  for  them  there.     (jZ  ;  206.) 

4.  On  his  arrival  Xerxes  had  a  throne  of  white  marble 
erected  on  the  summit  of  the  mountain.     (16;   198  ;  95.) 

5.  This  he  did  so  that  nothing  might  escape  his  notice 
or  prevent  his  seeing  both  army  and  fleet.     (208.) 

6.  From  this  he  might  overlook  both  land  and  sea  cov- 
ered with  troops. 

7.  From  this  he  issued  his  orders  for  his  vast  army  to 
cross  into  Europe.     (206.) 


SUGGESTIONS 

2.  Observe  the  meaning  and  use  of  the  verb  rested.  If 
the  bridge  rested  upon  vessels,  it  must  have  been  placed 
on  them,  hence,  we  say :  Each  of  these  bridges  had  been 
placed  upon  four  hundred  vessels. 

3 .  A  Iready  mentioned  =  which  we  have  already  mentioned. 

4.  Xerxes,    when    he    had    arrived    or    after    he    had 


I06  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

arrived,  caused  a  throne  to  be  erected.  The  phrase,  of 
white  marble,  describes  the  throne  (ablative  of  descrip- 
tion), or  shows  that  of  which  it  was  made  (ablative  of 
material). 

5.  To  escape  his  notice  is  to  remain  unnoticed,  latere. 
Remember  to  express  that  nothing  by  ne  quid  in  a  purpose 
clause.  To  prevent  his  seeing :  impedire  quominus  with  the 
subjunctive. 

6.  Covered  as  here  used  is  equivalent  to  filled,  complete. 

7.  He  ordered  his  army  to  cross.     (206.) 


Exercise  37 

1.  A  historian  has  given  the  following  account  of  the 
army  of  Xerxes  getting  ready  to  cross  the  Hellespont: 

2.  Before  the  passage  commenced,  sacred  myrtle  was 
strewn  over  the  two  bridges,  and  the  king  himself 
poured  libations  upon  the  sea  for  the  purpose  of  pla- 
cating it. 

3.  At  sunrise,  prayers  were  offered  to  the  gods,  and 
then  the  passage  began.     (180.) 

4.  To  avoid  accidents  and  delays,  the  baggage  wagons 
and  the  beasts  of  burden  crossed  by  one  bridge,  the  army 
by  the  other.     (208  ;  83.) 

5.  The  first  to  cross  was  the  sacred  guard  of  the  Great 
King,  —  the  Ten  Thousand  Immortals,  —  all  crowned  with 
garlands.     (189.) 

6.  Preceding  the  king,  the  Chariot  of  the  Sun,  drawn 
by  eight  snow-white  horses,  moved  slowly. 

7.  Herodotus  affirms  that  for  seven  days  and  seven 
nights  the  bridges  seemed  to  groan  beneath  the  living 
tide  that  Asia  was  pouring  into  Europe.     (52;   181.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  107 


SUGGESTIONS 

1.  In  regard  to  (de)  the  army  of  Xerxes  preparing  to 
cross  the  Hellespont,  these  things  have  been  written. 

2.  Before  they  began  to  cross  the  bridges,  they  scattered 
sacred  myrtle  over  (per)  them,  and,  etc. 

3.  At  sunrise  is  at  '  first  light '  (prima  luce).     (95.) 
Prayers  were  offered  —  having  called  upon  their  gods  in 

prayer. 

The  passage  began  —  they  began  to  cross  the  bridges. 

4.  It  will  be  necessary  to  show  by  the  Latin  that  the 
wagons  did  not  cross  of  their  own  accord  : 

So  that  nothing  (ne  quid)  might  harm  them  or  delay 
them,  they  led  the  beasts  of  bnrden,  etc.,  across  one  bridge ^ 
the  army  across  the  other.     (49.) 

6.  Before  the  king,  the  Chariot,  etc.,  was  slowly  led  across 
the  bridge. 

7.  One  of  the  most  common  metaphors  used  by  the 
Romans  appears  in  this  sentence.  The  words  tide  and 
ponding  suggest  the  rushing  of  water.  Here  it  is  the  tide 
of  living  beings  rushing  or  pouring  into  Europe. 

CONSECUTIVE   CLAUSES 

210.  Consecutive  or  result  clauses  take  their  verbs  in 
the  subjunctive;  the  present  and  the  imperfect  are  the 
tenses  of  most  frequent  use;  the  most  common  introduc- 
tory words,  ut  or  uti  (affirmative),  ut  non  (negative) : 

Dixerunt  futurum  esse  uti  omnes  Germani  Rhenum  trans- 
irent,  they  said  that  the  result  would  be  that  all  the 
Germans  would  cross  the  Rhine. 


I08  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Multis  vulneribus  confectus  ut  iam  se  sustinere  non  pos- 
set, exhausted  by  many  wounds  so  that  he  could  not  stand 
any  longer. 

211.  In  a  result  clause  dependent  upon  a  past  tense, 
use  the  present  tense  if  the  act  is  continued  into  the 
present : 

Ita  se  gessit  ut  tibi  decori  sit,  he  has  so  conducted  him- 
self that  he  is  now  a  credit  to  you. 

212.  In  a  result  clause  dependent  upon  a  past  tense, 
use  the  perfect  subjunctive  if  the  act  is  completed : 

Temporis  tanta  fuit  exiguitas  ut  ad  galeas  induendas 
tempus  defuerit,  so  short  was  the  time  that  it  was  insufficient 
for  them  to  put  on  their  helmets. 

213.  If  the  verb  upon  which  a  result  clause  depends 
suggests  the  result,  use  the  imperfect  tense  for  a  com- 
pleted act : 

Accidit  ut  esset  luna  plena,  it  happened  to  be  full  moon. 
Quo  factum  est  ut  ab  urbe  discederent,  the  result  of  this 
was  that  they  left  the  city. 

214.  Such  words  as  sic  and  ita,  so,  suggest  result  clauses ; 
remember,  however,  that  these  words  may  precede  purpose 
clauses  also : 

Sunt  ita  multi  ut  eos  career  capere  non  possit,  there  are 
so  many  that  the  prison  cannot  hold  them. 

Ita  me  gessi  ne  tibi  pudori  essem,  I  conducted  myself 
so  that  I  might  not  be  a  disgrace  to  you. 

Exercise  38 

I.  When  the  consul,  Minucius,  was  warring  against  the 
Aequians,  they  shut  him  up  in  a  valley  and  guarded  it  so 
that  he  could  not  get  out.     (214.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  IO9 

2.  When  news  of  this  was  brought  to  Rome,  the  senate 
said,  **  What  prevents  our  making  Lucius  Quintius  Cincin- 
natus  dictator?  He  is  the  only  man  who  can  help  us." 
(16;  61;  49.) 

3.  Cincinnatus  happened  to  be  at  work  plowing  when 
the  messenger  from  Rome  arrived.     (213.) 

4.  So  great  was  the  danger  that  there  was  not  time  to 
raise  a  large  army. 

5.  With  such  an  army  as  he  could  raise  quickly,  he 
marched  against  the  Aequians. 

6.  Around  these  he  ordered  his  men  to  dig  a  ditch,  so 
that  no  one  of  them  could  escape.     (206;  214;   180.) 

7.  So  great  was  the  fear  (on  the  part)  of  the  Aequians 
that  they  surrendered  at  once.     (213.) 

8.  He  ordered  his  (soldiers)  to  treat  them  kindly. 
(206.) 

9.  After  Minucius  had  been  liberated,  Cincinnatus  gave 
over  the  army  to  him,  and  we  have  no  doubt  that  he  was 
glad  to  go  back  to  his  home.     (189.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  Decide  whether  you  wish  to  make  prominent  the 
fact  that  it  was  a  consul  whom  the  Aequians  shut  up  in 
a  valley,  or  who  the  consul  was.  If  the  former,  show 
this  by  placing  consul  before  the  name ;  if  the  latter,  the 
name  will  come  first. 

2.  What  prevents  our  making:  quid  obstat  quominus 
with  the  subjunctive  —  he  alone  can  help  us, 

4.  To  raise  an  army  is  '  to  collect  or  bring  together  an 
army,'  cogere  exercitum. 

6.  Observe  that  so  that  no  one  introduces  a  purpose 
clause,  —  hence  ne  quis  must  be  used. 


no  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

9.    To  Miniicius  liberated  Cincinnatus  gave  over  the  army. 

Do  not  forget  that  dubito,  doubt,  usually  takes  quin, 
that,  with  the  subjunctive.  Notice  that  the  tense  of  was 
must  be  perfect,  not  imperfect,  in  this  sentence. 

CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES 

215.  In  a  conditional  sentence  there  are  two  clauses, 
the  condition  or  protasis,  and  the  conclusion  or  apodosis. 

Remember  that  the  conclusion  is  the  principal  clause, 
and  the  condition  the  dependent  clause. 

Among  the  most  common  introductory  words  are  si,  if ; 
nisi,  if  not,  unless ;  si  non,  if  not ;  si  minus,  if  not ;  sin, 
but  if. 

216.  Often  the  difference  between  nisi  and  si  non  is  not 
essential. 

Nisi,  however,  may  be  used  to  make  a  clause  negative ; 
si  non,  to  make  a  word  negative : 

Nuntium  ad  eum  mittit  nisi  subsidium  sibi  submittatur, 
sese  diutius  sustinere  non  posse,  he  sends  word  that  unless 
relief  be  sent  to  him,  he  will  be  unable  to  hold  out  longer. 

Quod  si  non  possumus  facere,  moriamur,  if  we  cannot  do 
this,  let  us  die. 

217.  Si  minus  is  often  used  when  the  verb  is  to  be  sup- 
pHed  from  the  context  : 

Educ  tecum  etiam  omnis  tuos ;  si  minus,  quam  plurimos, 

lead  out  with  you  all  your  associates ;  if  not,  as  many  as 
possible.     (94.) 

218.  Sin,  but  if,  is  used  to  introduce  a  second  condition 
that  expresses  something  in  opposition  to  the  first  con- 
dition : 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  III 

Sin  autem  servire  meae  gloriae  mavis  confer  te  ad  Man- 
Hum,  but  if  you  prefer  to  add  to  my  glory,  betake  yourself 
to  Manlius. 

219.  When  a  condition  is  stated  as  a  fact,  use  the 
indicative  mode : 

Si  hoc  dicis,  vehementer  erras,  if  you  say  this,  you  are 
greatly  mistaken. 

220.  Future  Condition  More  Real  or  Vivid. 

1.  In  this,  both  condition  and  conclusion  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  future  indicative  : 

Si  accelerare  volent,  consequentur,  if  they  are  willing  to 
hurry,  they  will  overtake  him. 

2.  The  condition  may  be  expressed  by  the  future  per- 
fect indicative ;  the  conclusion  by  the  future  indicative : 

Si  castra  muniri  iusserit,  milites  parebunt,  if  he  orders 
the  camp  to  be  fortified,  the  soldiers  will  obey  (orders). 

3.  Both  condition  and  conclusion  may  be  expressed  by 
the  future  perfect  indicative  : 

Quos  si  mens  consulatus  sustulerit,  multa  saecula  propa- 
garit  rei  piiblicae,  if  my  consulship  removes  these,  it 
will  add  ages  to  the  state  (it  will  prolong  the  state  for 
ages). 

4.  The  condition  may  be  introduced  by  a  relative  pro- 
noun : 

Qui  perterriti  eritis,  domos  vestras  dimittam,  if  any  of 

you  are  afraid,  I  shall  send  you  to  your  homes. 

5.  The  condition  may  be  expressed  by  a  participle : 
Quibus  superatis,  in  nostros  fines  veniet,  if  these  are  con- 
quered, he  will  come  into  our  territory. 


112  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

6.  The  conclusion  may  be  expressed  by  an  imperative  : 
Etiam  si  Catilina  perierit,  scitote  reliquos  coniuratos  in 

re  publica  futures  esse,  even  if  Catiline  does  perish,  rest 
assured  that  the  rest  of  the  conspirators  will  remain  in  the 
city. 

7.  The  conclusion  may  be  expressed  by  O  with  the  accu- 
sative, and  the  condition  by  the  future  perfect  indicative : 

Hunc  si  secuti  erunt  sui  comites,  0  nos  beatos!  if  his 
associates  follow  him,  happy  shall  we  be ! 

221.  Future  Condition  Less  Real  or  Vivid. 

In  this,  use  the  present  subjunctive  in  both  condition 
and  conclusion : 

Haec  si  tecum  patria  loquatur,  nonne  impetrare  debeat  ? 
if  your  country  should  say  this  to  you,  ought  she  not  to 
obtain  her  request  ? 

222.  Present  Contrary  to  Fact  Condition. 

In  a  condition  of  this  kind,  we  suppose  something  that 
is  not  true  now.  In  this,  use  the  imperfect  subjunctive  in 
both  condition  and  conclusion : 

Si  te  timeremus,  ita  diceremus,  if  we  were  afraid  of  you, 
we  should  say  so. 

223.  Past  Contrary  to  Fact  Condition. 

Here  we  suppose  something  that  was  not  true  at  some 
past  time.  In  this,  as  a  rule,  use  the  pluperfect  subjunc- 
tive in  both  condition  and  conclusion : 

Si  hoc  dixissem,  senatus  mihi  vim  et  manus  intulisset,  if 
I  had  said  this,  the  senate  would  have  laid  violent  hands 
on  me. 

224.  A  sentence  may  contain  a  past  contrary  to  fact 
condition  and  a  present  contrary  to  fact  conclusion  : 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  II3 

Si  hoc  dixissem,  quid  diceres  ?  if  I  had  said  this,  what 
would  you  say  ? 

225.  The  imperfect  or  perfect  indicative  of  the  active 
periphrastic  conjugation  may  be  used  instead  of  the  imper- 
fect or  pluperfect  subjunctive  in  the  conclusion  of  a  con- 
trary to  fact  condition : 

Quid  tandem,  incensis  tabernis,  f uturum  fuit  ?  what,  pray, 
would  have  been  the  result  if  the  shops  had  been  burned  ? 

226.  Remember  that  in  the  conclusion  of  a  contrary  to 
fact  condition  a  past  tense  of  the  indicative  may  suggest 
an  omission  of  what  might  have  been  or  might  have 
happened : 

Pons  iter  paene  hostibus  dedit,  nisi  unus  vir  fuisset,  the 
bridge  almost  gave  the  enemy  a  right  of  way  (and  would 
have  done  so),  had  it  not  been  for  one  man. 

227.  Observe  that  when  possum,  /  am  able^  I  can,  debeo, 
/  oiighty  oportet,  it  is  necessary,  or  the  passive  periphrastic 
conjugation  is  used  in  the  conclusion  of  a  contrary  to  fact 
condition,  the  form,  as  a  rule,  is  imperfect,  perfect,  or  plu- 
perfect indicative : 

Si  in  hac  urbe  esset,  is  erat  mittendus,  if  he  were  in 
this  city  now,  he  would  be  the  one  to  be  sent. 

228.  Dependent  Contrary  to  Fact  Conditions. 

If  a  present  contrary  to  fact  condition  is  made  to  depend 
upon  a  verb  that  requires  the  subjunctive,  do  not  make  any 
change  in  either  the  condition  or  conclusion : 

Si  ita  putares,  diceres,  if  you  thought  so,  you  would 
say  so. 

Non  dubitamus  quin  si  ita  putares,  diceres,  we  do  not 
doubt  that  if  you  thought  so,  you  would  say  so. 

ELEM.  LAT.  WRITING  —  8 


114  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

229.  If  a  past  condition  contrary  to  fact  depends  upon 
a  verb  that  requires  the  subjunctive,  express  the  conclusion 
by  the  perfect  subjunctive  of  the  active  periphrastic  conju- 
gation ;  do  not  make  any  change  in  the  condition : 

Non  dubitamus  quin,  si  ita  putavisses,  dicturus  fueris, 
we  do  not  doubt  that  if  you  had  thought  so,  you  would 
have  said  so. 

Exercise  39 

1.  Find  out,  if  you  can,  something  about  oracles;  if  you 
cannot  do  this  yourself,  question  somebody.     (127;   152.) 

2.  If  it  is  possible  for  you  to  do  so,  go  to  both  Delphi 
and  Dodona ;  if  not,  go  to  Delphi,  the  most  famous  of 
oracles.     (58.) 

3.  Should  you  decide  to  go  to  this  place,  you  would 
hear  it  said  that  in  early  times,  Delphi  was  called  Pytho ; 
Apollo,  the  Pythius;  and  his  priestess,  Pythia.  (221; 
181  ;   182.) 

4.  If  you  inquire,  you  will  find  out  that  Pythia  uttered 
the  oracles  from  the  tripod  on  which  she  sat.    (220,  2 ;  182.) 

5.  Whoever  is  willing  to  make  further  inquiries,  will 
learn  that  the  sounds  which  she  made  could  not  be  under- 
stood by  those  who  had  consulted  the  oracle.  (220,  4; 
182;   180.) 

6.  There  were  priests  to  give  the  responses.     (206.) 

7.  The  questioner  went  away  happy  if  the  responses 
were  favorable ;  but  if  unfavorable,  he  returned  home 
greatly  disappointed.     (218.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  The  conclusion,  as  is  frequently  the  case,  may  be 
expressed  by  the  imperative  (220,  6) ;  the  condition  in  the 
first  part  is  positive;  the  same  condition  appears  in  the 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  II5 

second  part  of  the  sentence ;  here,  however,  it  is  negative. 
Show  this  by  using  si  non.  To  question  somebody  is  'to 
inquire  something  from  somebody.' 

2.  The  condition  is  of  the  same  kind  as  that  in  sentence  i  ; 
in  this,  however,  it  will  be  more  courteous  to  use  the  future 
indicative  instead  of  the  imperative,  since  the  word  go  as 
here  used  cannot  be  considered  a  command.  The  verb 
of  the  condition  in  the  second  part  is  not  expressed.  Use 
si  mtnus  to  translate  if  not.     (217.) 

5.  To  make  further  inquiries  is  to  inquire  or  to  ask  more 
(things). 

7.  A  questioner  is  (one)  who  inquires.  In  this  sentence 
we  find  two  conditions,  the  second  of  which  opposes  the 
first ;  express  but  if  by  sin. 

Exercise  40 

1.  The  prophetess  called  Pythia  was  in  early  times  a 
young  girl  of  noble  birth ;  afterwards,  one  chosen  (as) 
Pythia  was  a  woman  over  fifty,  clad  in  the  dress  of  a 
girl. 

2.  At  first  there  was  only  one  Pythia ;  later,  there  were 
two  or  three.  Had  there  not  been,  it  would  not  have  been 
possible  to  give  responses  to  all  who  came  to  consult  the 
oracle.     (227;   16.) 

3.  If  the  Pythias  had  not  given  their  answers  to  the 
priests  alone,  the  latter  would  not  have  had  such  power. 
(216;  223.) 

4.  At  Rome  there  were  no  oracles.  Why  would  the 
Romans  have  gone  to  Delphi  to  consult  the  oracle,  if  there 
had  been  .^     (223.) 

5.  We  do  not  doubt  that,  if  there  had  been  oracles  in 
Rome,  the  Romans  would  not  have  gone  either  to  Magna 
Graecia  or  to  Delphi  for  advice.     (229.) 


Il6  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

6.  We  do  not  doubt  that  if  there  were  oracles  nowa- 
days, many  would  consult  them ;  for  it  would  be  tedious 
to  enumerate  those  who  in  our  time  try  to  read  the  future. 
(228.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  A  person  over  fifty  is  one  'born  more  than  fifty 
years.'  (92.)  Clad  in  the  dress  of  a  girl  is  *  wearing 
(gerens)  the  dress  (habitum)  of  a  virgin/ 

2.  Change  the  conclusion  to  the  impersonal  form  of  the 
passive  voice.  Remember  that  there  are  many  ways  of 
expressing  purpose,  but  do  not  use  the  infinitive.  (194; 
197;  202;  206.) 

3.  To  have  such  power:  tantum  valere,  tantum  posse. 

(55.) 

5.  Notice  the  idea  of  purpose  suggested  by  the  noun 
advice.     Not  either  .  .  .  or :  neque  .  .  .  neque. 

6.  It  would  be  tedious :  longum  est. 

1 

Exercise  41 

1.  If  any  one  thinks  that  Catiline  is  not  guilty,  he  is 
greatly  mistaken. 

2.  What  would  you  say,  Caesar,  if  you  knew  that  he  had 
an  army  in  this  city  at  this  very  time  .'^     (222;  183;  75;  y^.) 

3.  If  you  listen,  I  will  give  you  the  names  of  those 
among  us  who,  of  course  not  in  name,  but  in  fact,  belong 
to  that  army ;  if  you  do  not,  I  fear  that  they  will  prove 
your  ruin.     (220;  33;  49.) 

4.  What  would  you  have  thought  if  the  conspirators 
had  been  killed,  (while)  trying  to  burn  the  very  roof  over 
your  head }     (223.) 

5.  They  almost  succeeded  (and  would  have  done  so) 
had  it  not  been  for  the  ambassadors  of    the  Allobroges, 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING  II7 

who  exposed  the  whole  matter  to  their  patron,  Q.  Fabius 
Sanga,  and  asked  his  advice  about  it.     (226.) 

6.  It  was  the  duty  of  a  patron  to  protect  his  clients. 
(33;   179;  49-) 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  Since  the  condition  is  expressed  as  a  fact,  show  this 
by  using  the  indicative  in  both  clauses.  He  is  greatly 
mistaken:  vehementer *errat. 

3.  Observe  that  the  condition  in  the  first  part  is  positive, 
and  that  the  same  condition  is  in  the  second  part  negative. 
Express  if  not  by  si  non  or  si  minus.  After  vereor,  I  fear^ 
express  that  by  ne.  Use  the  present  subjunctive  to  ex- 
press ivill  be, 

4.  The  roof  over  your  head  —  your  roof. 

5.  Note  carefully  both  the  meaning  and  use  of  a  word. 
In  this  sentence,  the  word  succeeded  evidently  means 
'burned  the  roof  '  or  'accomplished  the  thing.'  Had  it  not 
been  for  the  ambassadors,  etc.,  should  be  expressed  as  if  it 
read  Unless  the  ambassadors  had  exposed^  etc.  To  ask  his 
advice  is  *to  consult  him.' 

Exercise  42 

1.  This  being  the  case,  I  do  not  doubt  that  even  if  you 
had  opposed  capital  punishment  you  would  have  been  glad 
to  deprive  these  scoundrels  of  life  in  order  to  save  your 
country.     (229;   189;  64;  206.) 

2.  If  you,  Caesar,  had  been  consul,  would  you  have 
recommended  the  pardon  of  a  conspirator.?  (223;  157; 
43;  206.) 

3.  Whoever  favors  imprisonment  for  life  is,  in  my  opin- 
ion, unjust  to  those  states  to  which  he  would  have  these 
dangerous  men  sent. 


Il8  ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING 

4.  If  the  conspirators  live  until  daylight,  remember 
that  the  lives  of  us  all  will  be  in  danger.     (220,  6;   104; 

183,  3.) 

5.  Think  about  all  your  friends  ;  if  not  all,  those  whom 
Catiline  hates.     (217.) 

6.  You  will  avoid  even  the  usual  delays  if  you  act  sen- 
sibly.    (220;  96.) 

7.  Rest  assured  that  no  one  will  blame  you  if  you  say 
what  you  think.     (175;   183,3;  215.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.    This  being  the  case :  quae  cum  ita  sint. 

The  expression  capital  punishment  suggests  death  as 
the  fine  imposed  for  some  crime.  This  may  be  shown  in 
Latin  by  morte  multare,  to  fine  by  death.  To  recommend 
a  pardon  is  to  advise  that  pardon  be  granted  to  one. 

3.  To  favor  imprisonment  for  life  is  *to  say  that  they 
ought  to  be  in  chains  everlasting.' 

Observe  that  by  placing  sempiternis,  everlastings  after 
vinculis,  we  show  how  hopeless  the  case  is. 

In  English,  as  well  as  in  Latin,  a  change  of  meaning 
may  arise  from  a  change  in  the  order  of  words. 

This  is  shown  in  sentence  3  in  the  use  of  the  words 
woidd,  have,  and  sent.  Remember  that  would  is  not  in 
this  case  an  auxiliary,  but  a  principal  verb ;  that  have  is 
not  to  be  expressed,  and  that  sent  suggests  a  future,  not 
a  completed  action. 

He  would  have  these  dangerous  men  sent  is  equivalent  to 
He  wishes  these  dangerous  m,en  to  be  sent. 

4.  Until  daylight  is  '  to  the  light  *  or  *  to  the  rising  sun.' 
Use  vita,  life,  in  the  singular,  not  plural. 

7.  Keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  both  relative  clauses  and 
indirect  questions  may  begin  with  the  word  what. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  II9 

Decide  whether  this  sentence  does  or  does  not  mean, 
*  say  that  which  you  think,'  *  give  your  own  opinion.' 

This  is  evidently  the  meaning  here,  hence  it  is  a  rela- 
tive clause  stating  a  fact^  and  as  such  requires  its  verb  in 

the  indicative. 

Exercise  43 

1.  If  you  believe  what  I  have  said,  you  will,  undoubtedly, 
consider  your  personal,  safety  ;  but  if  you  doubt  it,  you  will 
not,  I  presume,  oppose  our  trying  to  save  our  country.   (220.) 

2.  How  fortunate  we  shall  all  be  if  the  case  is  decided 
as  soon  as  possible !     (220,  7.) 

3.  What  will  Catiline  care  about  us  Romans  if  he  can 
reign  in  Rome,  that  is,  in  the  new  city  which  he  hopes  to 
build  where  Rome  now  stands  t     (220;   189.) 

4.  Had  it  not  been  for  his  practical  experience,  the  rest 
of  the  conspirators  could  not  have  accomplished  so  much. 
(223;  96;  95.) 

5.  If  Catiline  were  here  now,  he  would  be  the  one  to  be 
put  to  death  first.     (227.) 

6.  Let  Cethegus,  Lentulus,  Gabinius,  Statilius,  and  Ce- 
parius,  who  are  under  arrest,  be  led  to  the  prison  at  once, 
provided  Roman  citizens  may  then  be  safe. 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  The  word  what  is  equivalent  to  those  things  which ; 
hence  it  introduces  a  relative  clause  which  states  a  fact. 
To  consider  your  personal  safety  is  *  to  consult  your  own 
interest '  (44),  or  *'  to  think  about  yourself '  (de  te  cogitate). 
I  presume,  credo,  opinor,  when  used  parenthetically,  does 
not  affect  the  construction. 

3.  What  will  Catiline  care  TCiQ2in^  *what  (thought)  will 
he  have  (cogitare)  about  (de)  us } '  Decide  whether  the 
word  where  as  used  in  3  is  a  relative  or  an  interrogative. 


I20  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

If  it  means  'in  the  places,  in  which  places'  (137),  it  is 
a  relative  and  as  such  requires  the  indicative  to  state  a  fact 

6.  Do  not  allow  the  word  under  to  mislead  you.  Those 
who  are  *  under  arrest '  are  '  held  arrested/  Roman  citi- 
zens, cives  Romani,  not  Romani  cives. 

Observe  the  use  of  the  jussive  subjunctive  in  Let  Ce- 
thegus,  Lentil  his,  etc.,  be  led. 

OPTATIVE   SUBJUNCTIVE 

230.  The  subjunctive  is  used  in  expressions  of  wishing, 
which  are  often  introduced  by  utinam,  would  that. 

To  make  a  wish  negative  ne  is  commonly  used : 

Utinam  ne  veniant,  I  wish  they  would  not  come !  Would 
that  they  would  not  come ! 

231.  The  present  subjunctive  is  used  to  express  a  wish 
that  may  be  fulfilled  : 

Serus  in  caelum  redeas !  may  you  live  long !  may  your 
return  to  heaven  be  long  deferred ! 

232.  A  wish  that  seems  hopeless  in  the  present  or  near 
future  is  expressed  by  the  imperfect  subjunctive : 

Utinam  adforet  (old  form  of  adesset)  Aeneas !  would 
that  Aeneas  were  here  now ! 

233.  The  perfect  subjunctive  may  refer  to  past  action 
that  is  now  completed : 

Utinam  venerint,  I  do  hope  that  they  have  come. 

234.  A  wish  unfulfilled  in  the  past  is  expressed  by  the 
pluperfect  subjunctive : 

Utinam  ille  omnes  secum  suas  copias  eduxisset!  would 
that  he  had  led  all  his  forces  with  him ! 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  121 

235.  Velim  and  vellem  with  their  compounds,  nolim, 
noUem,  malim,  mallem,  may  be  used  with  a  subjunctive  to 
express  a  wish  : 

Velim  verum  sit,  I  hope  it  is  true. 
Vellem  verum  fuisset,  I  wish  it  had  been  true. 
NoUem  venissent,  I  wish  they  had  not  come. 
Mallem  secum  milites  eduxisset!  I  wish  he  had  led  his 
soldiers  with  him ! 

CLAUSES 
Dependent  Clauses 

236.  In  English  we  do  not  make  a  change  in  the  mode 
of  a  verb  because  it  is  used  in  a  dependent  clause ;  in  Latin, 
however,  we  must  observe  carefully  that  upon  which  the 
clause  depends.  Although  a  verb  is  not  in  the  indicative 
or  subjunctive  because  it  is  used  with  certain  conjunctions, 
these  conjunctions  in  many  cases  suggest  the  mode  to  be 
used. 

Temporal  Clauses 

237.  The  most  common  introductory  words  for  temporal 
clauses  are  :  cum,  when  ;  ubi,  when  ;  ut,  when,  since  ;  ut  pri- 
mum,  as  soon  as  ;  cum  primum,  as  soon  as;  simul  ac  or  atque, 
as  soon  as;  antequam,  before ;  priusquam,  before;  postquam, 
after ;  posteaquam,  after ;  dum,  while,  as  long  as,  until ; 
donee,  until,  while ;  quoad,  until,  while. 

The  following  examples  will  show  that  temporal  clauses 
may  take  the  indicative  or  subjunctive : 

238.  Cum,  when: 

Cum  Germanis  contendunt  cum  suis  finibus  eos  prohibent, 

they  fight  with  the  Germans  when  they  keep  them  from 
their  territory. 


122  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Cum  esset  in  citeriore  Gallia  ad  eum  rumores  adf erebantur, 

being  in  hither  Gaul,  rumors  reached  him. 

Quern  cum  ex  urbe  pellebam  hoc  providebam  animo,  at  the 
time  that  I  was  trying  to  force  him  from  Rome  I  foresaw 
this. 

lUe  eo  tempore  paruit  cum  parere  senatui  necesse  erat; 
vos  tunc  paruistis  cum  paruit  nemo  qui  noluit,  he  obeyed 
orders  at  a  time  when  one  had  to  obey  the  senate ;  you 
obeyed  when  no  one  who  did  not  wish  to  do  so  obeyed. 

239.  Ubi,  zvhen: 

Quod  ubi  resciit,  reliquos  in  deditionem  accepit,  when 
Caesar  found  this  out,  he  allowed  the  rest  to  surrender. 

240.  Ut,  when,  as  soon  as  : 

Id  ut  audivit  Corcyram  demigravit,  as  soon  as  he  heard 
it,  he  went  to  Corcyra. 

241.  Ut  primum,  as  soon  as : 

Ut  primum  lux  data  est  quaerere  constituit,  he  decided  to 
inquire  as  soon  as  day  dawned. 

242.  Cum  primum,  as  soon  as  : 

Caesar  cum  primum  potuit,  ad  exercitum  contendit,  Caesar 

hastened  to  his  army  as  soon  as  he  could  do  so. 

Ipse,  cum  primum  pabuli  copia  esse  inciperet,  ad  exercitum 
venit,  as  soon  as  there  began  to  be  plenty  of  fodder  he 
came  to  the  army  himself. 

243.  Simul  ac  or  atque,  as  soon  as : 

Simul  ac  persensit  talibus  aggreditur  Venerem  Saturnia 
dictis,  as  soon  as  Saturn's  daughter  (Juno)  realized  this,  she 
addressed  Venus  with  such  words  as  these. 

Simul  atque  ire  in  exilium  iussus  est,  paruit,  as  soon  as  he 
was  ordered  to  go  into  exile,  he  obeyed. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  123 

244.  Antequam,  ante  .  .  .  quam,  before: 

Antequam  ad  sententiam  redeo,  de  me  pauca  dicam,  before 
returning  to  the  subject  I  shall  speak  briefly  of  myself. 

Antequam  ad  oppidum  pervenerunt  Caesari  se  dediderunt, 
before  reaching  the  town  they  surrendered  to  Caesar. 

Ante  videmus  fulgorem  quam  sonum  audiamus,  we  see  the 
lightning  before  we  hear  the  sound. 

245.  Priusquam,  prius  .  .  .  qyidim,  sooner  than,  before  : 

Priusquam  respondeo  (respondero)'de  ceteris  rebus  dicam, 
before  I  answer  I  shall  speak  about  the  other  matters. 

Neque  prius  fugere  destiterunt  quam  ad  flumen  Rhenum 
pervenerunt,  and  they  did  not  stop  before  they  reached  the 
Rhine. 

Priusquam  se  hostes  ex  terrore  reciperent,  in  fines  Sues- 
sionum  exercitum  duxit,  before  the  enemy  recovered  from 
fright  he  led  his  army  into  the  territory  of  the  Suessiones. 

246.  Postquam,  post  .  .  .  quam,  after: 

Postquam  audierunt  muros  instrui  legates  Athenas  mise- 
runt,  after  they  had  heard  that  the  walls  were  being  built 
they  sent  ambassadors  to  Athens. 

Observe  the  use  of  postquam  with  the  pluperfect  indica- 
tive to  express  a  definite  time  in  a  sentence  of  the  following 
type : 

Hannibal  rex  factus  est,  postquam  imperator  f uerat,  anno 
tertio  et  vicesimo,  Hannibal  was  elected  to  the  highest 
magistracy  the  twenty-third  year  after  he  was  commander- 
in-chief  of  the  army. 

247.  Posteaquam,  after: 

Ad  Alpes  posteaquam  venit,  conantes  prohibere  transitu 
concidit,  after  he  reached  the  Alps  he  killed  those  who 
tried  to  prevent  his  crossing. 


124  ELEMENTARY  LATIN   WRITING 

248.  Dum,  while : 

Dum,  while,  usually  has  the  present  indicative  after  all 
tenses. 

Homines  dum  docent,  discunt,  men  learn  while  they  are 
teaching. 

Dum  haec  geruntur,  Caesari  nuntiatum  est  equites  Ario- 
visti  tela  in  nostros  coicere,  while  this  was  going  on  it  was 
reported  to  Caesar  that  the  horsemen  of  Ariovistus  were 
^   hurling  javelins  at  our  men. 

249.  Dum,  as  long  as : 

In  freta  dum  fluvii  current,  semper  honos  nomenque  tuum 
manebunt,  as  long  as  rivers  flow  into  the  ocean  ever  will 
thy  name  be  honored. 

250.  Dum,  until: 

Non  exspectandum  sibi  statuit,  dum  in  Santonos  Helvetii 
pervenirent,  he  decided  not  to  wait  until  the  Helvetians 
reached  the  land  of  the  Santones. 

251.  Donee,  until,  as  long  as  : 

Donee  rediit  silentium  fuit,  there  was  silence  until  he 
returned. 

Donee  eris  felix  multos  numerabis  amicos,  as  long  as  you 
are  fortunate  you  will  have  many  friends. 

Causal  Causes 

252.  Among  the  most  common  introductory  words  for 
causal  clauses  are  quod,  quia,  quoniam,  which  are  usually 
found  with  the  indicative  when  the  cause  is  a  fact,  cum 
and  the  relative  qui,  which  are  followed  by  the  subjunctive. 

253.  Quod,  because: 

Victoria  Caesari  voluptatem  attulit,  quod  suum  hospitem 
sibi  restitiitum  videbat,  the  victory  gave  Caesar  pleasure 
because  he  saw  that  his  guest  had  been  restored  to  him. 


#     ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 25 

254.  Quod,  because: 

Hanc  reperiebat  causam  quod  apud  Germanos  ea  consue- 
tudo  esset,  he  ascertained  this  reason,  because  it  was  the 
custom  among  the  Germans. 

Notice  that  quod  .  .  .  esset  is  not  given  on  the  writer's 
authority;  hence  the  subjunctive. 

255.  Quia,  because: 

♦ 

Non  quia  difficilia  sunt  non  audemus,  sed  quia  non  aude- 
mus  difficilia,  it  is  not  because  things  are  hard  to  do  that 
we  dare  not  try  them,  but  because  we  dare  not  try  them, 
they  seem  hard. 

256.  Quoniam,  because,  now  that,  since : 

Quoniam  de  genere  belli  dixi,  nunc  de  magnitudine  pauca 
dicam,  now  that  I  have  spoken  of  the  character  of  the  war 
I  shall  speak  briefly  of  its  importance. 

257.  Cum,  since,  because : 

Haedui,  cum  se  def  endere  non  possent,  legates  ad  Caesarem 
miserunt,  since  the  Haedui  could  not  defend  themselves 
they  sent  ambassadors  to  Caesar. 

258.  Qui,  relative  pronoun,  since  /,  you,  etc. 

The  relative  qui  is  sometimes  equivalent  to  cum  (since) 
and  a  personal  or  a  demonstrative  pronoun  : 

0  fortunate,  qui  tuae  virtiitis  Homerum  praeconem  invene- 
ris,  fortunate  man,  since  you  found  Homer  as  the  herald  of 
your  brave  deeds. 

Concessive  Clauses 

259.  In  concessive  clauses  the  common  introductory 
words  are  cum,  quamquam,  etsi,  qui  (relative  pronoun), 
ut,  licet. 


126  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

260.  Cum,  altJioitgh : 

Cum  ab  hora  septima  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  sit,  aversum 
hostem  videre  nemo  potuit,  although  the  battle  raged  from 
one  o'clock  until  evenmg,  no  one  could  have  seen  a  single 
one  of  the  enemy  desert. 

261.  Quamquam,  althottgh^  and  yet : 

Quamquam  animus  meminisse  horret,  incipiam,  although 
my  mind  shudders  to  recall  it,  I  shall  begin. 

Quamquam  quid  loquor?  and  yet  why  am  I  talking.^ 
what  is  the  use  of  my  talking  t 

262.  Etsi,  although : 

Etsi  male  rem  gesserat,  tamen  magnas  habebat  copias, 

although  he  had  managed  badly,  still  he  had  a  large  army. 

263.  Qui,  relative  pronoun  : 

Egomet  qui  leviter  Graecas  litteras  attigissem,  tamen  com- 
plures  dies  Athenis  sum  commoratus,  although  I  did  not 
know  much  about  Greek,  still  I  stayed  in  Athens  several 
days. 

264.  Ut,  although: 

Ut  ilia  omittam,  hoc  non  praetermittendum  est,  although 
I  may  not  mention  those  facts,  I  must  not  pass  over 
this. 

265.  Licet,  although: 

Licet  omnes  f  remant,  ego  non  tacebo,  though  all  may  rave, 
I  shall  not  hold  my  tongue. 

266.  Observe  that  the  perfect  subjunctive  may  be  used 
in  a  concessive  clause  : 

Fuerint  pertinaces,  crimine  parricidi  liceat  Pompeio  mor- 
tuo  carere,  granted  that  they  were  stubborn,  let  Pompey, 
now  that  he  is  dead,  be  free  from  the  charge  of  parricide. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


127 


267.  Dum,  dummodo,  provided^  introduces  a  proviso 
clause : 

Magno  me  metu  liberabis,  dummodo  inter  me  atque  te 
murus  sit,  you  will  free  me  from  great  fear,  provided  there 
is  a  wall  between  you  and  me. 

268.  Keep  in  mind  the  introductory  words  in  negative 
final  and  consecutive  sentences. 


FINAL 

CONSECUTIVE 

That  not 

ne                               ut  non 

That    neither     .  . 

. 

ne  aut  .  .  .  aut 

ut  neque    .  .  . 

nor 

^  ut  neve  .  .  .  neve . 

neque 

That  no  one 

ne  quis                       ut  nemo 

That  no 

ne  ullus                      ut  nuUus 

That  never 

ne  umquam                ut  numquam 

That  nowhere 

ne  usquam                 ut  nusquam 

Circumvenerunt 

ne 

quis   eos   cernere   posset,  they  sur- 

rounded  them  so  that 

no  one  could  see  them. 

Tanta  erat  tempesta 

.s  ut  nemo  veniret,  so  great  was  the 

storm  that  no  one 

cam 

e. 

TENSE 


269.  It  is  to  be  expected  that  a  beginner  will  find  the 
Latin  tenses  a  source  of  trouble.  Since  we,  in  English,  so 
often  use  a  tense  whose  form  does  not  show  the  time,  we 
must  decide,  before  trying  to  express  in  Latin  an  act  or 
event,  whether  such  act  or  event  is  present,  past,  or  future, 
and  then  show  this  time  by  the  tense  of  the  verb. 

270.  Remember  that  the  English  present  is  very  often 
used,  when  the  time  is  future ;  the  Latin  tense,  however, 
must  show  the  time : 


128  ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING 

When  you  come,  I  shall  see  you,  cum  veneris,  te  videbo. 

If  you  come,  I  shall  see  you,  si  veneris,  te  videbo. 

He  will  not  start  until  he  accomplishes  this,  non  profi- 
ciscetur  donee  perfecerit  hoc. 

I  shall  stay  as  long  as  you  stay,  ego  manebo  dum  tu 
manebis. 

271.  The  Latin  imperfect  may  be  used  to  express  not 
only  the  English  progressive  form  and  the  regular  form  of 
the  past  tense,  but  also  an  additional  verb  or  adverb : 

He  was  readings  He  read.  He  used  to  read,  He  kept  readings 
He  began  to  read,  He  continued  to  read,  He  often  read,  He 
was  constantly  reading.  He  was  still  reading,  etc.,  may  be 
expressed  in  Latin  by  the  imperfect  indicative,  legebat. 

272.  Note  carefully  the  meaning  shown  by  the  tense  in 
a  sentence  of  this  type.  The  camp  is  fortified. 

If  this  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  Castra  muniuntur,  the 
present  tense  will  show  that  the  work  of  fortifying  is  now 
going  on,  is  not  yet  completed  ;  if  by  Castra  munita  sunt,  the 
perfect  tense  will  show  that  the  work  of  fortifying  has  been 
completed,  and  that  the  camp  is,  therefore,  now  fortified. 

273.  Remember  that  many  verbs  which,  in  English,  are 
used  as  auxiliaries,  are  not  so  rendered  in  Latin. 

The  following  examples  will  show  some  of  the  transla- 
tions of  the  English  words  may,  can,  must,  ought,  might, 
would,  let,  etc. : 

licet  eas, 

licet  ire,  (In  these  sentences  may 

licet  te  ire,  shows  permission.) 

licet  tibi  ire. 

May  you  live  long,  serus  in  caelum  redeas.  (Here  may 
is  used  to  express  a  wish.) 


You  may  go. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 29 

One  may  make  a  mistake  (It  is  natural  to  err),  hominis 
est  errare. 

You  may  be  mistaken  (It  is  possible  that  you  may  be 
deceived),  potest  fieri  ut  fallaris. 

There  are  many  ways  in  which  one  may  become  famous 
(It  is  allowed  (for  one)  to  become  distinguished  in  many 
things),  multis  rebus  clarum  fieri  licet. 

You  may  say  this  ♦on  my  authority  (Say  this  (with)  me 
(as  your)  authority),  me  auctore,  dicito. 

They  may  have  been  angry,  they  may  have  been  stub- 
born (I  grant,  they  may  have  been,  etc.),  fuerint  irati, 
fuerint  pertinaces. 

If  I  can  go,  I  shall  do  so  (If  I  shall  be  able  to  go,  I  shall 

go),  si  potero  ire,  ibo. 

te  sententiam  dicere  oportet. 
sententiam  dicas  oportet. 
sententiam  dicere  debes. 
sententiam  dicere  necesse  est. 
necesse  est  dicas  sententiam. 
,  tibi  sententia  dicenda  est. 
You  might  be  mistaken  (it  was  possible,  etc.),  poterat 
fieri  ut  fallereris. 

They  might  have  been  stubborn  (granted  that  they 
were  stubborn),  fuissent  pertinaces. 

What  would  you  have  done  ?  quid  facturi  fuistis  ? 
If  I  had  said  this,  youywould  have  come,  si  hoc  dixissem, 
venisses. 

It  would  be  tedious  to  run  through  all  the  names  (it  is  a 
long  Hst,  hence  it  would  be  tedious,  etc.),  longum  est  per- 
currere  omnia  nomina. 

Would  that  he  had  led  all  his  forces  with  him  !  (I 
wish  that,  etc.),  utinam  ille  omnes  secum  suas  copias 
eduxisset ! 

ELEM.  LAT.  WRITING  —  9 


You  ought  to  give 
your  opinion. 

You  must  give 
your  opinion. 


I30  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

They  told  us  plainly  why  they  would  not  go  (they  said 
enough  (to  show)  why  they  were  unwiUing  to  go),  cur  noUent 
ire  satis  dixerunt. 

Read  all,  if  you  would  know  all  (wish  to  know  all),  lege 
totum,  si  vis  scire  totum. 

They  would  rather  read  than  write  (they  preferred  to 
read  rather  than  write),  legere  quam  scribere  malebant. 

He  would  have  such  changes  made  as  he  wished  (he 
was  accustomed  to  change  those  things  which  he  wished), 
ea  quae  vellet  solebat  mutare. 

Let  us  go  (an  exhortation,  used  only  in  the  present  sub- 
junctive, first  person  plural),  eamus. 

Let  them  go  (a  jussive  subjunctive),  eant. 

Let  us  go  (a  request  for  permission  to  go),  nobis  ire 
liceat. 

Let  your  oar  graze  the  chffs  (permit  (that)  the  oar,  etc.), 
stringat  sine  palmula  cautes. 

274.  Remember  the  construction  often  used  with  verbs 
and  expressions  of  fearing.  It  is  natural  for  one  who 
wishes  a  thing  to  happen  to  fear  that  it  may  not  happen, 
and  for  one  who  wishes  a  thing  not  to  happen  to  fear  that 
it  may  happen : 

Ne  eas ;  vereor,  don't  go  (I  wish  that  you  would  not  go), 
(but)  I  fear  (that  you  will  go). 

Vereor  ne  eas,  I  fear  that  you  will  go. 

Ut  eas;  vereor,  go  (I  wish  that  you  would  go),  (but)  I 
fear  (that  you  will  not  go). 

Vereor  ut  eas,  I  fear  that  you  will  not  go. 

From  the  above  we  see  that  the  real  meaning  suggested 
by  ne  is  that,  and  by  ut,  that  not.  Therefore  we  may  say 
that  ne  means  that  or  lest  after  a  verb  of  fearing,  and  ut, 
that  not. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  131 

275.  Keep  in  mind  the  constructions  which  are  often 
used  with  verbs  of  preventing,  hindering,  refusing,  etc. : 

Prohibit!  estis  in  provincia  vestra  pedem  ponere,  you  were 
prevented  from  stepping  your  foot  in  your  province. 

Conantes  dicere  prohibuit,  he  kept  them  from  speaking 
when  they  tried  to  speak. 

Proponit  hos  multitudinem  deterrere  ne  frumentum  con- 
ferant,  he  says  that  'these  are  the  ones  who  are  keeping 
many  from  bringing  grain. 

German!  retineri  non  poterant  quin  tela  coicerent,  the 
Germans  could  not  be  kept  from  throwing  javeHns. 

Dixerunt  sese  non  recusaturos  quominus  sub  illorum  im- 
perio  essent,  they  said  that  they  would  not  refuse  to  be 
under  their  rule. 

Impedior  ne  plura  dicam,  I  am  hindered  from  saying  more. 

Quid  obstat  ne  (quominus)  eas  ?  what  prevents  your 
going  ? 

Aetas  non  impedit  quominus  agri  colendi  studia  teneamus, 
age  does  not  hinder  our  retaining  an  interest  in  agriculture. 

276.  Remember  the  constructions  used  with  verbs  and 
expressions  of  doubt : 

Neque  dubitare  debere  quin  Haeduis  libertatem  sint  erep- 
turi,  (saying)  that  they  ought  not  to  doubt  that  they 
intend  to  take  away  from  the  Haedui  their  liberty. 

Non  esse  dubium  quin  Galliae  plurimum  Helvetii  possent, 
(saying)  there  was  no  doubt  that  the  Helvetians  were  the 
most  influential  people  of  Gaul. 

Neque  abest  suspicio  quin  ipse  sibi  mortem  consciverit, 
and  suspicion  is  not  wanting  that  he  committed  suicide. 

Note  the  use  of  dubito,  hesitate,  with  the  infinitive. 

Proelium  committere  non  dubitavit,  he  did  not  hesitate 
to  begin  battle. 


132  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

WORD   LISTS 

277.  One  thing  indispensable  in  writing  Latin  is  a  work- 
ing vocabulary. 

Remember,  however,  that  translation  is  not  the  mere 
substitution  of  words. 

Observe  carefully,  when  reading  Latin,  so  that  you 
may  be  able  to  use  such  words  and  expressions  as  will 
be  an  adequate  rendering  of  the  thought  you  wish  to 
convey. 

Make  a  list  of  the  words  with  their  uses  which  you  meet 
very  often,  and  without  a  knowledge  of  which  it  is  im- 
possible to  write  Latin. 

The  following  are  given  as  suggestions.  Note  the  words 
and  their  uses. 

278.  Think 

Quis  putat  esse  crimen  fuisse  in  Africa?  who  thinks 
that  it  is  a  crime  to  have  been  in  Africa.'* 

Caesar  maturandum  sibi  existimavit,  Caesar  thought  that 
he  ought  to  hasten. 

Eum  ad  sanitatem  reverti  arbitrabatur,  he  thought  that 
he  was  returning  to  his  senses. 

Non  exspectandum  sibi  statuit,  he  thought  that  he  ought 
not  to  wait. 

Ad  eas  res  conficiendas  biennium  sibi  satis  esse  duxerunt, 
they  thought  that  two  years  would  be  enough  for  them  to 
do  these  things. 

Hos  postquam  Athenas  pervenisse  ratus  est,  ad  magis- 
tratum  Lacedaemoniorum  adiit,  after  he  thought  that  they 
had  reached  Athens  he  called  on  the  magistrate  of  the 
Spartans. 

Omnes  idem  sentiunt,  all  think  the  same. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 33 

Desinant  proscriptiones  cogitare,  let  them  stop  thinking 
about  proscriptions. 

Hie  sunt  qui  de  huius  urbis  exitio  cogitent,  here  there 
are  some  who  are  thinking  about  the  destruction  of  this  city. 

Tu  ut  tillam  fugam  meditere .''  you  think  of  flight } 
(Impossible.) 

Si  hoc  optimum  factu  iudicarem,  iinius  usuram  horae  isti 
ad  vivendum  non  dedlssem,  if  I  thought  this  the  best  thing 
to  do,  I  should  not  have  allowed  that  fellow  to  live  one  hour. 

Se  non  opinari  sed  scire  dicit,  he  says  that  he  does  not 
think,  but  he  knows. 

Romulus  ad  deos  transisse  creditus  est,  Romulus  was 
thought  to  have  crossed  over  to  the  gods. 

Si  te  parentes  timerent,  tii,  opinor,  ab  eorum  oculis  con- 
cederes,  if  your  parents  feared  you,  you  would,  I  think,  go 
out  of  their  sight. 

279.  Know 

Scire  se  ilia  esse  vera,  (saying)  that  he  knows  that  those 
things  are  true. 

Intellegere  sese  quanto  id  cum  periculo  fecerit,  (saying) 
that  he  knows  with  what  danger  he  did  it. 

Te  non  sentientem  custodient,  they  will  watch  you,  al- 
though you  will  not  know  it. 

Agnoscis  odium  omnium  iustum,  you  know  that  the 
hatred  of  all  is  just. 

280.  Say 

Dicit  montem  teneri  ab  hostibus,  he  says  that  the  moun- 
tain is  held  by  t^he  enemy. 

Negat  se  posse  iter  uUi  per  provinciam  dare,  he  says  that 
he  cannot  grant  to  any  one  the  right  of  way  through  the 
province. 

(Observe  that  negat  =  dicit  non,  not  non  dicit.) 


134  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Se  suis  copiis  regna  conciliaturum  confirmat,  he  says  that 
with  his  own  troops  he  will  gain  the  kingdoms. 

Perfacile  factu  esse  probat,  he  says  (proves)  that  it  is 
very  easy  to  do. 

Confitetur  se  in  ea  parte  fuisse,  he  says  (confesses)  that 
he  was  in  that  part. 

Num  infitiari  potes  te  non  potuisse  id  facere  ?  can  you 
deny  (not  acknowledge)  that  you  could  not  have  done  that  ? 

(See  Grammar  for  aio,  I  say  ;  inquam,  I  say.) 

281.  Promise 

PoUicitus  est  se  ittirum  esse,  he  promised  to  go. 

Promittebat  se  venturum  esse,  he  promised  to  come. 

Ad  eum  legati  veniunt  qui  poUiceantur  obsides  dare,  am- 
bassadors come  to  him  to  promise  to  give  hostages. 

Is  sibi  legationem  ad  civitates  suscepit,  he  promised  to 
act  as  ambassador  (he  took  upon  himself  the  embassy)  to 
the  states. 

Non,  si  Juppiter  spondeat,  hoc  sperem  Italiam  contingere 
caelo,  not  even  if  Jupiter  should  promise,  could  I  hope  to 
reach  Italy  in  such  weather. 

282.  Order 

Diviciacum  ad  se  vocari  iubet,  he  orders  Diviciacus  to 
be  summoned  to  his  presence. 

Imperavit  ei  ut  ea  niintiaret,  he  ordered  him  to  make  the 
announcement. 

Non  hunc  in  vincula  duci  imperabis }  will  you  not  order 
him  to  be  put  into  chains }  ^ 

Huic  maudat  ut  ad  se  quam  primum  revertatur,  he  orders 
him  to  return  to  him  as  soon  as  possible. 

Obsides  inter  eos  dandos  curat,  he  orders  an  exchange  of 
hostages. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 35 

Erat  ei  praeceptum  (43)  a  Caesare  ne  proelium  commit- 
teret,  he  had  been  ordered  by  Caesar  not  to  begin  battle. 

283.  Ask 

Hos  ego  sententiam  rogo,  I  ask  them  their  opinion. 

Te  rogo  ut  annuum  mihi  tempus  des,  I  ask  you  to  give 
me  a  year's  time. 

Rogat  finem  orandi  faciat,  he  asks  him  to  stop  pleading 
(for  his  brother). 

Quaerit  ex  solo  ea,  he  asks  him  alone  these  questions. 

Eadem  ab  aliis  quaerit,  he  asks  others  the  same  questions. 

Quaero  de  vobis  hoc,  quid  facturi  fuistis  ?  I  ask  you  this 
question,  what  would  you  have  done  ? 

Quaesivit  a  me  vellemne  secum  proficisci,  he  asked  me 
whether  I  would  start  with  him. 

Interrogas  me  num  iturus  sim,  you  ask  me  whether  I 
intend  to  go. 

Caesar  Haeduos  frumentum  flagitare,  Caesar  kept  asking 
(dunning)  the  Haedui  for  grain*. 

Petit  ut  ipse  statuit,  he  asks  (begs)  him  to  decide  the 
matter  himself. 

Implorabant  ne  se  Romanis  traderent,  they  asked  (im- 
plored) them  not  to  give  them  up  to  the  Romans. 

Ariovistus  postulavit  ne  quem  peditem  ad  conloquium 
Caesar  adduceret,  Ariovistus  asked  (demanded)  Caesar  not 
to  lead  a  single  foot  soldier  to  the  conference. 

PARTICIPLES 

284.  English  words  ending  in  ^ing'  are  often  called 
present  participles,  although  the  form  alone  may  suggest 
the  name.  Decide  just  what  the  'ing'  words  represent 
before  trying  to  render  them  in  Latin. 


136  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

285.  Remember  that  a  Latin  participle  has  no  absolute 
time.  Look  for  the  verb  upon  which  a  participle  depends, 
and  from  this  determine  the  time  of  the  participle : 

Conantes  dicere  prohibet,  he  prevents  them  now  when 
they  are  trying  to  speak. 

Conantes  dicere  prohibebit,  he  will  prevent  them  when 
they  will  try  to  speak. 

Conantes  dicere  prohibuit,  he  prevented  them  when  they 
were  trying  to  speak. 

Reductos  in  hostium  numero  habet,  after  they  have  been 
brought  back,  he  treats  them  as  enemies. 

Reductos  in  hostium  numero  habebit,  after  they  will 
have  been  brought  back,  he  will  treat  them  as  enemies. 

Reductos  in  hostium  numero  habuit,  after  they  had  been 
brought  back,  he  treated  them  as  enemies. 

286.  English  participles  that  are  present  in  form  only 
may  be  replaced  in  Latin  by  various  constructions,  among 
which  are  coordinate  clauses,  prepositions,  infinitive  used 
substantively,  infinitive  with  subject  accusative,  historical 
infinitive,  ablative  absolute,  genitive,  clauses  introduced  by 
ut  non,  cum,  antequam,  priusquam,  postquam,  quod,  quo- 
minus,  quin,  etc. 

I.    Coordinate  Clauses 

Abiit  neque  te  vidit,  he  went  away  without  seeing  you. 

2.    Prepositions 

Propter  latitudinem  fossae  murique  altitudinem  oppidum 
expugnare  potuit,  owing  to  the  width  of  the  ditch  and  the 
height  of  the  wall,  he  could  not  take  the  town. 

Multo  cum  periculo  fieri  potest,  it  is  a  matter  involving 
much  danger. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 37 

Per  meum  nomen  rem  perfecerunt,  using  my  name  as  a 
pretext,  they  accomplished  their  object. 

3.    Infinitive  used  Substantively 
Videre  est  credere,  seeing  is  believing. 

4.    Infinitive'  with  Subject  Accusative 

Ubi  turrim  appropinquare  moenibus  viderunt,  legates  ad 
Caesarem  miserunt,  when  they  saw  the  tower  nearing  the 
walls,  they  sent  ambassadors  to  Caesar. 

5.    Historical  Infinitive  (Infinitive  of  Intimation) 

Pars  cedere,  alii  insequi ;  neque  signa  neque  ordines  ser- 
vare ;  nihil  imperio  agi ;  fors  omnia  regere,  (there  they  were) 
some  giving  way,  others  pressing  on;  keeping  neither 
standards  nor  ranks;  nothing  being  done  according  to 
military  rule ;  chance  directing  everything. 

6.   Ablative  Absolute 

Amic5  non  viso,  reversus  est,  he  returned  without  seeing 
his  friend. 

7.   Genitive 

Eius  partis  periculum  timebatur,  the  danger  arising  from 
that  quarter  was  feared. 

8.    Clause  with  Ut  Non 

Numquam  eos  videt  ut  non  auxilium  roget,  he  never  sees 
them  without  asking  for  help. 

9.    Clause  with  Cum 

Imperator,  cum  intellexisset  hostes  castra  movisse,  sub- 
sequebatur,  learning  that  the  enemy  had  broken  camp,  the 
general  followed  in  close  pursuit. 


138  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

10.  Clause  with  Antequam 

Antequam  venerunt,  nuntiaverunt,  before  coming,  they 
sent  word. 

11.  Clause  with  Priusquam 

Priusquam  venero,  ntintiabo,  before  coming,  I  shall  send 
you  word. 

12.  Clause  with  Postquam 

Ad  Alpes  postquam  pervenit,  exercitum  traduxit,  after 
reaching  the  Alps,  he  led  his  army  across. 

13.   Clause  with  Quod 

Ex  eo,  quod  venisti,  te  pro  amico  habebunt,  from  your 
coming,  they  will  look  upon  you  as  a  friend. 

14.    Clause  with  Quominus 

Non  deterrent  quominus  eas,  they  cannot  prevent  your 
going. 

15.    Clause  with  Quin 

Facere  non  possum  quin  putem  haec  esse  vera,  I  cannot 
help  thinking  that  this  is  true. 

287.  The  following  examples  will  show  some  of  the 
Latin  forms  of  expression  for  Enghsh  participles  whose 
form  is  past: 

Quod  supra  demonstravimus  est  verum,  the  aforesaid  or 
above-mentioned  is  true. 

Cum  periculo  legatum  miserunt,  the  sending  of  an  am- 
bassador was  attended  with  danger. 

Hostilis  expugnatio  erat,  it  was  an  attack  made  by  an 
enemy. 

Propter  avaritiam  in  Asiam  profectus  est,  prompted  by 
avarice,  he  started  for  Asia. 


ELEMENTARY  LATIN  WRITING  1 39 

Nequitiae  erat  metus,  it  was  fear  caused  by  inefficiency. 
Flumen  est  Arar,  there  is  a  river  called  the  Arar. 
Virum,  Glabrionem,  delegerunt,  they  chose  a  man  named 
Glabrio. 

288.  When  present  and  perfect  participles  are  used  as 
adjectives,  that  is,  when  time  is  not  considered,  they  may 
be  compared : 

Fratris  amantissimi  maerore  moveor,  I  am  affected  by 
the  grief  of  a  most  loving  brother. 

Se  paratissimos  confirmaverunt,  they  said  that  they  were 
very  well  prepared. 

289.  A  participle  in  agreement  with  a  noun  is  often 
used  in  Latin,  when  we  should  expect  a  noun  with  a  limit- 
ing genitive. 

This  use  is  common,  especially  when  the  verbal  form  of 
the  noun  is  seldom  found. 

Among  the  constructions  so  used  are  found  the  nomi- 
native, genitive,  accusative  with  ante,  ob,  post,  the  ablative 
with  dihyfroniy  the  ablative  without  a  preposition,  etc. 

I.    Nominative 

Vasa  fictilia  iacta  eos  perterrebant,  the  throwing  of 
earthen  jars  frightened  them. 

2.    Genitive 

Caesarem  ad  bellum  incitabat  iniuria  retentorum  equi- 
tum  Romanorum,  the  wrong  done  in  the  retaining  of  the 
Roman  knights  incited  Caesar  to  war. 

3.   Accusative  with  Ante 

Ante  civitatem  datam  in  urbe  erat,  he  was  in  the  city 
before  the  granting  of  citizenship. 


I40  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

4.   Accusative  with  Ob 

Ob  civem  Romanum  servatum  in  beneficiis  ad  aerarium 
delatus  est,  on  account  of  the  saving  of  a  Roman  citizen, 
he  received  honorable  mention. 

5.   Accusative  with  Post 

Tertio  anno  post  reges  exactos  Tarquinius  Tusculum  se 
contulit,  the  third  year  after  the  expulsion  of  the  kings, 
Tarquinius  went  to  Tusculum. 

6.   Ablative  with  Ab 

Anno  trecentesimo  et  altero  ab  urbe  condita  imperium 
consulare  cessavit,  in  the  three  hundred  and  second  year  after 
the  founding  of  Rome  the  consular  government  came  to  an 
end. 

7.   Ablative  without  a  Preposition 

Domo  ineunte  vera  exiit,  he  left  home  at  the  beginning 
of  spring. 

290.  Keep  in  mind  the  fact  that,  although  the  gerundive 
and  the  perfect  passive  participle  may  translate  the  same 
English  words,  they  do  not  express  the  same  thought. 
The  gerundive  expresses  something  that  is  being  done,  or 
is  to  be  done;  the  perfect  participle,  something  that  has 
been  done,  and  is,  therefore,  completed : 

Male  re  gesta  fortuna  defuerat,  because  things  had  been 
badly  managed,  fortune  had  failed  them. 

Male  gerendo  negotio  in  vetere  aere  alieno  vacillant, 
because  their  business  is  being  badly  managed  they  are 
staggering  under  their  long-standing  debt. 

291.  Habere,  to  have^  and  tenere,  to  hold^  with  a  perfect 
participle  in  the  accusative,  call  attention  to  the  fact  that 
what  has  been  eagerly  desired  is  now  accomplished : 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN    WRITING  141 

Omnia  se  habere  explorata  Remi  dicebant,  the  Remi  said 
that  they  had  all  the  facts  in  their  possession. 

Constrictam  teneri  coniurationem  non  vides?  don't  you 
see  that  your  conspiracy  is  held  in  check  ? 

Exercise  44 

1.  After  a  victory  a  Roman  general  in  the  presence  of 
the  whole  army  gave*  rewards  to  those  who  deserved  them. 

(74-) 

2.  After  the  distribution  of  the  rest  of  the  prizes  the 
civic  crown  was  given  for  the  saving  of  a  Roman  citizen  and 
at  the  same  time  the  killing  of  an  enemy.     (289,  4  and  5.) 

3.  By  the  order  of  the  general  the  one  who  had  been 
saved  might  present  this  to  his  preserver.     (82.) 

4.  To  a  general  a  triumph  was  a  great  honor.     (49.) 

5.  When  celebrating  a  triumph  he  started  from  the 
Campus  Martins  so  that  all  might  have  a  better  view  of 
him.     (209.) 

6.  Along  the  public  ways,  through  altars  smoking  with 
incense,  he  led  his  prisoners. 

7.  Turning  his  chariot  away  from  the  Forum  toward 
the  Capitol,  he  ordered  the  captive  kings  and  leaders  of  the 
enemy  to  be  led  to  the  prison  and  there  put  to  death. 
(286,  9;  206.) 

8.  After  offering  a  prayer  to  Jupiter  and  the  other 
great  gods,  Mars,  Apollo,  Neptune,  Mercury,  and  Vulcan, 
he  invited  his  friends  and  the  chief  men  of  the  city  to  a 
feast  in  the  Capitol.     (286,  9  and  12.) 

9.  The  inviting  of  the  consuls  was  a  mere  form,  be- 
cause a  little  while  after  this  he  asked  them  not  to  come. 
(289,   I ;  206.) 

10.  Prompted  by  jealousy,  he  did  this  so  that  no  one 
superior  to  himself  might  be  present.     (268.) 


142  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

II.  The  celebrating  of  a  triumph  might  last  more  than 
a  day  ;  (that)  of  Paulus  Aemilius  lasted  three  days.  (273 ; 
92;  52.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.    Those  who  deserved  were  *the  deserving'  (ones). 

3.   The  sentence  may  be  expressed  as  follows : 
//  was  alloived  to  {Jiim)  saved  to  present  this  crown  to 
him  who  had  saved  (Jiim),  or,  it  was  allowed  {to  him)  saved 
to  present  him  (accusative)  who  had  saved  him,  with  this 
crown. 

5.  To  have  a  better  view  of  him  is  *to  see  him  more 
plainly.' 

8.  To  invite  them  to  a  feast  in  the  Capitol  is  *  to  invite 
them  to  come  to  the  Capitol  to  a  feast,  or  for  the  purpose 
of  feasting.' 

9.  A  mere  form  is  *  in  name  only.' 

10.  Prompted  by  =  on  account  of.  Do  not  forget  that 
ne  quis  expresses  that  no  one  in  a  purpose  clause. 

Exercise  45 

1.  For  many  years  the  pirates  had  had  fleets  scattered 
over  the  whole  sea.     (52,  291.) 

2.  The  Romans  were  unable  to  keep  them  from  enter- 
ing even  a  much  frequented  harbor,  although  it  was  under 
the  very  eyes  of  a  Roman  consul.     (275  ;  74.) 

3.  This  state  of  affairs  became  intolerable. 

4.  At  this  time  Aulus  Gabinius  brought  forward  a  bill 
proposing  the  appointment  of  one  man  of  consular  rank 
to  have  supreme  power  over  the  whole  sea  for  a  period  of 
three  years. 

5.  Notwithstanding  the  opposition  of  Catulus,  Horten- 
sius,  and  other  eminent  men,  the  bill  was  passed.     (74.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  143 

6.  Pompey  soon  had  a  large  army  collected.     (291.) 

7.  Hastening  first  to  Sicily,  then  to  Sardinia,  then  to 
Africa,  he  personally  attended  to  the  fortifying  of  these 
three  granaries  of  Rome.     (286,9;  128;  198.) 

SUGGESTIONS 

1.  Over  the  whole  sea :  per  totum  mare. 

2.  Although  it  was  under  the  very  eyes  of  a  Roman  con- 
sul is  equivalent  to  *  while  a  Roman  consul  was  looking  on  ' 
(inspectare,  to  look  on). 

3.  Anything  that  is  intolerable  is  *not  to  be  borne.*   (290.) 

4.  Rearrange  thus  :  at  this  time  Aulus  Gabinius proposed 
(promulgare)  a  law  for  (de)  the  appointing  (290)  of  one  of 
consular  rank  to  have  command {206)  for  three  years  (52)  of 
the  sea. 

5.  CatuluSj  HortensiuSy  and  others  opposing  (reclamare). 

(74.) 

7.   Express  first  by  primum,  then  by  deinde,  then  by  turn. 

Exercise  46 

1.  The  defense  of  the  rest  of  the  ports  he  left  to  his 
lieutenants  although  it  was  attended  with  great  danger. 

2.  Now  he  was  well  prepared  to  pursue  the  pirates. 

3.  So  rapid  was  his  pursuit  that  within  forty  days  he  con- 
quered and  drove  them  from  the  part  of  the  sea  near  Spain. 

4.  He  thus  made  it  possible  for  a  Roman  to  reach 
Spain  without  any  danger.     (213.) 

5.  On  his  return  to  Italy  he  learned  that  the  pirates 
had  been  seen  near  Brundisium.     (16;   183,  2.) 

6.  The  danger  arising  from  this  quarter  had  to  be 
averted,  and  everything  depended  upon  prompt  action. 
(286,  7.) 

7.  He  therefore  started  at  once  for  Brundisium.     (58.) 


144  ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING 

8.  Within  forty-nine  days  after  leaving  this  city  he  had 
forced  the  pirates  to  the  coast  of  Cilicia.     (286,  12.) 

9.  The  sinking  of  the  ships  of  the  pirates  and  the 
capturing  of  their  crews  restored  safety  to  the  Romans 
although  they  scarcely  hoped  for  it.     (289,  i.) 

10.  To  Pompey  is  to  be  given  the  credit  of  preparing 
for,  beginning,  and  finishing  the  war  within  three  months. 

SUGGESTIONS 

I.  Arrange  thus  :  with  great  danger  to  his  lieutenants 
he  gave  (tradere)  the  defense  of  the  rest  of  the  ports.     (198.) 

3 .  So  rapid  was  his  pursuit  =  he  pursued  them  so  rapidly, 
(214.)  Express  the  word  conquered  by  the  perfect  parti- 
ciple :  he  drove  the  conquered. 

4.  To  make  it  possible  for  one  to  reach  is  *  to  bring  it 
about  (efficere)  so  that  he  may  be  able  to  come  through  to.* 

6.  The  danger  was  to  be  averted  (gerundive)  and  all 
things  in  acting  (agendo)  quickly  were  placed. 

8.  Use  the  ordinal  adjective :  on  the  forty-ninth  day, 

(78.) 

9.  The  present  participle  in  agreement  with  Romanis 
will  translate  the  clause,  although  they  scarcely  (vix)  hoped 
for  it. 

10.  To  Pompey  the  credit  (decus)  for  the  war  (genitive) 
prepared  for,  begun,  and  within  three  months  finished^  is  to 
be  given  (tribuendum). 

ADVERBS 

292.  Non,  not,  the  negative  in  most  common  use,  is  found 
both  with  words  and  sentences : 

Non  scholae,  sed  vitae  discimus,  it  is  not  for  school,  but 
for  life,  that  we  are  learning. 

Non  intellegunt  homines  quam  magnum  vectigal  sit  parsi- 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  145 

monia,  men  do  not  realize  how  great  a  revenue  economy 
furnishes. 

293.  Haud,  not,  is  often  used  with  adjectives  and  adverbs : 
Vadimus  haud  dubiam  in  mortem,  we  rush  into  not  doubt- 
ful death. 

Haud  secus  ac  iussi  faciunt,  they  do  not  otherwise  than 
ordered. 

294.  Ne,  not,  is  used  to  negative  a  hortative  subjunctive. 
Remember  that  this  form  is  present,  first  plural,  and  is 

translated  by  the  English  word  let : 

Ne  desperemus  honores,  let  us  not  despair  of  office. 

295.  Ne,  7iot,  is  used  to  negative  a  jussive  subjunctive. 
Observe  that  this  subjunctive  is  usually  in  the  third  per- 
son, and  is  translated  by  the  English  word  let: 

Ne  patiantur  desiderio  sui  Catilinam  miserum  tabescere, 
let  them  not  allow  poor  Catiline  to  waste  away  because  of 
his  longing  for  them. 

296.  Ne,  not,  is  commonly  used  to  negative  an  optative 
subjunctive.     This  is  the  subjunctive  expressing  a  wish  : 

Utinam  res  ne  credita  f uisset !  would  that  the  report 
had  not  been  believed  ! 

297.  Ne,  not,  is  used  to  negative  a  purpose  clause : 
Monuit  ne  proelium  committeret,  he  advised  him  not  to 

begin  battle. 

298.  The  position  of  the  adverb  non,  when  used  with 
nemo,  nihil,  nuUi,  numquam,  etc.,  will  determine  the 
meaning : 

non  nemo,  some  one.  nemo  non,  everybody, 

non  nihil,  somewhat.  nihil  non,  everything, 

non  nuUi,  some  people.        nulli  non,  all. 
non  numquam,  sometimes,  numquam  non,  always. 

ELEM.   LAT.   WRITING  —  lO 


146  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Erat  non  nemo  in  senatu  qui  diceret,  there  was  some  one 
in  the  senate  who  said. 

Nemo  non  dixit,  everybody  said  (there  was  no  one  who 
did  not  say). 

Sabinus  nostrorum  militum  vocibus  non  nihil  carpebatur, 
Sabinus  was  somewhat  censured  by  our  soldiers. 

Nihil  non  perfecit,  he  finished  everything  (there  was 
nothing  that  he  did  not  finish). 

Esse  non  nuUos  qui  plus  possint  quam  magistratus,  (Lis- 
cus  says)  that  there  are  some  people  who  have  more  influ- 
ence than  the  magistrates  have. 

Nulli  non  venerunt,  all  came  (there  were  none  who  did 
not  come). 

Non  numquam  interdiu,  saepius  noctii,  perrumpere  conati 
sunt,  sometimes  by  day,  more  often  by  night,  they  tried  to 
force  their  way. 

Malefacere  qui  vult  numquam  non  causam  invenit,  one 
who  would  do  wrong  always  finds  a  pretext 

299.  Nihil,  nothing,  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  non. 
(Nihil  is  then  an  adverbial  accusative.) 

Hi  nihil  Caesaris  imperium  exspectabant,  these  did  not 
wait  for  orders  from  Caesar. 

300.  English  adverbs  are  often  expressed  by  Latin 
nouns,  adjectives,  verbs,  etc. : 

He  was  naturally  cruel,  natura  saevus  erat. 
They  came  unwillingly,  inviti  venerunt. 
This  is  usually  the  case,  hoc  fere  sic  fieri  solet. 

301.  Latin  adverbs  may  often  be  translated  by  English 
nouns,  adjectives,  etc. : 

Homines  nihil  agendo  discunt  male  agere,  by  having  noth- 
ing to  do,  men  learn  to  do  evil. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  147 

Fortiter  ferendo  saepe  vincitur  malum,  it  often  happens 
that  misfortune  is  overcome  by  brave  endurance. 

302.  In  English,  we  use  such  expressions  as  *  And  one 
cannot  tell,'  ^  And  one  never  knows ' ;  in  Latin,  however, 
show  the  negation  early  in  the  sentence : 

Neque  quisquam  potest  dicere,  and  not  any  one  can  tell 
(and  no  one  can  tell)*. 

Neque  quicquam  aliud  adsecuti  sunt,  and  they  accom- 
plished not  anything  else  (and  they  accomplished  nothing 
else). 

In  this  connection,  notice  that  the  verb  nego  appears 
early  in  a  sentence: 

Negat  se  posse  iter  ulli  per  provinciam  dare,  he  says  that 
he  cannot  allow  any  one  the  right  of  way  through  the 
province. 

303.  Distinguish  between  primum  and  primo.  Usually 
primo  means  at  first ;  primum,  yj?r  the  first  time : 

Fama  parva  metu  primo,  gossip  is  little  at  first  because 
of  her  fear. 

Hie  primum  telis  nostrorum  obruimur,  here  for  the  first 
time,  we  are  overpowered  by  the  weapons  used  by  our 
friends. 

304.  In  a  series,  primum  or  primo  is  used  to  m^^iW  first; 
deinde,  then^  secondly ;  tum,  then,  thirdly ;  denique,  pos- 
tremo,  lastly : 

Primum  mihi  videtur  de  genere  belli,  deinde  de  magni- 
tudine,  tum  de  imperatore  deligendo  esse  dicendum,  it  seems 
proper  for  me  to  speak  first  about  the  character  of  the  war, 
then  about  its  importance,  thirdly  about  the  choice  of  a 
commander  for  this  war. 


148  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

305.  Not  even  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  ne  .  .  .  quidem  ; 
the  emphatic  words  are  placed  between  ne  and  quidem : 

Ne  unum  quidem  impetum  sustinere  poterant,  not  even 
one  attack  could  they  withstand. 

PREPOSITIONS 

306.  Time,  place,  cause,  manner,  source,  accompani- 
ment, and  other  relations  may  be  shown  in  Latin  by  the 
use  of  a  preposition  with  its  case.  Again,  the  case  alone 
may  express  the  thought. 

307.  In  EngHsh  we  often  use  two  prepositions  with  the 
same  word ;  as  a  rule  avoid  this  in  Latin : 

Vel  vobiscum  vel  sine  vobis  ituri  sunt,  either  with  or 
without  you  they  intend  to  go. 

308.  One  preposition  may  be  used  with  more  than  one 
object  if  the  objects  are  closely  connected  in  thought: 

Ab  Sequanis  Haeduisque  legati  veniebant,  ambassadors 
kept  coming  from  the  Sequanians  and  the  Haedui. 

309.  The  same  preposition  may  be  repeated  with  two 
or  more  nouns : 

Magnus  in  bello  et  in  pace  fuit,  distinguished  was  he  in 
both  war  and  peace. 

310.  As  a  rule  prepositions  precede  the  words  which 
they  govern.     Among  the  exceptions  note  carefully : 

Mecum,  with  me ;  nobiscum,  with  its  ;  tecum,  with  yon  ; 
vobiscum,  with  yon ;  secum,  with  himself,  herself,  itself, 
themselves  ;  quocum,  quibuscum,  with  whom. 

311.  Pay  careful  attention  to  the  translation  of  English 
prepositions.  The  Latin  for  these  must  be  determined  by 
the  thought,  not  the  word,  to  be  expressed. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  149 

Some  of  the  translations  of  a  few  English  prepositions 
may  be  understood  from  the  following  phrases  and  sen- 
tences : 

3.12.  Of 

From  the  founding  of  the  city,  ab  urbe  condita  (a.  u.  c). 
H  (636,  4);    LM   1013;    AG  292,  a\    G  325,  Rem.  3; 

B  337,  5. 

Top  of  the  mountain,  summus  mons. 

H  (497,  4);  LM  565;  AG  193;  G  291,  Rem.  2;  B  241. 

What  is  the  price  of  corn  ?  quanti  frumentum  est  ? 

H  (448,  i);  LM  576;  AG  252,  a]  G  380;  B  203,  3. 

They  despair  of  office,  honores  desperant. 

H  (405,  I,  note);  LM  502;  AG  237,  b)  G  330,  Rem.; 
B  175,  2,^. 

They  wish  to  deprive  him  of  life,  vita  eum  privare  volunt. 

H  (462);  LM  601  ;  AG  243,  a  ;  G  390,  2  ;  B.  214,  i,  a. 

I  shall  inform  you  of  the  fact,  de  re  te  certiorem  faciam. 

A  man  of  great  valor,  vir  summa  virtute. 

H  (473,  2);  LM  643;  AG  251  ;  G  400;  B  224. 

There  is  but  one  in  command  of  all  the  Druids,  his  omni- 
bus Druidibus  praeest  unus. 

H  (429) ;  LM  532  ;  AG  228  ;  G  347 ;  B  187,  IIL 

One  of  his  sons  was  captured,  unus  ex  filiis  captus  est. 

H  (444);  LM  563;  AG  216,  4,  c'y  G  372,  Rem.  2;  B 
201,  I,  a. 

Cups  of  gold,  aurea  pocula. 

Cups  of  gold,  pocula  facta  ex  auro. 

H  (467);  LM  610;  AG  244,  e)  G  396. 

Cups  of  gold,  pocula  plena  auri  or  auro. 

H  (477,  II,  2);  LM  573;  AG  218,  ^;  G  374;  B  204. 

He  was  the  son  of  a  goddess,  natus  dea  erat. 

H  (469,  2);  LM  609;  AG  244,  2,a\  G  395  ;  B  215. 


150  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

They  are  of  German  descent,  orti  ab  Germanis  sunt. 

H  (469,  i);  LM  609;  AG  244,  2,^,  Rem.;  G  395; 
B  215,  2. 

313.  To  (Into) 

He  came  to  Rome,  Romam  venit. 

He  came  to  our  house,  domum  nostram  venit. 

He  came  to  our  house,  in  domum  nostram  venit. 

They  are  moving  back  into  the  large  house,  in  magnam 
domum  remigrant. 

H  (418,  419);  LM  515,  520;  AG  258,  by  note  i  ;  G  337, 
Rem.  3;   B  182,  note. 

What  difference  does  it  make  to  you  or  to  the  general } 
quid  id  refert  tua  aut  imperatoris  ? 

H  (449,  i);  LM  579,  580;  AG  222,  a\  G  381,  382; 
B  211,  I,  a. 

The  way  to  Brundisium  is  not  very  long,  iter  Brundisinum 
(adjective)  non  est  longissimum. 

The  passage  to  Britain  was  difficult,  transitus  in  Britan- 
niam  erat  difficilis. 

Aversus  a  vero  esse  videtur,  he  seems  to  be  opposed  to 
the  truth. 

H  (462,  i);  LM  600;  AG  243;  G  390;  B  214. 

Such  is  the  road  to  success,  sic  itur  ad  astra. 

Proximi  sunt  Germanis,  they  are  next  to  the  Germans. 

H  (434,  1,2);  LM  536 ;  AG  234,  a\  G  359 ;  B  192,  i. 

Proximi  Rhenum  incolunt,  they  live  next  to  the  Rhine. 

H(420,  s);  LM  1201 ;  AG  234,^;  G  359,  3,  note;  B  141,3- 

314-  For 

He  asks  the  reason  for  your  coming,  rogat  cur  venias 
(veneris). 

Man  is  born  for  understanding  and  acting,  homo  ad 
intellegendum  et  ad  agendum  est  natus. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  151 

H  (628);  LM  995  ;  AG  300;  G  432  ;  B  338,  3. 

He  kept  dunning  them  for  money,  pecuniam  eos  fla- 
gitabat. 

H(4ii);  LM  552;  AG  239,  2,^;  G  339;  B  178. 

Sui  conservandi  causa  profugerunt,  they  fled  for  the  sake 
of  saving  themselves. 

H  (47s,  2);  LM  570;  AG  223,  ^;  G  373;  B  198,  i. 

Now  is  the  time  for  play,  tempus  est  ludendi. 

H  (626);  LM  989;  AG  298;  G  428;  B  338,  i,  a.  _ 

They  have  been  in  Italy  for  years,  multos  annos  in  Italia 
fuerunt. 

H  (417);  LM  513;  AG  240,  e\  G  336;  B  181. 

He  sold  his  country  for  gold,  auro  patriam  vendidit. 

H  (478);  LM6S3;  AG  252;  G404;  B  225. 

A  mother's  love  for  her  son,  matris  amor  fili. 

H  (440,  2);  LM  571  ;  AG  217;  G  363,  2;  B  200. 

A  mother's  love  for  her  son,  matris  amor  in  (or  erga) 
filium. 

I  must  live  with  them  or  die  for  them,  mihi  aut  cum  his 
vivendum  aut  pro  his  est  moriendum. 

H  (490,  2);  LM  663;  AG  236,  Rem.;  G  345,  Rem.  2; 
B  142. 

It  will  be  dangerous  for  you  to  go,  periculosum  erit  vos 
ire.     (190.) 

He  could  not  speak  for  his  tears,  prae  lacrimis  loqui  non 
poterat.  (Prae  is  used  here  to  express  a  cause,  and  this 
use  occurs  in  negative  clauses  only.) 

315-  By 

An  entrance  is  made  by  force,  fit  via  vi. 
They  took  the  money  by  force,  per  vim  pecunia  potiti  sunt. 
They  marched  by  the  building,  praeter  aedificium  iter 
fecerunt. 


152  ELEMENTARY  LATIN  WRITING 

The  facts  were  announced  by  the  scouts,  eae  res  ab  ex- 
ploratoribus  (per  exploratores)  nuntiatae  sunt. 

They  came  to  our  city  by  the  hundred,  centeni  ad  nostram 
urbem  venerunt. 

Their  number  increases  day  by  day  (daily),  eorum  Hu- 
merus crescit  in  dies  (in  singulos  dies). 

Sometimes  by  day,  more  often  by  night,  they  tried  to 
force  their  way,  non  numquam  interdiu,  saepius  noctu,  per- 
rumpere  conati  sunt. 

He  tried  to  find  it  out  by  letter,  per  litteras  earn  rem 
petere  conatus  est. 

He  accompHshed  that  by  himself,  per  se  eam  rem  perfecit. 

They  decided  to  go  by  themselves,  soli  ire  constitue- 
runt. 

There  was  an  old  bay  tree  near  by,  fuit  iiixta  veterrima 
laurus. 

The  wall  was  struck  by  Hghtning,  murus  de  caelo  tactus 
est. 

The  general  by  delaying  conquered  the  enemy,  dux  mora- 
tus  hostes  vicit 

316.  With 

He  was  struck  violently  with  a  sword,  gladio  vi  percussus 
est. 

There  he  stood  with  his  sword  on,  stabat  cum  gladio. 

They  wrote  with  care  (carefully),  magna  cum  ciira  scribe- 
bant. 

It  is  all  over  with  us,  actum  est  de  nobis. 

I  do  not  agree  with  you,  dissentio  a  te. 

The  effect  ceases  with  the  cause,  cessante  causa,  cessat 
effectus. 

Some  started  with  us,  others  with  him,  alii  nobiscum, 
alii  cum  eo  profecti  sunt. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 53 

He  says  that  they  fought  with  him,  dicit  eos  secum  pug- 
navisse. 

He  marched  into  Gaul  with  an  army,  ipse  cum  exercitu 
in  Galliam  iter  fecit. 

He  started  with  five  hundred  soldiers,  ipse  cum  quingen- 
tis  militibus  profectus  est. 

He  started  with  many  soldiers,  multis  militibus  profectus 
est. 

It  was  with  great  danger  that  they  crossed  the  bridge, 
magno  cum  periculo  trans  pontem  transierunt. 

After  the  war  with  the  Helvetians  the  rest  of  the  Gauls 
came  to  congratulate  Caesar,  bello  Helvetiorum  confecto, 
reliqui  Galli  ad  Caesarem  gratulatum  convenerunt. 

317.  Without 

Sine  causa  in  eos  impetum  fecerunt,  they  attacked  them 
without  cause. 

He  crossed  the  river  without  any  danger,  sine  uUo  peri- 
culo trans  flumen  transiit. 

He  crossed  the  river  without  any  opposition,  nullo  im- 
pediente,  trans  flumen  transiit. 

They  came  without  an  invitation,  non  invitati  venerunt. 

They  came  without  its  being  known,  occulte  venerunt. 

They  came  without  our  consent,  nobis  invitis,  venerunt. 

I  cannot  leave  without  saying  this,  non  possum  abire 
neque  haec  dico. 

He  could  not  answer  without  knowing,  is,  cum  non  in- 
tellegeret,  respondere  non  poterat. 

Remember  these  words,  *not  a  day  without  a  line,' 
memoria  tene,  '  nulla  dies  sine  linea.' 

I  did  not  allow  a  single  day  to  pass  without  writing  some 
kind  of  a  letter  to  you,  nullum  diem  intermisi  quin  aliquid 
ad  te  litterarum  darem. 


154  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

318.  From 

In  war  great  results  arise  from  slight  causes,  in  bell5 
parvis  momentis  magni  casus  intercedunt. 

They  came  from  the  city,  ab  urbe  venerunt. 

They  came  from  Rome,  Roma  venerunt. 

They  came  from  the  city,  Rome,  ab  urbe  Roma  venerunt. 

They  came  from  home,  domo  venerunt. 

From  one  o'clock  until  evening  they  fought,  ab  hora 
septima  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  est. 

He  fears  unpopularity  arising  from  negligence,  invidiam 
nequitiae  pertimescit. 

Rome  was  a  monarchy  from  the  founding  of  the  city 
until  its  liberation,  regnatum  est  Romae  ab  urbe  condita  ad 
liberatam. 

319.  In 

He  spent  the  winter  in  a  town  in  Gaul,  in  Galliae  oppido 
hiemabat. 

In  my  opinion  he  ought  to  have  a  share  in  the  general's 
glory,  mea  quidem  sententia  expers  esse  non  debet  gloriae 
eius  imperatoris. 

You  were  chosen  in  his  stead,  illius  loco  delectus  es. 

He  died  in  his  twentieth  year,  vicesimo  anno  aetatis 
suae  mortuus  est. 

Why  are  they  so  particular  in  the  case  of  this  general  ? 
cur  sunt  tam  diligentes  in  hoc  imperatore  ? 

It  was  done  in  good  faith,  bona  fide  factum  est. 

He  was  a  soldier  in  name,  not  in  fact,  miles  non  re  sed 
nomine  erat. 

He  began  to  speak  in  the  presence  of  the  general,  coram 
imperatorem  fari  coepit. 

He  called  out  in  the  presence  of  his  army,  exercitti  suo 
praesente,  conclamavit 


ELEMENTARY  LATIN   WRITING  1 55 

He  has  confidence  in  the  soldier,  milite  confidit. 

I  pass  over  many  things  in  silence,  multa  taceo. 

He  fought  fearlessly  in  the  midst  of  the  enemy,  fortiter 
inter  hostes  pugnabat. 

In  alarm  they  fled,  trepidi  fugiebant. 

He  was  distinguished  in  war  and  in  peace,  magnus  in 
bello  et  in  pace  erat. 

In  conclusion  let  u§  say  this,  postremo  haec  dicamus. 

Vel  pace  vel  bello  datum  fieri  licet,  one  may  be  distin- 
guished either  in  peace  or  war. 

320.  On 

They  started  on  the  first  of  October,  ad  Kalendas  Octo- 
bres  (Kalendis  Octobribus)  profecti  sunt. 

No  one  could  stand  on  the  wall,  in  muro  consistendi 
potestas  erat  nullL 

They  began  to  throw  stones  on  the  wall,  in  murum  lapides 
iacere  coeperunt 

The  stones  are  lying  on  the  ground,  humi  lapides  iacent. 

They  fought  on  land  and  sea,  terra  marique  pugnatum  est. 

The  auxiliaries  were  on  the  left,  ab  sinistra  auxilia  con- 
stiterunt. 

,     She  asked  for  what  they  wore  on  their  left  hands,  ilia 
petiit  quod  in  sinistris  manibus  gererent. 

They  made  an  attack  on  them  on  the  march,  ex  itinere  in 
eos  impetum  fecerunt. 

That  was  a  report  on  hearsay,  dictum  est  de  dicto. 

He  asks  many  favors  on  the  ground  of  acquaintance,  is, 
quod  te  novit,  multa  petit. 

Cicero  says  that  he  is  always  on  hand,  Cicero  dicit  se 
semper  adesse. 

They  say  that  everything  has  been  done  with  the  greatest 
care  on  their  part,  dicunt  omnia  sua  summa  cura  facta  esse. 


156  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

On  the  coming  of  Caesar  the  enemy  surrendered,  hostes 
postquam  Caesar  venit  se  dediderunt. 

They  Hve  on  milk  and  eggs,  lacte  et  ovis  vivunt. 

On  the  arrival  of  the  news  the  army  broke  camp,  post- 
quam nuntiatum  est  exercitus  castra  movit. 

A  part  was  on  this  side  of  the  river,  pars  citra  flumen 
erat. 

Some  were  on  the  side  of  the  Romans,  others,  the  Ger- 
mans, alii  Romanorum,  alii  Germanorum  erant. 

321.  Out 

Out  of  sight,  out  of  mind,  absens  heres  non  erit. 

Out  of  respect  to  Diviciacus  Caesar  pardoned  Dumnorix, 
Caesar  Diviciaci  honoris  causa  Dumnorigi  ignovit. 

What  can  you  make  out  of  such  a  boy  ?  quid  hoc  puero 
facias  ? 

He  can  look  out  for  his  own  interests,  sibi  consulere 
potest. 

He  is  never  out  of  debt,  numquam  aere  alieno  solutus  est. 


322.  Under 

Under  the  leadership  of  the  gods  the  victory  was  won, 
dis  immortalibus  ducibus,  vicerunt. 

Under  these  circumstances  they  ought  to  erect  a  temple 

in  honor  of  the  gods. 

Quae  cum  ita  sint  1  ._      .  .  .      -  .  -   \        t 

^  ....      I  lis   deorum   honoris   causa  templum 

Cum  ea  ita  sint      \        -       . 

^,     _      _  ponendum  est. 

Ob  eas  res  J 

They  made  the  army  pass  under  the  yoke,  fecerunt  ut 

exercitus  sub  iugum  mitteretur. 

The  book  is  under  the  desk,  liber  est  sub  mensa. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 57 

They  could  not  hold  office  under  our  government,  imperio 
nostro  imperare  non  poterant. 

Under  no  circumstances  could  this  be  arranged,  pacto 
nuUo  poterat  fieri. 

He  escaped  under  cover  of  night,  in  noctem  se  coniecit. 

COORDINATE   CONJUNCTIONS 

323.  Words  and  clauses  in  the  same  construction  are 
usually  joined  by  coordinate  conjunctions. 

324.  Et,  andy  is  the  most  common  Latin  connective  for 
either  words  or  sentences  : 

Dulce  et  decorum  est  pro  patria  mori,  it  is  sweet  and 
glorious  to  die  for  one's  country. 

Omnia  mutantur  nos  et  mutamur  in  illis,  all  things  are 
subject  to  change,  and  we  change  with  them. 

325.  In  many  cases,  et  will  express  more  than  the  Eng- 
lish and: ' 

Et  haec  diximus,  and  we  said  this  besides. 
Multa  quoque  et  bello  passus,  many  things  also  he  suf- 
fered in  war  too. 

326.  -que,  and,  shows  a  closer  connection  than  et,  and 
is  usually  joined  to  the  second  of  two  words  to  be  con- 
nected, or  to  a  modifier  of  the  second  word : 

Senatus  populusque  Romanus(S.P.Q.R.),  the  Senate  and 
the  Roman  people. 

Reperiebat  nihil  pati  vini  reliquarumque  rerum  inferri, 
he  found  that  they  allowed  no  wine  and  other  things  to  be 
brought  into  their  country. 

327.  When  -que  connects  two  clauses,  it  is  usually 
joined  to  the  first  word  of  the  second  clause,  unless  the 


158  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

first  word  is   a  preposition  (-que  may  be   joined  to  any 
monosyllabic  preposition  except  ob  and  sub): 

Caesar  loquendi  finem  fecit  seque  ad  suos  recepit,  Caesar 
brought  the  interview  to  an  end  and  betook  himself  to  his 
own  men. 

Respondet  ipsi  veto  nihil  nocitum  iri  inque  earn  rem 
suam  fidem  interponere,  his  answer  is,  surely  no  harm 
shall  come  to  him,  and  to  this  he  pledges  himself. 

328.  Atque  (ac),  and,  and  also,  is  used  to  connect  words 
and  sentences,  the  second  of  which  is  more  important  than 
the  first.  Atque  is  used  before  either  vowels  or  consonants ; 
ac,  before  consonants.  When  atque  (ac)  connects  sen- 
tences, it  usually  stands  first  in  the  sentence : 

Rex  atque  amicus  a  senatu  appellatus  est,  he  was  called 
king  and  also  friend  by  the  senate. 

Hoc  habe  in  memoria  atque  pectore,  keep  this  in  your 
mind  and  thoughts. 

Atque  ille  eo  tempore  paruit,  and  at  that  time  he  obeyed. 

Veritatis  absolHtus  sermo  ac  semper  est  simplex,  the  lan- 
guage of  truth  is  unadorned  and  is  always  simple. 

Ac  ne  illud  quidem  vobis  neglegendum  est,  and  you  must 
neglect  not  even  that. 

329.  Neque  (nee),  and  not,  is  the  negative  of  et.  Et  non, 
and  not,  may  be  used  to  negative  a  word : 

Inermis  sum,  neque  quicquam  habeo  praeter  hanc  tubam, 
am  unarmed,  and  I  have  nothing  except  this  trumpet. 
Ille  se  Massiliam  non  in  haec  castra  conferet,  he  will  go 
to  MassiHa,  not  to  this  camp. 

330.  Etiam,  still,  even,  yet,  also,  and  further,  what  is 
more,  etc.,  usually  adds  force  to  the  word  which  it 
precedes : 


I  am 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 59 

PrOditores  etiam  iis  quos  anteponunt  invisi  sunt,  traitors 
are  despised  even  by  those  whom  they  help. 

331.  Quoque,  also,  too,  additional,  as  well,  etc.,  adds  em- 
phasis to  the  word  that  it  follows  : 

Cur  non  f eminis  quoque  asylum  aperuistis  ?  why  did  you 
not  open  a  place  of  refuge  for  women  also  ? 

332.  Aut,  or,  is  used  when  one  alternative  absolutely 
excludes  the  other: 

Vinceris  aut  vincis,  you  are  being  conquered  or  you  are 
conquering. 

Aut  .  .  .  aut,  either  ,  .  .  or: 

Aut  exeant  aut  quiescant,  let  them  either  go  out  or  keep 
still. 

333.  Vel,  or  (from  volo,  /  wish),  may  be  used  when  the 
choice  depends  upon  the  person : 

Cessit  auctoritati,  vel  potius  paruit,  he  submitted  to  au- 
thority, or  rather,  he  obeyed. 

334.  Vel  .  .  .  vel,  either  .  .  .  or: 

Allobrogibus  sese  vel  persuasuros  existimabant  vel  vi 
coacturos,  they  thought  that  they  could  either  persuade  the 
Allobroges  or  force  them. 

335.  Sive  (seu),  or,  if  you  choose,  may  suggest  a  choice 
of  two  names  for  the  same  object : 

Mare  Tyrrhenum  sive  inferum,  the  Tuscan  or  lower  sea. 

336.  Sive  .  .  .  sive,  whether  ...or: 

Sive  casu  sive  consilio  deorum  immortalium  Tigurini 
poenas  persolverunt,  whether  by  chance  or  by  the  will  of 
the  gods,  the  Tigurini  paid  the  penalty. 


l6o  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

337.  Sed,  but,  however: 

Non  refert  quam  multos  libros  sed  quam  bonos  habeat,  it 

makes  no  difference  how  many  books  one  has,  but  how 
good  they  are. 

338.  Verum,  buty  truly ,  it  is  true,  really,  etc.,  is  stronger 
than  sed,  and  stands  first  in  a  sentence : 

Verum  tamen  illis  imperatoribus  laus  est  tribuenda  quod 
egerunt,  but  for  all  that,  praise  must  be  given  to  those 
commanders  for  what  they  have  done. 

339.  Vero,  bitt  indeed,  in  fact,  no  doubt,  of  course,  etc.,  is 
usually  placed  second  in  a  sentence : 

Hie  vero  ingentem  pugnam  cernimus,  but  here  indeed  we 
see  a  great  battle. 

340.  Autem,  but,  furthermore,  on  the  other  hand,  etc.,  is 
usually  placed  second  in  a  sentence : 

Ego  autem  nomino  neminem,  but  I  mention  no  names. 

341.  At,  but,  at  least,  on  the  contrary,  etc. : 

At  enim  'ne  quid  novi  fiat,'  but  (some  object)  for  they 
are  opposed  to  innovations  (they  say). 

342.  Tamen,  yet,  notwithstanding,  nevertheless,  after  all, 
for  all  that,  in  spite  of  that  fact,  etc.,  is  usually  first  in  a 
sentence,  but  if  it  emphasizes  a  word,  it  follows  that  word : 

Tamen  legatis  respondit,  notwithstanding,  he  replied  to 
the  ambassadors. 

Sese  tamen  existimatione  vulgi  commoveri,  saying  that 
he,  in  spite  of  that  fact,  was  influenced  by  public  opinion. 

343.  Non  modo  .  .  .  sed  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also, 
but  even. 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  l6l 

Non  modo  .  .  .  verum  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but  a/so. 

Non  solum  .  .  .  verum  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also, 
(This  is  not  the  only  thing;  something  more  is  to 
follow.) 

Cum  .  .  .  tum,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also,  on  the  one  hand 
,  .  ,  on  the  other,  while  .  ,  ,  at  the  same  time, 

Non  modo  post  civitatem  datam  sed  etiam  post  legem 
Papiam,  not  only  after*  the  granting  of  citizenship,  but  even 
after  the  Papian  law. 

Qui  libri  non  modo  LucuUum,  verum  etiam  populi  Romani 
nomen  inlustrant,  these  works  make  not  only  Lucullus  but 
also  the  name  of  the  Roman  people  famous. 

Populi  Romani  gloria  cum  magna  in  omnibus  rebus  tum 
summa  in  re  militari  tradita  est,  the  glory  of  the  Roman 
people  not  only  great  in  all  things,  but  also  greatest  in 
military  matters,  has  been  handed  down. 

344.  Enim, /or,  really,  indeed,  in  fact,  well,  etc.,  is  usually 
found  in  the  second  or  third  place  in  a  sentence : 

Non  enim  hoc  sine  causa  quaeri  videtur,  for  really  this 
seems  to  be  a  sensible  question. 

Nulla  est  enim  natio  quam  pertimescamus,  for  there  is  no 
nation  which  we  have  to  fear. 

345.  Etenim,  for,  and  indeed,  in  truth,  since,  etc.,  is 
placed  first  in  a  sentence  : 

Etenim  iam  diu  in  his  periculis  versamur,  for  we  have 
been  living  for  a  long  time  in  the  midst  of  these 
dangers. 

346.  Neque  enim  is  the  negative  of  etenim : 

Neque  enim  tibi  haec  res  adfert  dolorem,  for,  undoubt- 
edly, such  a  course  as  this  does  not  trouble  you. 

ELEM.   LAT.   WRITING — II 


l62  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

347.  Nam,  for^  for  surely,  but  now,  for  it  is  evident,  etc., 
takes  the  first  place  in  a  sentence : 

Nam  propter  frigora  frumenta  matura  non  erant,  for,  on 
account  of  the  cold  seasons,  the  grain  was  not  ripe. 

348.  Namque,  for,  for  indeed,  for,  you  know,  etc.,  is 
stronger  than  nam  : 

Namque  omnium  rerum  quae  ad  bellum  usui  erant,  summa 
erat  in  eo  oppido  facultas,  for  indeed  the  greatest  abun- 
dance of  all  things  which  were  indispensable  in  war  was 
in  this  town. 

349.  Ergo,  therefore,  now,  accordingly,  then,  well  then^ 
consequently,  etc.,  has  first  place  in  a  sentence  or  follows 
an  important  word : 

Ergo  ilium  maiores  nostri  in  civitatem  receperunt,  there- 
fore our  ancestors  made  him  a  citizen. 

350.  Itaque,  and  so,  therefore,  is  usually  placed  first  in  a 
sentence : 

Itaque  rem  suscipit,  and  so  he  undertakes  the  mission. 

351.  Igitur,  therefore,  you  see,  so  then,  as  I  was  saying, 
pursuing  this  course,  etc.,  usually  takes  the  second  or  third 
place  in  a  sentence  (Sallust  places  igitur  first) : 

Fuisti  igitur  apud  Laecam,  you  were,  as  I  was  saying,  at 
Laeca^s. 

352.  Observe  the  following  : 

Scientiam  rei  militaris,  virtutem,  auctoritatem,  felicita- 
tem.     (In  this,  the  coordinate  conjunction  is  omitted.) 

Diligentiam  et  iustitiam  et  comitatem,  et  fidem.  (Note 
the  use  of  et.) 

Bona,  fortunas,  coniuges,  liberosque.  (Note  the  use  of 
-que  to  connect  the  last  two  words.) 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  163 

DATES 

353.    The  Romans  divided  their  year  into  twelve  months, 
the  names  of  which  are  adjectives : 


lanuarius 

a 

um 

Februarius                   a 

um 

Martius 

«a 

um 

Aprilis 

is 

e 

Maius 

a 

um 

Junius 

a 

um 

Quintilis 

is 

e         (so-called  before  46  B.C.) 

lulius 

a 

um 

Sextilis 

}      ': 

e         (so-called  before  46  B.C.) 

Augustus 

um 

Septembei 

Septembris 

Septembre 

October 

Octobris 

Octobre 

November 

Novembris 

Novembre 

December 

Decembris 

Decembre 

354.  The  names  given  to  the  three  days  of  the  month 
from  which  the  Romans  reckon  the  date  are,  Kalendae, 
Nonae,  and  Idus. 

We  often  say  "  so  many  days  until  the  first  of  the  month," 
''  so  many  days  before  a  certain  time  "  ;  a  Roman  always 
said  "  so  many  days  before  the  Kalends,  Nones,  or  Ides." 

355.  The  Jirst  day  of  the  month  was  called  Kalendae, 
t/ie  Kalends  : 

"  In  March,  July,  October,  May, 
The  Ides  are  on  the  fifteenth  day. 
The  Nones  the  seventh ;  but  all  besides 
Have  two  days  less  for  Nones  and  Ides." 


1 64  ELEMENTARY   LATIN    WRITING 

356.  Remember  that  the  Romans  count  the  day  from 
which  and  the  day  to  which  they  reckon,  and  that  a  date 
is  very  often  expressed  by  the  prepositional  phrase  ante 
diem  with  an  ordinal  and  accusative. 

357.  If  a  date  falls  between  the  Kalends  and  Nones, 
add  one  to  the  date  on  which  the  Nones  fall,  and  from  this 
sum  subtract  the  given  date.     For  example : 

July  4  comes  between  July  i  and  July  7  (7  -f  i  —  4  =  4), 
therefore  the  Latin  will  be  ante  diem  quartum  Nonas 
Quintiles  or  lulias. 

358.  If  a  date  falls  between  the  Nones  and  Ides,  add  one 
to  the  date  on  which  the  Ides  fall,  and  subtract  the  given 
date.     For  example : 

June  10  falls  between  June  5  and  June  13(13  +  1  —  10  =  4), 
hence  this  will  be  expressed  by  the  Latin,  ante  diem  quartum 
Idus  lunias. 

359.  If  a  date  comes  after  the  Ides  of  a  month,  add  two 
to  the  number  of  days  in  that  month  and  subtract  the  given 
date.     For  example : 

December  25  is  after  December  13  (31+2  —  25  =  8), 
hence  the  Latin  will  be  ante  diem  octavum  Kalend§,s  lanu- 
arias. 

360.  If  a  date  comes  immediately  before  the  Kalendae, 
Nonae,  or  Idus,  show  this,  as  a  rule,  by  the  use  of  pridie 
with  the  accusative : 

Pridie  Kalendas  lanuarias,  December  31. 
Pridie  Idus  Decembres,  December  12. 
Pridie  Nonas  Decembres,  December  4. 

361.  If  a  date  falls  on  the  Kalends,  Nones,  or  Ides,  show 
this  by  using  the  ablative  without  a  preposition  or  the  ac- 
cusative with  ad : 


ELEMENTARY  LATIN   WRITING                    165 

Kalendis  luniis]  j         ^  Nonis  Aprilibusi  *      -i  - 

Mune  I.  ^             ^  April  5. 

ad  Kalendas  lunias  J  ad  Nonas  Aprilis  J 


Idibus  Martiis 
ad  idus  Martias 


[March  15. 


362.  To  express  the  year  add  or  subtract,  as  may  be 
required,  the  given  date  from  753  B.C.,  the  time  of  the 
founding  of  Rome : 

31  B.C.  =  722  A.u.c.  (ab  urbe  condita). 

14  A.D.  =  y6y  A.u.c. 

Rome  was  founded  April  21,  753  b.c. 

Exercise  47 

1.  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero  was  born  January  3,  106  b.c, 
near  Arpinum.     (357.) 

2.  On  the  first  of  January,  63  b.c,  he  became  consul. 

(361.) 

3.  A  formal  decree  of  banishment  was  published 
against  him,  April  3,  58  b.c     (357.) 

4.  The  senate  recalled  him  August  4,  57  b.c     (360.) 

5.  On  the  last  day  of  July,  51  b.c,  he  went  as  pro- 
consul to  Cilicia.     (360;  62.) 

6.  From  this  place  he  returned  January  4, 49  b.c   (360. ) 

7.  When  Caesar  and  Pompey  were  fighting  against 
each  other,  Cicero  remained  with  Pompey  until  the  battle 
of  Pharsalus,  August  9,  48  b.c     (358.) 

8.  On  the  thirtieth  of  November  he  returned  to 
Brundisium.     (360.) 

9.  Here  he  remained  until  August  i,  47  b.c,  when  he 
was  informed  by  a  letter  from  Caesar  that  he  had  no 
reason  to  fear.     (361  ;  50,  2.) 

10.  Freed  from  his  fearful  anxiety,  he  returned  to 
Rome,  September  22,  47  b.c     (97;  359.) 


l66  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Exercise  48 

Besides  the  works  of  Cicero  which  are  best  known  to  us 
are  his  Fourteen  Philippics,  or  Speeches  against  Antony,  de- 
Uvered  before  the  senate  on  about  the  following  dates : 

September  2,  44  b.c. 

September  19,  44  b.c 

November  20,  44  b.c 

December  20,  44  b.c 

January  i,  43  b.c 

January  4,  43  b.c 

January  31,  43  b.c 

February  12,  43  b.c 

March  3,  43  b.c 

March  8,  43  b.c 

March  22,  43  b.c 

April  I,  43  B.C.  I 

April  22,  43  B.C. 

References:  353-362. 

INDIRECT   DISCOURSE 

363.  Direct  Discourse  is  a  person's  speech  or  thought 
quoted  in  his  exact  words. 

Non  ego  Gallis,  sed  Galli  mihi  bellum  intulerunt,  it  was 
not  I  who  made  war  on  the  Gauls,  but  the  Gauls  on  me 
(said  Ariovistus  to  Caesar). 

364.  Indirect  Discourse  contains,  not  one's  exact  words, 
but  his  speech  or  thought  dependent  upon  a  verb  or  ex- 
pression of  saying,  thinking,  knowing,  or  perceiving,  either 
expressed  or  implied  in  the  context. 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  167 

Ariovistus  respondit :  non  sese  Gallis  sed  Gallos  sibi  bel- 
lum  intulisse,  Ariovistus  replied  that  it  was  not  he  who 
had  made  war  on  the  Gauls,  but  the  Gauls  on  him. 

365.  In  English,  we  often  follow  another's  thoughts 
and  state  them  directly,  changing  only  the  tense  of  the 
verb. 

In  Latin,  however,  changes  in  mode,  tense,  case,  and 
person  are  made. 

Declarative  sentences  of  direct  discourse  when  changed 
to  indirect  discourse  require  the  infinitive  with  subject  ac- 
cusative in  the  principal  clauses;  the  subjunctive,  in  the 
subordinate  clauses. 

(Direct.)  Ex  ilia  die  qua  in  potestatem  Afrorum  veni, 
Romanus  esse  desii,  from  the  day  on  which  I  fell  into  the 
power  of  the  Africans,  I  ceased  to  be  a  Roman. 

(Indirect.)  Regulus  dixit  se  ex  ilia  die  qua  in  potestatem 
Afrorum  venisset  Romanum  esse  desisse,  Regulus  said  that 
from  the  day  on  which  he  fell  into  the  power  of  the 
Africans,  he  had  ceased  to  be  a  Roman. 

366.  Observe  that  a  writer  sometimes  uses  the  indica- 
tive in  a  subordinate  clause  in  indirect  discourse,  when  he 
wishes  to  state  a  fact. 

Se  tanti  non  esse  ut  tot  milia  captivorum  propter  unum 
se  et  senem  et  paucos  qui  ex  Romanis  capti  fuerant  redderen- 
tur,  saying  that  he  was  not  of  so  much  importance  that 
so  many  thousands  of  prisoners  should  be  returned  in  ex- 
change for  one,  an  ola  man  too,  and  the  few  Romans  who 
had  been  taken  prisoners. 

367.  Interrogative  sentences  of  direct  discourse  when 
changed  to  indirect  discourse  require  the  subjunctive. 

(Direct.)  Quid  tibi  vis?  Ciir  in  meas  possessiones  venis.^ 
what  do  you  mean  ?  why  do  you  come  into  my  lands  ? 


l68  ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING 

(Indirect.)  Ariovistus  ad  postulata  Caesaris  pauca  respon- 
dit,  de  suis  virtutibus  multa  praedicavit.  Quid  sibi  vellet  ? 
Cur  in  suas  possessiones  veniret  ?  in  reply  to  Caesar's  de- 
mands, Ariovistus  had  little  to  say,  but  about  his  own 
virtues  he  did  much  boasting.  What  did  he  mean  ?  Why 
did  he  come  into  his  lands? 

368.  Do  not  forget  that  declarative  sentences  may  take 
the  form  of  a  question  implying  a  negative  answer,  and 
are  called  rhetorical  questions. 

In  direct  discourse,  rhetorical  questions  are  used  in  both 
indicative  and  subjunctive. 

Quid  est  quod  te  delectare  possit  ?  what  is  there  that  can 
please  you  ?     (Nothing.) 

Quis  non  earn  victoriam  probet  ?  who  would  not  approve 
of  such  a  victory  ?  (There  is  no  one  who  would  not 
approve.) 

369.  Rhetorical  questions  of  the  direct  discourse  when 
changed  to  the  indirect  discourse  are  expressed  by  the 
infinitive  with  subject  accusative,  when  they  are  first  or 
third  person;  by  the  subjunctive,  when  second  person. 

(Direct.)  Quod  si  veteris  contumeliae  oblivisci  volo,  num 
recentium  iniuriarum  memoriam  deponere  possum.?  but  if 
I  am  willing  to  forget  the  old  insult,  can  I  forget  the  late 
wrongs  ? 

(Indirect.)  His  Caesar  respondit:  Quod  si  veteris  con- 
tumeliae oblivisci  vellet  num  recentium  iniuriarum  memo- 
riam deponere  posse  ?  Caesar  replied  as  follows :  If  he 
were  willing  to  forget  the  old  insult,  could  he  forget  the 
late  wrongs  ? 

Rhetorical  questions  which  are  in  the  subjunctive  in 
direct  discourse  keep  the  subjunctive  in  indirect  dis- 
course. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  169 

(Direct.)  Cur  hunc  quisquam  ab  officio  discessurum  iudi- 
cet  ?  why  should  any  one  think  that  he  would  forget  his 
obligations  to  us  ? 

(Indirect.)  Eos  incusavit :  Cur  hunc  quisquam  ab  officio 
discessurum  iudicaret,  he  censured  them,  saying,  Why 
should  any  one  think  that  Ariovistus  could  forget  his  obli- 
gations to  the  Romans  ? 

370.  Note  the  changes  in  pronouns  shown  in  the  follow- 
ing sentences  of  direct  and  indirect  discourse. 

(Direct.)  Non  ego  Gallis,  sed  Galli  mihi  bellum  intulerunt, 
it  was  not  I  who  made  war  on  the  Gauls,  but  the  Gauls 
on  me. 

(Indirect.)  Ariovistus  respondit :  non  sese  Gallis  sed  Gal- 
16s  sibi  bellum  intulisse,  Ariovistus  replied  that  it  was  not 
he  who  had  made  war  on  the  Gauls,  but  the  Gauls  on  him. 

(Direct.)  Transii  Rhenum  non  mea  sponte,  it  was  not  on 
my  own  account  that  I  crossed  the  Rhine. 

(Indirect.)  Ariovistus  respondit :  Transisse  Rhenum  sese 
non  sua  sponte,  Ariovistus  replied  that  it  was  not  on  his 
own  account  that  he  had  crossed  the  Rhine. 

371.  Imperative  sentences  of  direct  discourse  become 
subjunctive  in  indirect  discourse  and  are  expressed  some- 
times with  ut,  more  often  without  ut,  if  affirmative ;  with 
ne,  if  negative. 

(Direct.)  Reminiscere  pristinae  virtutis  Helvetiorum,  re- 
member the  former  valor  of  the  Helvetians. 

(Indirect. )  Dixit, reminisceretur pristinae virtHtis Helvetio- 
rum, remember,  he  said,  the  former  valor  of  the  Helvetians. 

(Direct.)  Nolite  iuvare  eos  friimento,  do  not  assist  them 
with  grain. 

(Indirect.)  Litteras  niintiosque  misit  ne  eos  frumento  iuva- 
rent,  he  sent  orders  for  them  not  to  assist  them  with  grain. 


I/O  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

372.  The  perfect  infinitive  of  indirect  discourse  may 
represent  the  imperfect,  perfect,  or  pluperfect  indicative  of 
the  direct  discourse. 

Caesar  cognovit  Helvetios  castra  movisse,  Caesar  learned 
that  the  Helvetians  were  breaking  camp,  did  break  camp, 
or  had  broken  camp. 

373.  When  a  conditional  sentence  is  changed  from  direct 
to  indirect  discourse,  the  protasis  or  condition,  since  this  is 
a  subordinate  clause,  is  expressed  by  the  subjunctive.  The 
tense  usually  follows  the  law  of  sequence  of  tenses,  but 
often  in  long  speeches  the  time  refers  to  the  time  of  the 
speaker. 

DIRECT  INDIRECT 

f  Dicit  si  pugnent,  eos  vincere. 
Si  pugnant,  vincunt    tn-   .^   -  -      ^     - 

^  ^        '  [  Dixit  SI  pugnarent,  eos  vincere. 

.      ^     ^  f  Dicit  si  pugnarent  eos  vicisse. 
Sipugnabant,  vmcebant  j  __   .^   _  _       .    _      _  . 

^  ^  '  [  Dixit  SI  pugnarent  eos  vicisse. 

( Dicit  si  pugnent  eos  victuros  esse. 
Si  pugnabunt,  vincent    ^n-   -^  -  -      ^  -     -  ^-  - 

'^  ^  I  Dixit  SI  pugnarent  eos  victuros  esse. 

Dicit  si  pugnaverint  eos  victuros 

esse. 
Dixit  si  pugnavissent  eos  victuros 

esse. 

374.  Keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  the  future  perfect  indic- 
ative of  the  direct  discourse  when  changed  to  indirect  dis- 
course becomes  perfect  subjunctive  after  a  principal  tense, 
pluperfect  after  a  historical  tense. 

(Direct.)  Id  fieri  poterit,  si  suas  copias  Haedui  in  fines 
Bellovacorum  introdiixerint,  this  can  be  done,  if  the  Hae- 
dui will  lead  (will  have  led)  their  forces  into  the  territory 
of  the  Bellovaci. 


Si  pugnaverint,  vincent 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  171 

(Indirect.)  Docet  id  fieri  posse  si  suas  copias  Haedui  in 
fines  Bellovacorum  introduxerint,  he  shows  that  this  can 
be  done,  if  the  Haedui  lead  their  forces  into  the  territory 
of  the  Bellovaci. 

(Direct.)  Si  discesseris,  magno  te  praemio  remiinerabo, 
if  you  withdraw  (will  have  withdrawn),  I  shall  reward  you 
handsomely. 

(Indirect.)  Ariovisttis  respondit :  Si  discessisset,  magno  se 
ilium  praemio  remiineraturum,  Ariovistus  replied  that  he 
would  reward  Caesar  handsomely,  if  he  would  withdraw. 

375.  In  changing  contrary  to  fact  conditions  from  direct 
to  indirect  discourse,  remember  that  the  protasis  or  condi- 
tion remains  unchanged,  whether  after  a  principal  or  his- 
torical tense. 

Note  the  changes  to  be  made  in  the  apodosis  or  conclu- 
sion of  contrary  to  fact  conditions,  when  these  are  changed 
from  direct  to  indirect  discourse. 

DIRECT  INDIRECT 

Imperfect  subjunctive  active  becomes  Future  infinitive  active. 

r  Futurum  1 
Imperfect  subjunctive  passive  becomes  i       esse       I-  ut,  with  the  imper- 

l  Fore  J      feet  subjunctive. 

Pluperfect  subjunctive  active  becomes  Infinitive  in-urus  fuisse. 

,  .        ,  .      ,  (  Futiirum  fuisse  ut  with  the  im- 

Pluperfect  subjunctive  passive  becomes  ^  r    ^      ,. 

^  ■>  ^  I      perfect  subjunctive. 

(Direct.)  Si  hoc  optimum  factu  iudicares,  in  castra  exerci- 
tum  duceres,  if  you  thought  it  the  best  thing  to  do,  you 
would  lead  the  army  into  camp. 

(Indirect.)         .  ^  si  hoc  optimum  factu  iudicares,  in  castra 

te  exercitum  ducturum  esse. 


172  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

(Direct.)    Sapientia   non    expeteretur  si   nihil   efficeret, 

wisdom  would  not  be  so  eagerly  sought  for,  if  it  amounted 
to  nothing. 

(Indirect.)  .  futurum  esse  (fore)  ut  sapientia  non  ex- 
peteretur si  nihil  efficeret. 

(Direct.)  Si  Catilina  remansisset  urbem  non  liberassemus, 

if  Catiline  had  stayed,  we  could  not  have  freed  the  city. 

(Indirect.)  i  si  Catilina  remansisset,  nos  urbem  non 

liberaturos  f uisse. 

(Direct.)  Si  Catilina  remansisset,  a  nobis  urbs  non  libe- 
rata  fuisset,  if  Catiline  had  stayed,  the  city  could  not  have 
been  freed  by  us. 

Dico 

Dixi 
ut  a  nobis  urbs  non  liberaretur. 


(Indirect.)  ^_  _  i  si  Catilina  remansisset,  futurum  fuisse 
^  Dixij 


376.  Remember  that  in  a  past  contrary  to  fact  condi- 
tional sentence  made  to  depend  upon  dubito,  doubt,  the 
quin  clause  will  be  the  apodosis ;  when  this  is  in  the  active 
voice,  express  it  by  the  perfect  subjunctive  of  the  active 
periphrastic  conjugation  (-urus  fuerim). 

Potest  quisquam  dubitare  quin,  si  in  Africa  fuisset,  tibi 
provinciam  traditurus  fuerit,  can  any  one  doubt  that  if  he 
had  been  in  Africa,  he  would  have  delivered  the  province 
to  you  ? 

Exercise  49 

It  is  said  that  a  certain  womian  called  Amalthea,  a  for- 
eigner, came  to  Tarquinius  Superbus  to  sell  nine  books : 
but  on  Tarquin's  refusal  to  give  her  the  price  which  she 
asked,  she  went  away  and  burned  three  of  the  books. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 73 

Soon  after,  she  returned  and  demanded  the  same  price 
for  the  remaining  six  books.  What  did  she  mean  ?  Why 
did  she  bring  those  books  ? 

After  the  king  had  ridiculed  her  and  called  her  a  foolish 
old  woman,  she  burned  three  others,  in  his  presence. 

Surprised  to  see  this,  Tarquin  asked  the  augurs  what 
was  the  best  thing  to  do. 

They  advised  the  king  to  give  her  the  price  which  she 
had  demanded. 

References:  287;  206;  197;  60;  74;  189;  167;  205. 

Exercise  50 

It  is  said  that  when  Amalthea  had  delivered  the  books 
and  had  advised  the  king  to  guard  them  carefully,  she  dis- 
appeared and  was  never  afterwards  seen  in  Rome. 

Tarquin  committed  the  care  of  these  books,  called  the 
Sibylline  books  or  fates,  to  two  noblemen,  ordering  them 
to  guard  them  faithfully,  and  to  remember  that  they  con- 
tained the  fate  of  Rome  and  the  Romans. 

In  public  danger,  they,  (as)  the  keepers  of  these  books, 
were  frequently  ordered  to  consult  them. 

These  books,  which  were  held  sacred,  were  kept  under- 
ground in  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Capitolinus.  But  when 
the  Capitol  was  burned  in  the  Marsic  war,  the  Sibylline 
books  also  were  destroyed. 

References:  237;  206;  39;  198;  335;  331. 

Exercise  51 

After  the  burning  of  the  Capitol  ambassadors  were  sent 
in  all  directions  to  collect  the  oracles  of  the  Sibyls.  For 
there  were  other  Sibyls  besides  the  one  who  had  come  to 
Tarquin. 


174  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

The  chief  of  these  were  the  Sibyl  of  Cumae,  whom 
Aeneas  is  thought  to  have  consulted,  and  the  Sibyl  of 
Erythrae,  who  used  to  give  such  ambiguous  answers  that 
no  one  seemed  to  understand  them. 

From  the  various  SibylUne  verses  collected  new  books 
were  made.  These  Augustus  deposited  in  two  gilt  cases, 
which  were  placed  under  the  statue  of  Apollo,  in  the 
temple  of  that  god,  on  the  Palatine  Hill. 

Before  these  were  put  into  the  cases,  however,  Augus- 
tus, fearing  that  the  verses  which  had  been  collected  could 
not  be  easily  read,  ordered  the  priests  to  rewrite  them. 

References:  206;  44;  271;  268;  274;  344;  345;  347;  348. 

NAMES   OF   ROMANS 

377.  The  names  Romulus  and  Remus  indicate  that  at 
first  a  Roman  had  but  one  name ;  Numa  Pompilius  and 
the  names  of  the  other  kings  show  that  later  a  Roman 
had  two  names;  the  name  Gains  lulius  Caesar  shows 
that  still  later  three  names  were  used.  This  was  the  case 
when  they  were  divided  into  various  clans  (gentes),  and 
each  clan  into  several  families  (familiae). 

378.  The  Praenomen  was  the  first  name  and  showed 
the  individual.  The  initial,  instead  of  the  whole  name, 
was  often  used.     Slaves  had  no  praenomen. 

379.  The  Nomen  showed  the  clan  (gens),  and  it  usually 
ended  in  ius. 

380.  The  Cognomen  showed  the  family  (familia). 

381.  Sometimes,  as  a  mark  of  honor,  a  fourth  name, 
Agnomen,  was  added. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 75 

382.  The  Cognomen  was  usually  derived  from  a  certain 
quality  of  the  mind;  as  Cato,  from  the  adjective  catus, 
wise;  or  from  a  certain  habit;  as  Crassus,  from  the  ad- 
jective crassus,  fat,  —  the  person  Crassus,  therefore,  was 
slow ;  or  from  the  occupation ;  as  Piso,  from  pisa,  a  pea, 
because  the  first  Piso  had  raised  vegetables,  especially 
pease. 

♦ 

383.  The  name  Gaius  lulius  Caesar  shows  that  Gains 

was  one  member  of  the  Caesar  family  of  the  Julian  gens. 

384.  Some  clans  seem  to  have  had  no  family  names; 
for  example,  the  Marian  gens,  for  we  find  Gains  Marius. 

LETTERS 

385.  In  formal  or  official  correspondence,  Cicero  fre- 
quently uses  the  formula  "Si  vales,  bene  est,"  usually 
written  thus,  '*S.  V.  B.  E.,"  at  the  beginning  of  his  letter. 
In  his  letters  to  Pompey,  he  begins  in  a  still  more  formal 
way,  "S.  T.  E.  Q.  V.  B.  E.,"  '' Si  tu  exercitusque  valetis, 
bene  est,"  if  you  and  your  army  are  in  good  health,  it 
is  well. 

386.  The  following  is  a  copy  of  one  of  Cicero's  letters 
to  his  friend  Atticus  : 

Cicer5  Attico  Sal 

Terentia  tibi  et  saepe  et  maximas  agit  gratias.  Id  est 
mihi  gratissimum.  Ego  viv5  miserrimus  et  maximo  dol5re 
conficior.  Ad  te  quid  scrlbam  nescio.  Si  enim  es  Romae, 
iam  me  assequi  non  potes ;  sin  es  in  via,  cum  eris  me 
assecutus,  coram  agemus,  quae  erunt  agenda.     Tantum  te 


176  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

oro  ut,  quoniam  me  ipsum  semper  amasti,  ut  eodem  amore 
sis.  Ego  enim  Idem  sum ;  inimlcl  mei  mea  mihi,  n5n  me 
ipsum  ademerunt.     Cura  ut  valeas. 

Data  VIII.  Id.  Apr.  Thurils. 

387.  In  the  above  letter,  we  see  that  the  name  of  the 
writer,  Cicero,  instead  of  being  used  as  the  signature  as 
would  be  the  case  in  English,  appears  at  the  beginning 
and  in  the  nominative  case ;  the  name  of  the  one,  Atticus, 
to  whom  the  letter  is  written,  comes  next,  and  is  expressed 
by  the  dative. 

Only  with  intimate  friends  is  familiarity  shown  by  the 
use  of  *  Sal.,'  the  abbreviated  form  of  Salutem. 

More  often,  even  with  relatives  and  friends,  we  find  S.  D. 
(Salutem  dicit),  Cicero  sends  greetings  or  good  wishes  to 
Atticus. 

We  find  no  complimentary  close,  such  as  "Sincerely 
yours,"  "Yours  truly,"  but  Cura  ut  valeas,  Fac  valeas,  and 
similar  expressions  occur.  These  may  express  the  Eng- 
lish "  Keep  well,"  "  Take  care  of  yourself." 

388.  The  giving  of  the  date  seems  to  depend  upon  the 
mood  of  the  writer. 

Suppose  a  letter  to  be  written  April  10;  this  date  may 
be  expressed  as  follows  : 

(i)  ante  diem  quartum  Idus  Apriles;  (2)  a.  d.  iv.  Id. 
Apr. ;  (3)  iv.  Id.  Apr. 

389.  The  word  data,  or  scripta,  may  or  may  not  be  used 

in  connection  with  the  date  or  place. 

At  his  pleasure,  the  writer  gives,  or  omits,  the  place 
from  which  his  letter  is  written. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 77 

Exercise  52 

The  battle  of  Marathon  was  one  of  the  most  important 
battles  in  the  world's  history,  for  had  the  Persians  been 
victorious,  not  only  Athens,  but  the  rest  of  Greece,  would 
have  been  reduced  to  a  Persian  province.  Furthermore, 
the  nations  of  Europe  might  have  been  like  those  of  Asia, 
not  free  peoples,  but  the  slaves  of  their  conquerors. 

Both  the  Athenians  and  the  Plataeans  showed  great 
courage  in  the  presence  of  the  immense  Persian  army. 

After  the  battle,  two  thousand  Spartans  arrived  in 
Athens.  They  tried  to  excuse  themselves  for  coming  too 
late,  by  saying  that  they  would  have  come  earlier  if  it 
had  been  right  for  them  to  leave  Sparta  before  the  full 
moon. 

If  the  Spartans  had  intended  to  help  the  Athenians,  we 
cannot  but  think  that  they  would  have  sent  a  much  larger 
army.  We  can  scarcely  understand  why  they  did  not  wish 
to  save  Greece. 

References:   221;  223;   343;   340;   273;   58;   375;  65; 
49;  89;  167. 

Exercise  53 

Philip  of  Macedon,  the  father  of  Alexander  the  Great, 
was  exceedingly  influential  and  exceptionally  well  versed 
in  the  art  of  war,  which  Epaminondas  had  taught  him 
when  he  was  a  hostage  in  Thebes. 

Although  the  Greek  states  differed  among  themselves, 
they  were  all  willing  to  fight,  when  the  opportunity  pre- 
sented itself,  against  the  Persians  whom  they  hated. 

All  Greece  was  astir  with  preparation,  and  plans  had 
been  formed  for  a  joint  expedition  against  Persia,  when 
Philip  who  had  been  chosen  their  leader,  was  assassinated. 

ELEM.   LAT.   WRITING —  12 


178  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

His  son,  Alexander,  who  was  but  twenty  years  of  age, 
succeeded  him.  Well  did  the  life  of  Alexander  show  that 
environment  has  a  great  deal  to  do  with  character. 

Alexander  used  to  say  to  his  young  friends  :  "  If  my 
father  lives  much  longer,  he  will  leave  nothing  for  me 
to  do.  I  am  not  more  eager  than  others  for  glory,  but 
I  shall  be  glad  to  show  what  kind  of  a  commander  my 
father's  son  will  be." 

References:    56;  TT\  259;  75;  195;  52;   16;  220;  90; 

189;  169. 

Exercise  54 

Alexander  the  Great  did  have  a  chance,  before  he  had 
even  dared  to  hope  for  it,  to  show  what  he  could  do. 

It  is  true  that  he  never  spared  himself,  but  his  marches 
were  so  difficult  that  neither  man  nor  beast  seemed  able 
to  stand  them. 

Whatever  there  was  to  be  done,  he  usually  did  with  great 
eagerness  and  rapidity.  Soldiers  felt  that  they  were  com- 
manded by  one  whom  nothing  could  resist. 

By  the  greatest  Roman  generals  Alexander  was  consid- 
ered the  greatest  of  all  commanders,  except  Hannibal,  the 
Carthaginian. 

In  courage,  no  man  ever  surpassed  Alexander  the  Great, 
but  when  we  think  of  him,  not  as  a  soldier,  but  as  a  man, 
it  often  seems  to  us  that  he  was  not  great  at  all.  If  he 
had  slaughtered  his  prisoners  only,  we  could  not  blame  him 
so  much,  for  that  was  the  custom  of  the  times. 

Shall  we,  however,  pardon  even  a  great  general  when 
we  know  that  he  tortured  to  death  many  noble  men.** 

References:  167;  210;  90;  62;  368. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 79 

Exercise  55 

And  yet  the  soldiers  of  Alexander  the  Great  loved  him, 
and  at  his  death  showed  even  violent  grief.  Let  us  always 
remember  that  there  were  many  instances  of  humanity  on 
his  part.  When  he  destroyed  Thebes,  a  very  renowned 
city  of  Greece,  he  spared  the  house  of  the  poet  Pindar. 

An  eyewitness  has  written  that  before  Alexander's  death, 
which  occurred  at  Babylon,  when  he  was  less  than  thirty- 
two  years  old,  the  watches  were  compelled  to  open  the 
doors  to  the  soldiers  of  a  hundred  battles.  These  vet- 
erans filed  sorrowfully  past  their  dying  leader. 

His  body  was  carried  to  Alexandria  in  Egypt,  and  an 
immense  mausoleum  was  erected  in  his  honor. 

The  Mausoleum  at  Halicarnassus  was  built  to  preserve 
the  memory  of  Mausolus,  king  of  Caria.  Its  erection, 
prompted  by  the  love  of  his  wife,  Artemisia,  has  given 
a  name  for  all  magnificent  monuments  raised  in  honor 
of  the  dead. 

References:  20;  273;  yy,  365;  52;  92;  58;  39;  289; 

287. 

Exercise  56 

In  the  year  219  b.c.  Hannibal  decided  that  he  was  well 
prepared  to  attack  the  Romans,  and  so  he  began  his  great 
war  against  them.  This  lasted  seventeen  years,  and  the 
cause  of  it  was  as  follows : 

On  the  coast  of  Spain  there  was  a  city  called  Saguntum, 
which  was  a  colony  belonging  to  the  Greeks. 

Saguntum  was  afraid  of  Carthage  and  had  made  a  treaty 
with  Rome,  so  that  Rome  might  be  more  willing  to  protect 
her  and  might  not  allow  any  one  to  enter  her  territory 
without  her  consent. 


l8o  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

This  city  Hannibal  besieged,  and  the  inhabitants  with- 
stood  the  attack  bravely.  After  a  siege  of  eight  months, 
the  chief  men  of  the  city,  knowing  that  they  could  not 
hold  out  much  longer,  threw  themselves  and  all  their 
treasures  into  the  flames  of  a  great  fire  which  they  had 
made  themselves  for  this  very  purpose. 

So  Saguntum  was  taken  by  Hannibal. 

References:  52;  209;  31;  182. 

Exercise  57 

Because  the  Carthaginians  had  besieged  Saguntum,  a 
city  of  Spain,  the  Romans  declared  war  against  them. 
Hannibal  did  not  intend  to  wage  war  on  the  sea,  but 
with  his  army  he  meant  to  march  at  once  into  Italy,  and 
attack  the  Romans  in  their  own  country. 

He  could  not  but  think  that  the  Gauls,  who  had  lately 
been  conquered  by  the  Romans,  would  not  feel  friendly 
toward  them,  and  would  be  ready  and  willing  to  join  him 
against  their  conquerors. 

Besides,  he  thought  that  if  he  should  conquer  the  Romans 
in  a  few  battles,  all  the  peoples  of  Italy  would  have  to 
surrender. 

Things,  however,  happened  contrary  to  his  expectation, 
for  the  peoples  of  Italy  not  only  did  not  surrender,  but 
even  opposed  his  progress  at  all  times  and  in  all  places. 

References:  12;  ^6',  48;  374;  275. 

Exercise  58 

It  was  by  no  means  an  easy  thing  for  Hannibal  with 
his  army  to  reach  Italy.  For,  first,  he  had  to  cross  the 
Pyrenees  Mountains  in  order  to  get  out  of  Spain ;  then  he 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  l8l 

had  to  cross  the  great  river  Rhone,  by  no  means  an  easy 
thing  to  do,  because  the  river  is  very  swift,  and  besides,  the 
Gauls  on  this  side  of  the  Alps  were  trying  to  keep  him 
from  marching  through  their  country ;  then  he  had  to 
fight  against  the  opposing  Gauls  until  he  reached  the 
Alps;  finally,  suffering  from  frost  and  snow,  he  had  to 
force  his  way  through  the  dangerous  places  on  those  high 
mountains. 

All  this  had  to  be  done  before  he  could  reach  Cisalpine 
Gaul.  Often  did  his  men  have  an  opportunity  to  show 
their  own  fearlessness  and  their  loyalty  to  him. 

Often  did  both  he  and  they  realize  how  much  depended 
on  resolution  and  perseverance. 

References:  205;  304;  206;  5P;  275;  250;  195;  167. 

Exercise  59 

(It  is)  because  there  were  so  many  difficulties  (that) 
Hannibal's  march  to  Italy  is  famous.  The  Romans  might 
have  attacked  him  while  he  was  in  Transalpine  Gaul,  and 
if  they  had  done  so,  he  might  not  have  been  able  to  reach 
Italy.  He  marched  so  much  faster  than  the  Romans 
thought  he  could  march,  that  they  always  arrived  too  late. 

It  was  three  days  after  Hannibal  had  crossed  the  Rhone 
before  the  Roman  army  arrived  there,  so  the  troops  went 
away  and  waited  for  him  in  Cisalpine  Gaul. 

He  crossed  the  Rhone  very  quickly ;  in  two  days  he  got 
together  what  boats  were  necessary  to  carry  his  soldiers 
across.  The  Gauls  stationed  themselves  on  the  opposite 
shore  to  prevent  the  landing  of  his  troops.  For  this  reason 
he  sent  some  of  his  men  to  cross  the  river  at  night  in  a 
place  where  the  Gauls  could  not  see  them.  With  the  others, 
at  a  given  signal,  he  himself  crossed  the  river. 


1 82  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

The  Gauls  attacked  them  at  once,  but,  when  they  heard 
the  shouting  in  their  rear,  they  were  so  frightened  that 
they  fled. 

References:  273;  223;  183;  212;  237;   32;   275;   206; 
180;  74;  210. 

Exercise  60 

(It  was)  the  beginning  of  October  (when)  Hannibal's 
march  over  the  Alps  began,  and  it  lasted  fifteen  days. 
Don't  forget  that  he  and  his  men  crossed  the  mountains 
on  foot.  It  was  much  more  difficult  to  cross  the  Alps  than 
the  Rhone,  for  the  barbarians  were  trying  to  keep  him 
back ;  and,  while  he  was  leading  his  army  through  the  nar- 
row, dangerous  paths,  the  enemy  killed  many  of  his  men. 
The  inhabitants  kept  rolling  down  great  stones  upon  his 
troops  and  kept  attacking  them  from  behind,  when  they 
were  not  even  suspecting  it. 

An  eyewitness  has  written  that  the  paths  over  the  slippery 
ice  broke,  and  many  of  HannibaFs  soldiers  fell  down  the 
steep  sides  of  the  mountain  and  were  killed.  You  cannot 
but  think  that  there  was  need  of  courage,  and  you  will 
understand  how  hard  a  march  it  was,  if  you  keep  in  mind 
the  fact  that,  when  Hannibal  crossed  the  Rhone,  he  had  an 
army  of  fifty-nine  thousand  men,  and  when  he  reached  the 
foot  of  the  Alps,  his  army  consisted  of  scarcely  twenty-six 
thousand  men. 

References:    52;  178;  181;  271;  305;  220;   167;   182; 

237;  33. 

Exercise  61 

Caius  Julius  Caesar  was  born  in  Rome,  July  12,  100  B.C. 
Had  it  not  been  for  his  uncle,  C.  Marius,  he  might  not  have 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 83 

been  made  a  priest  of  Jupiter  when  he  was  only  fourteen 
years  old.  Then,  L.  Cornelius  Sulla  would  have  had  him 
put  to  death,  if  he  had  not  had  so  many  influential  friends. 
Finally,  if  Caesar  had  died  at  forty  years  of  age,  he  would 
be  remembered  as  a  leading  statesman,  but  not  a  famous 
general,  or  even  a  brave  soldier.  For  (it  was)  after  this 
(that)  he  became  both  general  and  historian,  famous  at 
home  and  in  the  field,  on  land  and  on  sea. 

He  was  the  first  deified  Roman  about  whom  historians 
have  written.  If  you  would  know  him  as  a  historian,  read 
his  "  Commentaries  on  the  Gallic  War,"  which  are  so  accu- 
rately written  that  they  have  been  commended  in  all  ages. 

It  is  not  to  be  supposed,  however,  that  one  person  can 
please  everybody,  yet  it  would  take  a  long  time  to  tell 
even  a  part  of  the  good  things  that  have  been  written 
about  Caesar. 

References:  355;  358;  362;  39;  223;  227;  52;  198; 
62;  y6\  273;  210. 

Exercise  62 

Among  the  many  things  written  about  Caius  Julius 
Caesar,  we  find  the  following : 

At  the  age  of  twenty-seven  he  was  elected  pontiff ;  at 
thirty-two,  quaestor;  at  thirty-five,  aedile;  at  thirty-seven, 
grand  pontiff ;  at  thirty-eight,  praetor ;  at  forty,  consul. 

He  set  out  for  Gaul  in  58  b.c.  During  the  next  nine 
years  he  was  occupied  in  subduing  Gaul.  Twice  he  crossed 
the  Rhine,  twice  he  landed  in  Britain,  a  territory  up  to  this 
time  unknown  to  the  Romans. 

All  who  were  in  his  army  knew  that  they  had  to  obey 
at  all  times.  For  this  reason  many  things  could  be  done 
very  quickly.    Under  his  direction,  it  took  only  a  few  hours 


1 84  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

to  fortify  a  camp.  In  seven  days  his  soldiers  bridged  the 
Rhine,  and  in  thirty  days  they  built  a  fleet  of  twenty  war- 
ships. When  a  thing  was  to  be  done,  no  obstacle  could 
stop  him. 

When  he  knew  that  any  one  of  his  soldiers  was  well 
fitted  to  do  what  he  wished  done,  he  chose  him,  not  caring 
a  straw  who  the  soldier  was. 

References:  112;  52;  21,2;  362;  199;  50;  69;  180; 
74;  146;  34;  167. 

Exercise  63 

No  general  was  ever  more  loved  by  his  soldiers  than 
Caesar  was.  He  had  every  confidence  in,  and  was  very 
careful  of  them,  and  they  all  felt  sure  that  if  they  deserved 
praise,  they  would  get  it,  for  he  usually  remembered  what 
he  saw  his  men  do  and  what  he  heard  that  they  had  done. 

To  his  enemies,  on  the  other  hand,  he  was  very  cruel, 
and  seldom  did  he  forget  or  forgive  an  injury.  (It  was) 
for  this  reason  (that)  when  the  senate  had  voted  for  a 
thanksgiving  of  twenty  days  in  Caesar's  honor,  Cato 
announced  that  he  had  voted  against  it. 

After  a  war  was  over,  Caesar  usually  treated  with  great 
honor  the  states  which  had  acknowledged  his  authority, 
and  upon  their  chiefs  bestowed  valuable  presents. 

Cicero  says  that  no  one  of  Caesar's  many  virtues  was 
more  to  be  admired  than  his  goodness  and  mercy  toward 
those  whom  he  had  conquered. 

References:  16;  374;  183;  48;  36;  31;  365;  67, 

Exercise  64 

Caesar  once  seized  a  panic-stricken  standard-bearer  who 
was  about  to  desert,  turned  him  around,  and  telling  him 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  1 85 

that  he  had  mistaken  the  direction  of  the  enemy,  spoke  as 
follows : 

"  What  is  the  meaning  of  this  ?  Of  what  are  you  afraid  ? 
I  do  not  wish  to  be  too  hard  upon  you,  but  you  seem  to 
be  afraid  of  even  the  least  sounds.  Running  away  seems 
to  you  much  easier  than  fighting.  You  know  better  how 
to  carry  a  standard  before,  than  after,  the  beginning  of  a 
battle.  I  am  surprised  to  see  a  Roman  standard-bearer 
run  away. 

"  To  sum  up  in  very  few  words,  let  me  give  you  this 
advice :  Be  sure  to  guard  the  standard  which  should  be 
much  dearer  to  you  than  life,  and  always  remember  that 
a  brave  man  may  fall,  but  he  will  not  desert. 

''  Remember  also  that  it  will  be  an  honor  for  you  to  have 
done  your  best. 

"  Either  conquer  or  die." 

References:  112;  179;  289,  3  and  5;  189;  273;  55; 
173;  67;  273;  175;  332. 

Exercise  6$ 

Once  upon  a  time,  when  Caesar  was  dining  at  a  friend's 
house,  he  noticed  that  the  rest  of  the  guests,  thinking  the 
oil  too  rancid,  refused  it.  He,  however,  to  spare  his  enter- 
tainer's feelings,  took  it  without  any  hesitation. 

When  on  a  journey  through  a  forest  with  his  friend 
Oppius,  he  came  one  night  to  a  little  hut,  where  there 
happened  to  be  but  one  bed.  As  Oppius  was  not  well, 
Caesar  said,  jokingly,  that  he  preferred  to  sleep  on  the 
ground,  since  it  was  worth  more  than  the  bed. 

One  could  never  tell  what  Caesar  intended  to  do.  When 
on  one  occasion  he  was  defending  a  young  Numidian,  King 


1 86  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Juba  came  to  Rome,  bringing  with  him  money  with  which 
to  influence  the  judges.  Learning  this,  Caesar  approached 
him,  and  seizing  him  by  the  beard,  said,  **  I  do  not  doubt 
that  in  your  country  gold  has  great  weight,  and  that  there 
you  are  monarch  of  all  you  survey,  but  it's  high  time  for 
you  to  learn  that  you  cannot  bribe  a  Roman  judge." 

References:  12;  62;  183;  j6\  91;  302;  168;  206;  58; 
286,  9;  276. 


Exercise  66 

When  Cicero  assembled  the  senate  in  the  temple  of 
Jupiter  Stator,  November  7,  63  b.c,  there  was  an  unusually 
large  attendance.  Everybody  was  surprised  at  the  place 
and  the  time  of  the  meeting.  (Meetings  were  not  usually 
held  so  late  in  the  day.) 

Among  the  senators  came  CatiHne,  not  at  all  alarmed 
by  the  watchmen,  the  guards,  the  crowds  of  people,  or  the 
armed  knights,  who  had  surrounded  the  senate.  As  soon 
as  he  took  his  usual  seat,  the  rest  of  the  senators  arose  and 
left  their  seats. 

After  Cicero  had  again  and  again  advised  him  to  leave 
the  city,  Catihne,  attempting  to  defend  himself,  begged 
the  senators  not  to  believe  anything  against  him,  but  they 
would  not  listen  to  him. 

That  very  night  he  left  the  city,  and  although  his  friends 
circulated  the  report  that  he  had  gone  into  exile  at  Mas- 
siHa,  there  were  some  who  believed  that  he  had  gone  to 
Faesulae  to  join  Manlius. 

References:   355;   358;   362;   298;   55;   240-243;  206; 
268;  7^\  259;  58. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 87 

Exercise  67 

The  next  day  Cicero  delivered  an  address  to  the  people. 
He  let  them  know  what  was  going  on  both  in  the  city  and 
out  of  it. 

There  happened  to  be  at  this  time  in  Rome  ambassa- 
dors of  the  Allobroges,  a  Gallic  people,  whose  country  lay 
between  the  Rhone  and  the  Alps.  They  had  come  to 
complain  of  the  cruelty  of  the  Roman  governors. 

When  they  were  starting  for  their  homes,  Lentulus  met 
them,  and  promised  them  assistance  if  they  would  send 
cavalry  to  Catiline.  Although  these  people  were  by  no 
means  kindly  disposed  toward  the  Romans,  they  decided 
to  consult  their  patron,  Quintus  Fabius  Sanga.  It  was 
through  him  that  Cicero  learned  everything  that  the  Gauls 
had  told  him. 

On  the  night  of  December  2,  63  b.c,  these  ambassadors 
left  Rome,  and  they  had  in  their  possession  letters  which 
proved,  not  their  own  ruin,  but  that  of  the  conspirators. 

References  :  78 ;  167;  213;  202;  185;  220;   374;  259; 
72;  44;  355;  357;  362;  291;  49. 

Exercise  6"^ 

By  a  previously  arranged  plan,  the  ambassadors  of  the 
Allobroges,  who  had  come  to  the  Flaminian  way,  where 
it  crosses  the  Tiber  by  way  of  the  Mulvian  bridge,  were 
arrested  about  midnight,  as  soon  as  they  began  to  step  on 
the  bridge.  The  praetors  who  had  come  to  the  assistance 
of  Cicero  were  wiUing  to  do  what  he  thought  best.  For 
this  reason  they  pretended  violence  so  that  no  one  might 
suspect  the  Allobroges.  The  leaders  of  the  conspiracy 
were  arrested,  and  the  evidence  was  such  that  they  dared 
not  deny  anything. 


1 88  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

The  senate  ordered  rewards  to  be  given  to  the  Allobroges, 
and  the  conspirators  to  be  held  in  custody,  and  other  arrests 
to  be  made  as  soon  as  possible. 

The  effect  of  Cicero's  speech  upon  the  people  was 
wonderful.  Many  who  had  refused  to  believe  Catiline  a 
public  enemy  now  opposed  his  return  to  the  city. 

References:  287;  268;  291;  275;  182;  16. 


Exercise  69 

When  I  behold  the  extraordinary  safeguard  of  armed 
soldiers  resorted  to,  no  doubt  for  the  preservation  of  the 
state ;  when  I  catch,  as  I  cannot  but  do,  the  throb  of  pub- 
lic anxiety  which  beats  from  one  end  to  the  other  of  the 
forum ;  when  I  reflect  on  what  may  be  the  fate  of  our  city 
and  country,  —  it  seems  to  me  that  I  never  rose  in  a  court 
of  justice  with  so  much  embarrassment  as  on  this  occasion. 

I  feel,  fellow-citizens,  that  you  are  as  much  troubled  as 
I  am,  and  I  call  upon  you  in  the  name  of  the  immortal 
gods  to  give  peace  to  us  all,  by  a  speedy  verdict  of  con- 
viction, if  you  find  the  defendants  guilty,  or  by  a  speedy 
verdict  of  acquittal,  if  you  think  them  innocent. 

SUGGESTIONS 

The  following  is  given  to  show  the  order  in  which  the 
above  exercise  may  be  rendered  in  Latin  : 

Beholding  (dative  singular),  fellow-citizens,  this  guard  of 
armed  men,  which  no  one  can  doubt  has  been  summoned 
(276)  to  protect  (49)  the  state ;  feeling  (it  is  not  possible 
for  me  not  to  feel  it)  how  much  the  mind  of  each  one 
(156,  4)  of  you  (104)  is  troubled  (181);  reflecting  in  how 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  1 89 

great  danger  the  state  is  (167),  —  I  seem  to  myself  never 
before  to  have  risen  with  like  disturbance  of  mind  to  make 
(197)  a  speech  in  court. 

Of  (ab)  you,  fellow-citizens,  who  in  my  opinion  indeed 
are  disturbed  by  not  less  anxiety,  I  demand  that  by  (per) 
the  immortal  gods,  either  by  convicting  (199)  these  men, 
if  you  find  that  they  are  to  be  blamed,  or  (332)  if  they  are 
innocent,  by  acquitting  (199)  them,  you  restore  (206)  peace 
to  the  Roman  people. 

It  is  not  possible  for  me  not  to  feel  ity  non  potest  fieri  me 
non  sentire. 

Exercise  70 

The  punishment  of  the  conspirators  was  now  to  be 
determined  upon.  Cicero,  therefore,  summoned  the  senate 
on  the  5th  of  December,  to  decide  what  action  was  to  be 
taken. 

Some  of  the  senators  favored  imprisonment  for  life; 
others,  capital  punishment.  When  Cicero  declared  that 
the  conspirators  were  public  enemies,  not  citizens,  his 
friends,  fearing  that  he  was  in  danger,  crowded  around 
him  and  implored  him  to  think  of  his  own  safety.  He,  on 
the  other  hand,  urged  them  to  consider  the  interests  of 
the  state  and  to  take  no  thought  for  his  safety. 

Cato  was  the  last  of  the  senators  to  speak,  and  the 
result  of  his  speech  was  that  the  minds  of  many  were 
completely  changed,  and  the  five  leaders  of  the  conspiracy 
were  killed  that  very  night.  It  makes  us  shudder  to  think 
that  they  were  hurled  down  into  the  darkness  of  the  great 
sewer  which  flows  under  the  Tullianum,  the  dark,  frightful, 
underground  prison  of  the  Romans. 

After  this,  not  only  did  no  others  join  Catiline,  but  even 
his  friends  one  by  one  seemed  to  desert  him.     This  did 


I  go  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

not  prevent  his  trying  to  raise  an  army.     The  next  year 
he  was  killed  in  a  battle  in  Etruria. 

References:  350;  361;  206;   167;  274;  278;  340;  44; 
189;  213;  7S]   183;  275. 

Exercise  71 

In  the  year  81  B.C.,  after  Sulla's  conquest  of  Mithrida- 
tes,  he  cfeimed  for  himself  the  surname  Felix,  as  he  felt 
that  he  owed  his  success  to  the  gods. 

Everybody  in  Rome  looked  upon  him  as  a  master.  He 
used  to  say  that  there  never  had  been,  and  there  never 
would  be,  many  Sullas.  A  gilt  equestrian  statue  with  the 
inscription,  ''  To  CorneHus  Sulla,  the  Fortunate  Com- 
mander," was  erected  in  his  honor,  before  the  rostra. 

On  his  return  to  Italy,  he  left  Murena  with  two  legions 
in  Asia.  The  latter  was  eager  for  glory  himself,  and  pre- 
tended that  Mithridates  had  not  withdrawn  from  Cappa- 
docia.  He,  therefore,  not  only  marched  into  this  place, 
but  even  laid  waste  the  fields  of  Pontus. 

At  this  time  Mithridates  was  not  prepared  to  fight,  and 
the  result  was  that  he  offered  no  opposition  to  the  progress 
of  Murena. 

References:  362;  246;  62;   183;  19;  16;  10;  123;  127; 

210;  275. 

Exercise  72 

Early  in  the  spring,  Murena  decided  to  oppose  Mithri- 
dates by  force,  and  for  this  reason  he  assembled  a  large 
army.  With  difficulty,  however,  did  he  effect  a  retreat 
from  Pontus,  and  after  this  Mithridates  quickly  overran 
the  whole  of  Cappadocia. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  191 

Not  long  afterwards,  Gabinius  arrived  in  Asia  with 
orders  from  Sulla  to  Murena  to  desist  from  hostilities. 

Although  Sulla  had  recalled  Murena,  and  had  sent 
Gabinius  to  defend  the  Roman  interests  in  Asia,  Mithri- 
dates  knew  that  it  was  he  himself  who  was  an  especial 
object  of  hatred  to  the  Romans. 

Therefore,  since  he  distrusted  the  Romans  and  both 
feared  their  legions  and  feared  for  his  own  troops,  Mithri- 
dates  decided  to  raisean  army  that  would  be  an  honor  to 
himself  and  his  country. 

References:  95;  74;  210;  259;  206;  197;  181;  49;  44. 

Exercise  73 

In  Bithynia,  a  state  adjacent  to  Pontus,  things  of  a  differ- 
ent character  were  going  on.  After  the  death  of  Nicome- 
des  III,  who  had  been  very  friendly  to  the  Roman  people, 
and  who  may  have  been  persuaded  to  leave  his  kingdom 
to  them,  Bithynia  was  declared  a  Roman  province.  This 
was  the  cause  of  the  war  that  had  so  long  seemed  to  be 
inevitable. 

Mithridates,  who  now  had  an  army  of  one  hundred  and 
twenty  thousand  foot  soldiers  and  sixteen  thousand  horse- 
men, and  a  fleet  that  greatly  surpassed  that  of  the  Romans, 
was  well  prepared  to  oppose  them.  He  sent  word  that  he 
would  declare  war  against  the  Romans  if  they  did  not 
restore  Bithynia  to  the  son  of  Nicomedes. 

Learning  this,  the  Romans  thought  it  expedient  to  send 
both  consuls,  Lucius  Licinius  Lucullus  and  Marcus  Aure- 
lius  Cotta,  with  a  large  army  into  Asia. 

On  their  departure  from  Rome,  they  received  orders  to 
spare  no  one,  and  because  of  this  order  no  one  was  spared. 

References:  273;  43;  206;  374;  286,9;  16;  65;  43. 


192  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Exercise  74 

Neither  Lucullus  nor  Cotta  seemed  able  to  oppose 
Mithridates,  who  marched  through  almost  the  whole  of 
Bithynia  without  encountering  any  resistance. 

In  the  first  battle,  the  legions  under  the  command  of 
Cotta  were  conquered,  the  ships  were  sunk,  and  very  few 
of  the  Romans  were  spared  by  Mithridates. 

Now  both  by  sea  and  land  he  attacked  Cyzicus,  a  city 
of  Asia  friendly  to  the  Romans. 

Lucullus,  who  had  been  in  Phrygia,  seeing  that  it  was 
of  great  importance  to  him  and  Cotta  for  their  forces  to  be 
united,  followed  Mithridates  to  Cyzicus,  where  he  cut  him 
off  from  supplies  by  land,  while  the  winter  storms  pre- 
vented his  getting  supplies  by  sea. 

Since  all  hope  of  taking  the  city  was  out  of  the  ques- 
tion, Mithridates  thought  it  wise  not  to  oppose  any  longer 
a  general  of  such  perseverance  and  wisdom.  So,  after 
losing  great  numbers  of  troops,  he  started  for  Pontus. 
When  he  arrived  here,  he  had  no  means  of  opposing 
Lucullus,  who,  at  that  time,  was  in  close  pursuit. 

References:  74;  43;  286,9;  3^)  275;  195. 

Exercise  75 

Again  and  again  was  Mithridates  defeated,  and  finally, 
he  fled  to  Armenia.  At  that  time,  Tigranes,  his  son-in- 
law,  was  the  most  powerful  king  of  Asia,  but  he  thought  it 
expedient  not  to  make  war  openly  against  the  Romans; 
on  this  account,  although  he  received  Mithridates  into  his 
kingdom,  he  refused  to  admit  him  into  his  presence,  and 
he  did  not  even  attempt  his  restoration. 

When  Appius  Claudius,  who  in  the  name  of  Lucullus 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  193 

had  come  to  demand  the  surrender  of  Mithridates,  had 
acted  very  insolently,  not  only  did  Tigranes  refuse  to  give 
him  up,  but  now  gave  him  a  royal  reception. 

Meanwhile  Lucullus  had  brought  upon  himself  the  en- 
mity of  the  equites,  the  farmers  of  the  revenue,  whom  he 
had  charged  with  avarice.  Because  of  the  complaints  of 
this  class,  he  was  afterwards  recalled. 

References:  33;*  275;  305;  16;  12;  206;  35;  74. 


Exercise  ^6 

Tigranes  now  felt  that  it  was  worth  his  while  to  con- 
sult Mithridates  and  make  him  a  participant  in  his  plans. 
Contrary  to  the  advice  of  Mithridates,  Tigranes  attacked 
Lucullus  at  Tigranocerta  and  was  defeated  with  great  loss. 
After  this,  Tigranes  did  not  hesitate  to  give  to  the  king  of 
Pontus  the  command  of  the  whole  war. 

In  the  following  summer,  Lucullus  marched  into  the 
heart  of  Armenia,  and  again  defeated  the  combined  forces 
of  the  two  kings  near  Artaxata. 

On  account  of  the  extreme  cold  at  this  season,  there 
were  many  deaths  among  the  Roman  troops.  This  and 
the  homesickness  of  the  soldiers  made  the  farther  advance 
of  the  Roman  general  impossible,  and  so  he  turned  aside 
into  Mesopotamia. 

Meanwhile,  he  intrusted  the  defense  of  Pontus  to 
Fabius,  his  lieutenant.  Both  he  and  Triarius,  a  Roman 
general,  were  routed  and  many  of  their  soldiers  killed. 

The  Romans  began  to  think  that,  although  Asia  was  a 
Roman  province,  they  would  never  be  able  to  lead  a  secure 
life  there. 

References:  183;  38;  44;  39;  276;  198;  54. 

ELEM.    LAT.   WRITING  —  I3 


194  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Exercise  ^y 

The  troops  of  Lucullus  were  so  influenced  by  Clodius, 
his  personal  enemy,  and  by  reports  from  friends  at  home 
that  Lucullus  did  not  accomplish  anything.  Need  we  say 
that  into  Pontus  and  Cappadocia  the  two  kings  soon 
marched  ? 

The  country  which  Lucullus  had  conquered  was  again 
in  the  hands  of  the  enemy,  and  by  a  decree  of  the  senate, 
the  province  of  Bithynia  and  the  command  against  Mith- 
ridates  were  transferred  to  Glabrio,  the  consul. 

On  his  arrival  in  Bithynia,  he  made  no  attempt  to 
assume  the  command  of  the  army,  but  remained  in  his 
province  and  refused  to  accept  the  troops  from  Lucullus. 

The  Romans  soon  realized  that  they  had  made  a  great 
mistake  in  appointing  Glabrio,  for,  although  they  consid- 
ered him  well  versed  in  poHtics,  they  feared  that  he  was 
not  prepared  to  manage  so  great  a  war. 

The  result  of  this  was  that  many  felt  sorry  that  Lucullus 
had  been  recalled. 

The  following  year  Lucullus  resigned  his  command,  and 
Pompey,  who  just  a  short  time  before  had  conquered  the 
pirates,  took  charge  of  the  army. 

References:  210;  268;  368;  16;  275;  199;  274;  37. 

Exercise  yZ 

A  friend  of  Cicero  has  written  the  following : 
*'  Lucullus  and  Pompey,  it  is  true,  differ  from  each  other 
in  many  respects. 

"  We  all  feel  that  each  one  of  these  has  done  his  best. 
Of  what,  then,  should  the  former  be  ashamed }  No  one 
can  blame  him,  as  it  was  the  battle  between  Mithridates 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  195 

and  Triarius  that  seemed  to  paralyze  the  Roman  troops. 
He  did  not  know  that  the  day  was  near  at  hand  on  which 
he  would  have  to  give  up  his  army  to  Glabrio.  If  he  had 
remained  in  Asia,  there  is  no  doubt  that  he  might  have 
been  able  to  remedy  matters  in  some  measure.  He  was 
not  far  from  Sinope,  the  capital  of  Pontus,  when  he  was 
recalled. 

"We  have  great  faith  in  both  Lucullus  and  Pompey. 
That  the  senate  has  recalled  the  former  is  a  cause  of 
general  sorrow. 

"  People  say  that  some  senators  regret  that  action,  but 
that  is  now  too  late. 

"  Let  us,  therefore,  if  in  any  way  it  can  be  done,  make 
use  of  the  latter.  The  gods  themselves  seem  to  have  sent 
him  to  us  at  this  very  time.  The  enemy  are  frightened  by 
the  mere  mention  of  his  name.  Will  any  one  at  such  a 
time  as  this  say  anything  about  precedents  ?  Remember 
that  laws  are  silent,  so  to  speak,  amid  the  clashing  of  arms, 
and  that  then  it  is  intellect  rather  than  bodily  strength  that 
counts." 

References:    105;    155;   37;  229;  273;   145;  79;   127; 
148;  17s;  154. 

Exercise  79 

An  historian  writes  the  following  about  Lucullus :  "  In 
my  opinion,  Lucullus  is  a  general  worthy  of  great  honor, 
although  he  has  been  recalled,  a  fact  of  which  each  one 
of  you  is  aware. 

"  It  seems  to  me  that  his  own  soldiers  are  the  very  ones 
who  have  taken  away  the  command  from  him.  Some  of 
these  have  deserted  the  army  on  account  of  homesickness, 
others  on  account  of  envy. 


196  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

"  We  all  know  that  the  envious  usually  make  their 
attacks  upon  the  noblest  and  best. 

"  (It  was)  at  the  very  time  at  which  he  was  showing  him- 
self superior  to  all  the  rest  of  the  generals  who  had  been 
sent  against  Mithridates  and  the  other  powerful  kings  of 
Asia,  (that)  he  was  recalled. 

"  Now,  since  the  fortunes  of  us  all  are  at  stake,  we  ought 
to  make  use  of  our  best  generals  as  long  as  they  live. 
Therefore  let  us  send  Cneius  Pompey  to  Asia  to  protect 
our  colonists  and  our  interests  there." 

References:  112;  140;  156,6;   127;  137;  79;  206;  49. 

Exercise  80 

The  same  historian  writes  the  following  about  Pompey : 
"  If  anybody  in  the  world  has  always  been  exceptionally 
successful,  Pompey  has  been.  No  one  doubts  that  he 
should  be  chosen  commander  at  once. 

"There  have  been  Roman  generals  who,  mindful  of 
themselves  and  forgetful  of  us,  have  not  only  been  willing 
to  sell  offices,  but  have  really  done  so.  Do  you  not  think 
that  the  quaHties  desired  in  a  general,  especially  at  such  a 
time  as  this,  are  valor,  honesty,  and  uprightness,  not  glib- 
ness  of  tongue  or  knowledge  of  the  arts  and  sciences  ? 

"  Your  countenances  are,  in  a  way,  silent  speeches,  and 
your  murmurs  of  approval  show  that  you  all  know  such  a 
man. 

"Whatever  he  undertakes,  the  gods  willing,  he  will  ac- 
complish, for  not  only  theoretical  knowledge,  but  practical 
experience  also,  is  necessary  in  a  consummate  commander.'* 

References:    147;  276;   103;   128;   154;  151;  220;  74; 

18;  331. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  197 

Exercise  81 

As  Cicero  has  written  almost  all  that  is  known  of 
Aulus  Gabinius  Archias,  you  may  say  on  his  authority 
that  Archias  was  a  man  with  a  long  line  of  ancestry,  and 
that  when  a  young  man  he  left  his  home  to  travel  in  the 
rest  of  Asia  and  in  Greece.  He  says,  *'in  the  rest  of 
Asia,"  for  Archias  was  born  in  Antioch,  once  a  busthng 
town  of  Syria. 

In  those  days  it  often  happened  that  a  young  man  was 
received  as  a  son  or  friend  into  the  home  of  a  distin- 
guished Roman.  If  you  would  know  whether  this  was 
done  in  later  years,  read  the  life  of  the  author  of  "  Utopia.'* 

We  feel  sure  that  if  Archias  had  not  come  to  Rome  in 
102  B.C.,  he  could  not  have  accompanied  Lucius  Lucullus 
to  Sicily. 

The  purpose  of  this  journey  is  not  known,  but  it  is 
known  that  while  Archias  was  at  Heraclea  he  was  made 
a  citizen  of  that  city. 

References:  62;  273;  74;  181;  ^6\  206;  95;  39;  170; 
229;  362 ;  181. 

Exercise  82 

Gentlemen  of  the  jury,  since  Gratius  has  at  considerable 
length  offered  to  you  various  conjectures  as  to  my  line  of 
defense,  perhaps  it  may  be  as  well  that  I  should  take  the 
liberty  of  stating  to  you  what  really  is  the  defendant's  case, 
and  that  you  should  know  from  me  myself  what  I  hope  to 
prove. 

Since  Gratius  has  indulged  in  so  many  remarks  upon 
what  I  do  not  intend  to  say,  I  should  like  to  offer  a  single 
observation  on  what  he  has  said. 


198  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

First,  however,  I  should  like  to  ask  if  any  one  of  you 
ever  before  this  day  saw  a  prosecuting  attorney  who  stated 
his  case  with  greater  care  than  the  gentleman  before  whom 
we  appear. 

I  thank  him  most  heartily  for  what  he  has  said,  and  I 
know  that  I  shall  make  you  feel  that  so  unusual  a  case  has 
demanded  an  unusual  course  of  procedure. 

SUGGESTIONS 

The  following  arrangement  of  the  above  exercise  will 
suggest  the  order  for  the  Latin  translation : 

Since  Gratius,  gentlemen  of  the  jury,  with  many  words 
has  expressed  to  you  many  conjectures  (as  to)  how  (159)  I 
intend  to  defend  (167)  this  case,  perhaps  it  will  not  be  for- 
eign (to  the  matter)  if  I  in  reply  lay  before  you  the  real 
case  of  the  defendant,  so  that  you  may  hear  from  me 
myself  (127)  the  things  which  I  hope  to  prove  (185  ;  189). 
Since,  however,  Gratius  has  made  (252)  so  many  state- 
ments about  (de)  those  things  which  I  do  not  intend  to 
say,  I  should  like  to  touch  upon  one  of  these. 

First,  however,  I  wish  to  ask  if  any  one  (145)  of  you 
(104)  ever  before  this  day  heard  (169)  a  judge  state  a  case 
with  greater  care  (70)  than  he  who  presides  over  this  court 
at  this  time  has  done. 

To  him  I  give  the  greatest  thanks  because  he  has  said 
this,  and  I  know  that  I  shall  make  (183)  you  feel  (210)  that 
I,  compelled  by  the  unusual  difficulties  of  the  case,  have 
made  use  of  (183)  an  unusual  kind  of  pleading  (195). 

Exercise  83 

It  may  have  been  Marcus  LucuUus  with  whom  Archias 
went  to  Sicily.     There  is  no  doubt  that  after  leaving  Sicily 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  199 

LucuUus  went  to  Heraclea  and  was  living  here  when 
Archias  was  admitted  to  citizenship. 

Cicero  does  not  say  why  Gratius  opposed  the  citizenship 
of  Archias.  Possibly  he,  a  man  entirely  unknown  in  other 
respects,  was  urged  on  by  the  friends  of  Pompey,  whom 
Lucullus  had  defeated  the  year  before. 

It  was  not  difficult  to  prove  that  Archias  was  a  Roman 
citizen.  Cicero  accordingly  devoted  much  of  his  time  to 
the  praise  of  poets  and  other  learned  men,  and  he  had  a 
good  chance  to  show  his  own  ability  as  an  orator. 

If  you  would  like  to  know  the  real  tendency  of  Cicero's 
talent,  read  first  the  fourth  oration  against  Catiline,  then 
the  speech  for  Murena,  delivered  about  the  same  time,  for 
Cicero  has  written  no  more  agreeable  speech. 

References:  273;  310;  276;  169;  275;  179. 

Exercise  84 

Marcus  Antonius  never  forgave  Cicero  for  the  attacks 
he  had  made  upon  him  in  his  PhiHppics,  and  so  it  does  not 
seem  strange  that  he  wished  to  get  rid  of  him. 

It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  Octavianus  Caesar,  another 
of  the  triumvirs,  would  spare  his  uncle's  bitterest  enemy. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  for  this  reason  Cicero  was  among 
those  to  be  put  to  death  at  once  by  order  of  the  triumvirs. 

This  news  reached  him  at  Tusculum.  He  fled  to  Antium, 
hoping  to  sail  from  that  place,  but  adverse  winds  prevented 
his  escape.  Disappointed  in  this  hope,  he  went  to  his  villa 
and  remained  there  until  the  soldiers  of  the  triumvirs  came. 
His  slaves  were  very  loyal  to  him  and  were  ready  to  defend 
him  faithfully  and  fearlessly,  but  at  his  order  they  placed 
him  in  his  litter  and  carried  him  to  the  seashore,  a  mile 
away. 


200  ELEMENTARY    LATIN    WRITING 

With  difficulty  did  Cicero  prevent  his  slaves  from  attack- 
ing the  enemies  who  had  overtaken  them.  He  was  mur- 
dered near  Formiae,  December  7,  43  B.C.,  in  the  sixty-fourth 
year  of  his  age.  His  head  and  his  hands  were  taken  to 
Rome  and  by  order  of  Antony  were  placed  in  the  rostra, 
so  that  he  might  see,  I  presume,  that  Cicero  was  no  longer 
to  be  feared. 

References:  58;  275;  250;  358;  362;  52;  206. 

Exercise  85 

Virgil  belongs  to  the  class  of  poets  who  put  the  man  first 
and  nature  afterward.  He  was  born  in  Andes,  a  village 
about  three  miles  from  Mantua,  a  town  of  Cisalpine  Gaul. 

His  father,  though  not  a  millionaire,  was  by  no  means  a 
poor  man.  Publius  Virgilius  Maro  even  as  a  child  was  not 
strong,  and  so,  when  a  young  fellow,  he  often  went  away 
from  home  for  the  winter  on  account  of  the  cold  in  Mantua. 

At  thirty  he  became  a  favorite  of  Augustus  and  of  Mae- 
cenas. Although  he  owned  a  house  in  Rome,  next  to  the 
palace  of  Maecenas,  it  was  very  often  unoccupied.  He 
used  to  say  that  Rome  was  such  a  crowded  city,  he  could 
not  find  there  a  place  in  which  to  write. 

Calm  and  silence  were  indispensable  to  him.  He  was 
very  fond  of  Campania  and  of  Sicily,  and  he  tells  us  him- 
self that  (it  was)  in  Sicily  (that)  a  great  part  of  the 
''  Aeneid  "  was  written. 

References:  33;  TT\  210;  49. 

Exercise  Z6 

A  few  months  before  his  death,  Virgil  went  to  Greece, 
where  he  intended  to  spend  two  years  in  perfecting  the 
"Aeneid,"  which  he  considered  his  greatest  work. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  20I 

He  met  Augustus  in  Athens  and  was  persuaded  to  re- 
turn with  him  to  Italy.  A  few  days  after  reaching  Brun- 
disium  he  died,  and  was  buried  in  Naples,  a  beautiful  city 
of  Italy. 

On  his  deathbed,  Virgil  asked  that  his  last  poem  be 
brought  to  him,  so  that  with  his  own  hands  he  might 
throw  it  into  the  flames.  He  died,  however,  without  doing 
this,  but  provision  wa§  made  in  his  will  for  the  destruction 
of  this  work. 

Augustus  would  not  allow  this,  but  he  gave  orders  to 
two  of  Virgil's  friends,  Varius  and  Tucca,  to  make  the 
necessary  corrections,  but  no  additions. 

This  was  a  work  requiring  the  greatest  care,  and  both 
Varius  and  Tucca  said  repeatedly  that,  although  they  were 
willing  to  do  this  for  Virgil's  sake,  they  were  sorry  that  he 
had  not  lived  longer,  since  only  Virgil  himself  could  give 
the  finishing  touches  to  his  great  poem. 

References:  6o;  199;  286,  9;  43;  206;  tt\  200;  16;  268. 

Exercise  ^j 

There  are  many  ways  in  which  one  may  become  famous. 
Paris,  'tis  true,  was  a  prince,  son  of  the  noble  Priam,  but 
(it  is)  not  for  this  reason  (that)  he  is  so  well  known. 

After  he  had  rendered  his  verdict,  that  Venus  was  the 
most  beautiful  of  all  the  goddesses,  he  started  under  her 
guidance  for  Greece,  where  he  was  received  with  great 
honor  by  Menelaus,  king  of  Sparta.  Notwithstanding 
this,  he  had  no  hesitancy  in  violating  every  divine  obliga- 
tion. For,  not  long  after,  he  persuaded  Helen,  the  wife 
of  Menelaus,  his  host,  who  had  treated  him  with  especial 
kindness,  to  elope  with  him. 

The  noblest  of  the  Greek  chieftains  had  been  suitors  of 


202  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

Helen  before  her  marriage  with  Menelaus,  but  this  did  not 
prevent  their  making  a  solemn  promise  to  defend  her,  even 
at  their  own  risk,  if  any  one  should  ever  try  to  take  her 
away  from  her  husband. 
References:  273;  210;  74;  60;  206;  275;  183;  145. 

Exercise  88 

Menelaus  now  called  upon  them  to  fulfill  their  pledge. 
For  months  preparations  went  on  throughout  the  whole  of 
Greece,  and  thus  it  came  about  that  the  Greeks,  under  the 
leadership  of  Agamemnon,  with  the  mighty  fleet  which 
they  had  built,  started  for  Troy. 

When  the  Trojans  were  informed  of  their  departure, 
they  felt  that  something  must  be  done  at  once  to  avert  the 
impending  danger. 

Accordingly  they  chose  as  their  leaders  the  valiant 
Hector  and  Aeneas,  son  of  Venus  and  Anchises,  one  of 
whom  excelled  in  wisdom  and  courage,  the  other  surpassed 
in  strength  and  beauty.  Hector  tried  to  persuade  his 
brother,  Paris,  to  restore  Helen  to  her  husband,  Menelaus, 
but  his  efforts  were  unavailing. 

Among  the  chieftains  of  the  Greeks  were  Agamemnon, 
brother  of  Menelaus ;  Achilles,  their  most  illustrious  war- 
rior; Ajax,  mighty  in  stature  and  courage;  Diomedes, 
scarcely  inferior  to  Achilles ;  Ulysses,  a  very  shrewd  and 
crafty  fellow. 

References:  206;  16;  75;  74;  152;  83. 

Exercise  89 

After  a  siege  of  ten  years  Troy  was  taken  through  a 
scheme  suggested  by  the  crafty  Ulysses. 

The  Trojans  had  learned  that  the  Greeks  intended  to 
leave  Troy.     Thinking  that  they  had  all  gone,  the  Trojans" 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  203 

were  sleeping  so  soundly  that  nothing  prevented  the  Greeks 
in  the  dead  of  night  from  entering  and  capturing  the 
city. 

It  remains  to  be  said  that  nearly  all  of  the  Trojans  were 
either  killed  or  made  prisoners.  Aeneas,  with  his  father, 
Anchises,  his  little  son,  Ascanius,  and  a  few  companions, 
made  his  escape  from  the  burning  city,  built  twenty  ships 
out  of  timber  from  the  forests  of  Mt.  Ida,  and  started  in 
search  of  an  unknown  but  divinely  appointed  home. 

Was  not  so  wise,  so  pious  a  hero,  the  son  of  Venus,  the 
favorite  of  the  Olympian  gods,  most  worthy  to  be  the 
founder  of  Lavinium,  a  holy  city  ? 

If  you  would  know  more  about  this  great  man,  read  the 
"  Aeneid,"  than  which  no  other  poem  is  more  celebrated. 

References:  287;  98;  268;  275;  95;  332;  157;  273. 

Exercise  90 

It  would  be  pleasant  to  accompany  Aeneas  from  Troy 
to  Laurentum  by  way  of  Thrace,  Delos,  Crete,  and  Epirus, 
stopping  at  Carthage  long  enough  to  find  out  whether  Dido 
was  kind  to  strangers  or  not. 

If  Aeneas  were  to  advertise  to-day  a  personally  con- 
ducted excursion  of  this  kind,  we  have  no  doubt  that  many 
would  be  glad  to  accompany  him. 

Would  that  we  could  go !  Everybody,  however,  has 
neither  the  leisure  nor  the  means  to  undertake  so  long  a 
trip.  Furthermore,  many  of  these  ports  and  islands  are 
for  Aeneas  merely  places  which  he  touches,  and  of  so 
little  importance  to  Virgil  that  he  has  not  taken  the 
trouble  to  describe  them.  Even  of  Africa  he  does  not  say 
much,  although  his  hero  remains  here  all  winter.  This  is 
not  the  true  country  of  the  ''Aeneid."     The  places  best 


204  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

known  and  best  loved  by  Virgil  are  Sicily  and  Italy, 
whither  he  likes  to  lead  his  hero,  Aeneas,  and  where  he 
himself  is  glad  to  rest. 

References:  65;  58;  tt\  171;  228;  189;  128;  273;  340; 
34;  210;  259;  52. 


Exercise  91 

Tradition  asserts  that  Mt.  Olympus,  situated  on  the  coast 
of  Thessaly,  and  extending  six  thousand  feet  in  height,  was 
the  home  of  the  gods.  On  the  summit  of  the  mountain 
was  the  palace  of  Jupiter,  where  he  as  king  sat  upon  his 
throne.  Each  of  the  gods  had  his  own  dwelling,  but  at 
the  summons  of  Jupiter  they  assembled  daily  in  his  palace. 

Here  they  passed  judgment  upon  the  affairs  of  both 
gods  and  men,  feasting  meanwhile  upon  ambrosia  and 
nectar  served  by  the  lovely  Hebe,  and  Hstening  to  Apollo, 
who  played,  and  the  Muses,  who  sang  for  them.  At  sunset 
they  retired  each  to  his  own  home. 

Tradition  asserts  also  that  it  was  (the  business)  of  the 
goddesses  to  name  the  seasons  and  to  guard  the  gate 
through  which  the  Celestials  passed  from  heaven  to  earth. 

References:  16;  53;  95;  62;  45;   155;  58. 


Exercise  92 

The  ancient  Greeks  and  Romans  believed  that  there  was 
a  place  for  punishment  after  death,  called  Tartarus.  This 
was  supposed  to  be  under  ground,  near  Lake  Avernus,  and 
the  entrance  to  it  was  guarded  by  Cerberus,  lying  at  full 
length;  the  way  to  it  was  barred  by  the  river  Styx.  It  was 
regarded  as  the  prison  of  the  gods.     The  Titans,  when  con- 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  205 

quered,  were  shut  up  there,  and  Jupiter  often  threatened 
the  gods  themselves  with  banishment  to  its  gloomy  regions. 

Every  evening  Mercury  brought  the  spirits  of  those  who 
had  died  during  the  day  to  the  shore  of  the  river  Styx, 
where  Charon  stood  ready  to  ferry  them  across,  if  all  the 
conditions  had  been  fulfilled. 

They  then  appeared  before  the  judges,  Minos  and  Rhad- 
amanthus,  who  ordered  the  good  sent  by  one  road  to  the 
fields  of  Elysium,  and  the  wicked  by  the  other  road  to  the 
prison  of  Tartarus,  to  receive  punishment  worthy  of  their 
crimes. 

Before  they  were  sent  to  Elysium,  the  good  drank  of  the 
water  of  Lethe,  to  produce  forgetfulness  of  the  sorrows  of 
this  life. 

References:  182;  62;   16;   155;  83;  206;  244;  245. 

Exercise  93 

Charon,  son  of  Erebus  and  Nox,  was  one  of  the  gods  of 
the  lower  world.  His  office  was  to  carry  the  dead  over  the 
river  Styx  to  Pluto's  realms. 

At  burial,  an  obolus,  the  amount  which  Charon  demanded 
of  each  one  whom  he  took  across  in  his  boat,  was  placed 
in  the  mouth  of  the  dead  person.  Those  who  had  been 
drowned,  or  had  been  unable  to  pay  an  obolus,  or  had,  for 
any  reason,  been  deprived  of  burial,  were  compelled  to 
wander  about  the  banks  of  the  Styx  for  a  century  before 
they  were  allowed  to  cross  the  river. 

No  living  person  was  allowed  to  cross  the  river  unless  he 
had  sought  for,  and  found,  a  golden  bough,  the  especial 
gift  for  beautiful  Proserpina.  Deiphobe,  the  Cumaean 
Sibyl,  pointed  out  to  an  inquirer  how  and  where  to  look 
for  this  golden  bough.     When  this  was  found  it  was  shown 


206  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

to  Charon,  the  boatman,  whom  the  poets  represent  as  a 
rough-looking  old  man,  who  holds  in  his  hand  a  long  pole 
for  the  guidance  of  his  boat. 

References:  312;  49;  179;  138;  56;  52;  16. 

Exercise  94 

Cerberus,  the  famous  dog  of  the  lower  world,  is  repre- 
sented opening  his  three  mouths  and  making  the  realms  of 
Pluto  resound  with  his  barking.  He  guards  the  entrance 
to  Tartarus,  the  regions  of  the  dead,  so  that  very  few  dare 
to  approach. 

Those  who  wished  to  go  down  to  Avernus  he  did  not  try 
to  keep  away,  but  he  seized  and  devoured  those  attempting 
to  return.  When  loosed  from  his  hundred  chains  even  the 
Furies  could  not  tame  him,  but  Orpheus  lulled  him  to  sleep 
with  his  lyre,  and  in  his  twelfth  and  last  labor  Hercules 
subdued  him. 

When  Hercules  asked  Pluto's  permission  to  lead  Cerberus 
to  the  upper  world,  Pluto  granted  it  on  condition  that  he 
could  do  this  without  using  weapons. 

In  spite  of  the  monster's  struggles,  Hercules  accom- 
plished the  feat,  exhibited  him  to  wondering  mortals,  and 
then  led  him  back  to  Pluto's  realms. 

References:  210;  214;  180;  206;  200. 

Exercise  95 

Laocoon,  a  Trojan  hero,  was  a  priest  of  Neptune,  who 
tried  to  keep  his  countrymen  from  leading  into  the  city 
the  immense  horse  built  by  the  Greeks  with  Minerva's  aid. 
He  was  no  ordinary  man,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  the 
crafty  Ulysses  was  known  to  him,  and  that  he  suspected 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  207 

that  there  was  some  trick  on  his  part.  When  Laocoon 
had  run  down  from  his  temple  and  had  heard  Thymoetes 
advising  his  fellow-citizens  to  lead  the  horse  into  the  city, 
he  called  out,  "  I  fear  Greeks  even  when  they  offer  us 
gifts,"  an  expression  which  has  become  proverbial. 

The  Trojans  had  been  informed  by  a  prophet  that  if 
they  gained  possession  of  this  horse,  they  would  conquer 
the  Greeks.  Laocoon,.  however,  did  not  believe  this,  and, 
rushing  forward,  he  hurled  his  mighty  spear  into  the  side 
of  the  monstrous  horse. 

On  this  account,  Minerva  sent  two  enormous  serpents 
from  the  sea  to  destroy  Laocoon  and  his  two  little  sons. 
The  Trojans  felt  that  the  gods  had  punished  Laocoon 
deservedly,  because  he  had  dared  to  strike  the  horse  sacred 
to  Minerva. 

Among  the  famous  and  wonderful  groups  of  statuary  in 
the  Vatican  may  now  be  seen  that  of  Laocoon  and  his  two 
little  sons. 

References:  275;  276;  206;  96;  374;  69;  182;  131;  273. 

Exercise  96 

On  the  13th  of  August,  my  dear  friend,  I  received 
from  you  three  letters ;  the  first,  written  July  4 ;  the 
second,  July  15;  the  third,  July  25. 

I  am  grateful  to  you  for  your  many  acts  of  kindness  and 
hope  that  some  day  I  can  requite  you  as  you  deserve. 

I  cannot  understand  why  those  very  ones  by  whom  I 
was  once  envied  have  been  saved,  and  why  they  are  try- 
ing to  take  away  from  me  not  life  but  honor.  What  do 
they  mean  }     Why  am  I  an  object  of  hatred  to  them  ? 

Once  in  a  while,  I  do  think  that  the  tribunes  are  not  all 
hostile  to  me,  and  that  they  will  come  to  my  aid.     Then  I 


208  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

shall  return  to  Rome,  to  my  friend  T.  Pomponius,  whose 
surname  is  Atticus.  This  friend  of  mine  was  the  first  Ro- 
man who  dared  to  say  openly  that  the  arts  of  Greece  were 
pleasing  to  him.  I  am  glad,  however,  that  his  Roman 
friend  is  much  dearer  to  him  than  his  Greek  friends. 

When  will  you  come  to  Thessalonica  ?  I  shall  not  be 
wholly  wretched  if  you  are  with  me.  Do  please  come. 
Keep  well. 

Thessalonica,  August  15,  58  b.c. 

References:  361;  357;  359;  20;  62,8;  180;  43;    167; 
49;  58;  45;  89;  220;   177;  387;  362. 

Exercise  97 

Dyrrachium,  Nov.  26,  58  b.c. 

Tullius  sends  greetings  to  his  Terentia.  Would  that  you 
and  my  brother  Quintus  were  friends,  or  rather,  not  ene- 
mies !  It  always  seems  to  be  **  tit  for  tat  "  between  you. 
There  are  so  few  of  us,  that  I  should  be  very  glad  if  we 
could  all  live  under  the  same  roof.  I  am  not  blaming  you 
alone,  for  my  brother  is  by  no  means  of  a  mild  or  peace- 
able disposition. 

What  are  we  to  do  ?  What  is  to  become  of  our  boy, 
Marcus  ?  Surely,  I  have  been  deserted  both  by  friends 
and  by  fortune.  Who  is  there  who  does  not  know  that  (it 
was)  Cicero  (who)  saved  our  country  when  Catiline  was  try- 
ing to  destroy  it  ?  True,  I  had  to  shape  my  course  to  cir- 
cumstances, but  why  should  I  be  ashamed  ?  Those  who 
keep  saying  that  I  acted  tyrannically  have  either  forgot- 
ten, or  do  not  know,  why  consuls  are  so  named. 

(It  is)  for  this  reason,  because  it  is  (the  duty)  of  the  consul 
both  to  consult  the  senate,  and  to  consult  for  the  interest 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  209 

of  the  State.  This  I  as  consul  did,  because  all  that  I  did 
was  by  the  advice  of  the  senate,  and  from  love  of  country. 

Are  they  not  glad  that  the  city  is  rid  of  those  des- 
peradoes ? 

I  cannot  write  more  because  of  my  tears.  At  any  rate, 
I  think  that  the  facts  in  the  case  will  have  more  weight 
than  tears.  Let  me  know  what  is  going  on  and  how  you 
are.  Remember  me  ♦to  Atticus  and  take  good  care  of 
Marcus. 

References:  387;  273;  210;  72;  37;  33;  44;  62;  314; 
177;  158;  167. 

Exercise  98 
My  dear  Atticus: 

Do  not  imagine  that  I  shall  forget  Clodius,  of  whom  you 
spoke  in  your  letter  of  December  10.  How  can  I  ever 
forget  that  scoundrel  ?  He  accuse  sensible  and  respect- 
able men  of  disloyalty  ?  I  wonder  whether  he  repents  of 
that  or  not. 

Life  is  full  of  sorrows,  which  I  must  bear  bravely  for 
the  sake  of  my  wife  and  children.  Where  in  the  world 
are  they  ?  News  has  reached  me  that  our  house  has  been 
burned,  and  I  am  sure  that  they  have  not  enough  money 
with  which  to  buy  another,  even  at  a  low  price. 

I  am  tired  of  life,  and  yet  I  ought  to  hope,  for  it  is  the 
duty  of  the  tribunes  to  decide  whether  I  am  to  remain  in 
exile  or  return  to  Rome. 

In  one  of  your  late  letters,  you  asked  if  they  were 
friendly  to  me.  I  do  not  know,  for  one  writes  one  thing, 
another,  another,  but  now  it  looks  that  way.  It  is  of  great 
importance  to  my  wife  and  myself  that  Milo  be  friendly 
to  us. 

ELEM.  LAT.  WRITING —  I4 


210  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

If  I  have  not  thanked  you  for  the  many  things  you  have 
done,  rest  assured  that  I  do  feel  grateful  to  you  for  your 
many  favors. 

Take  good  care  of  yourself. 

References:  178;  36;  358;  368;  161;  35;  37;  171;  50; 
206;  73;  273;  170;  83;  38;  175;  132;  387. 

Exercise  99 

Thessalonica,  Jan.  13,  57  B.C. 

Six  years  ago,  my  dear  Atticus,  all  in  Rome  called 
Cicero  the  father  of  his  country.  Now  the  same  Cicero, 
at  forty-nine  years  of  age,  is  many  miles  from  his  home. 
Will  he  ever  return  home  and  move  back  into  his  own 
house  ? 

You  will  understand  that  I  do  grieve  at  my  fate. 

What  are  those  who  asked  aid  of  me  when  I  was  consul, 
doing  ?  I  must  confess  that  I  have  my  doubts  about  them, 
for  I  have  written  to  them  repeatedly,  but  they  have  not 
answered.  I  do  not  intend  to  conceal  anything  from  you, 
for  all  our  hopes  are  centered  in  you,  and  you  say  that  we 
can  depend  upon  the  new  tribunes,  since  they  did  not  bring 
this  accusation  against  me. 

I  have  every  confidence  in  you,  and  I  hope  that  they 
will  keep  their  promise.  And  yet  —  one  can  never  tell,  for 
"Twixt  cup  and  lip  there's  many  a  slip." 

From  Thessalonica  I  intend  to  go  to  Dyrrachium  as  soon 
as  possible. 

Is  there  any  news  ?  Some  one  is  waiting  for  this  letter. 
Good-by.  Don't  forget  that  to  your  keeping  I  commit 
my  little  son. 

References:  60;  52;  164;  59;  56;  16;  302;  158;  177; 

178. 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  211 

Exercise  ioo 

My  dear  Terentia: 

For  more  than  thirteen  months  have  I  been  away  from 
home,  and  from  you  who  are  much  dearer  to  me  than  my 
life.  And  yet — I  should  not  say  this,  since  life  of  this  kind 
is  not  worth  very  much. 

From  many  letters,  my  dearest  Terentia,  I  learn  that 
you  are  a  woman  of  wonderful  firmness  of  character  and 
exceptional  endurance,  and  that  you  can  be  firm  or  gentle, 
as  occasion  requires.  This,  however,  does  not  seem  strange 
to  me. 

You  surely  have  a  good  chance  nowadays  to  show 
your  remarkable  endurance.  Do  take  care  of  yourself. 
News  has  reached  me  that  you  have  been  ill.  If  you  are 
well,  my  troubles  will  not  seem  so  great. 

Plaucius  has  been  very  friendly  to  me,  and  has  asked  me 
to  spend  a  few  days  with  himself  and  his  friends  in  the 
country  for  the  sake  of  amusement.  Although  I  have 
been  there  twice  in  the  course  of  a  month,  I  shall  be  glad 
to  go,  for  Plaucius  is  always  the  same. 

I  intended  to  go  to  Epirus,  but  Plaucius  is  not  willing 
for  me  to  go  there.  He  has  heard  that  I  am  to  be  recalled 
soon,  but  "  Hearsay  is  no  evidence." 

It  seems  scarcely  necessary  to  exhort  both  you  and  my 
darling  Tullia  to  keep  up  your  courage. 

Really,  it  seems  to  be  all  over  with  me.  Good-by. 
God  bless  you. 

Would  that  I  were  with  you ! 
May  12,  57  b.c. 

References:   52;  92;  89;  67 \  34;   72;   16;  220;  259; 
189;  190;  316;  177;  232;  310. 


212  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 


QUOTATIONS 

Latin  quotations  presenting  in  order  Nouns,  Verbs, 
Adjectives,  Adverbs,  Pronouns,  and  Numerals  have  been 
here  introduced  for  the  purpose  of  reviewing  forms ^  a 
knowledge  of  which  is  essential  to  work  in  Prose  Com- 
position. 

The  English  quotations  accompanying  these  are  not  to 
be  considered  translations,  but  in  many  cases  they  seem  to 
be  suggested  by  the  Latin. 

Nouns 

1-2  First  Declension 

3-10  Second  Declension 

1 1-22  Third  Declension 

23-26  Fourth  Declension         ' 

27-28  Fifth  Declension 

Verbs 

29  First  Conjugation 

30  Second  Conjugation 

31  Third  Conjugation 

32  Fourth  Conjugation 
33-43  Irregular 

44-48  Deponent 

49-52  Semi-deponent 

53  Frequentative 


54  Inceptive 

55-57  Defective 

58-63  Impersonal 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  21 3 

Adjectives 
64-65  Declension  and  Comparison  of  us  adjectives 

of  the  First  and  Second  Declension 
66-71  Declension  of  irregular  us  adjectives  of  the 

First  and  Second  Declension 
72-73  Declension  and  Comparison  of  er  adjectives 

of  the  First  and  Second  Declension 
74-76  Declension  of  irregular  er  adjectives  of  the 

First  and  Second  Declension 
^^-^^  Declension  and  Comparison  of  ^r  adjectives 

of  the  Third  Declension 

79  Declension  and  Comparison  of  is  adjectives 

of  the  Third  Declension 

80  Declension  and  Comparison  of  ns  adjectives 

of  the  Third  Declension 

81  Declension  and  Comparison  of  veUis 
82-85                 Declension  and  Comparison  of  adjectives 

ending  in  x 
86-103  Irregular  Comparisons 

1 04- II 3  Comparison  of  Adverbs 

Pronouns 

1 1 4-1 16  Personal  and  Reflexive 

1 1 7- 1 20  Possessive 

1 21-123  Demonstrative 

124  The  Determinative 

125  The  Intensive 

126  The  Pronoun  of  Identity 

127  The  Relative  qui 

128  The  Interrogative  quis 
129-141  Indefinite 

Numerals 
142-144 


214  ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING 

1.  Memoria  est  thesaurus  omnium  rerum.      —Cicero. 
Memory,  the  warder  of  the  brain.      _  Shakespeare. 

2.  Vera  incessu  patuit  dea.  —Virgil 

She  moves  a  goddess,  and  she  looks  a  queen. 

—  Pope. 

3.  Amicus  certus  in  re  incerta  cernitur.         —  ennius 

A  friend  i'  the  court  is  better  than  a  penny  in  purse. 

—  Shakespeare. 

4.  Est  dens  in  nobis. 

^  — Ovid. 

There's  a  divinity  that  shapes  our  ends, 
Rough-hew  them  how  we  will.        _  Shakespeare. 

5.  Scinditur  incertum  studia  in  contraria  vulgus. 

—  Virgil. 
As  many  men,  so  many  minds. 

6.  Dulce  est  desipere  in  loco.  —Horace. 

A  little  nonsense  now  and  then 
Is  relished  by  the  wisest  men. 

7.  Macte  nova  virtu te,  puer,  sic  itur  ad  astra. 

—  Virgil. 

In  the  lexicon  of  youth,  which  fate  reserves 
For  a  bright  manhood,  there  is  no  such  word 
^^      /^^^.  —  Edward  Bulwer-Lytton. 

8.  Victurus  Geniiim  debet  habere  liber.        —Martial 

Books  are  the  legacies  that  a  great  genius  leaves  to 
mankind.  -Addison. 

9.  Cura  ut  z^/r  sis.  -Cicero. 
Quit  yourselves  like  men.                        _,  Samuel. 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING  215 

10.  Ex  parvis  saepe  magnarum  momenta  rerum  pendent. 

—  LiVY. 

Oft  what  seems 
A  trifle,  a  mere  nothing  by  itself, 
In  some  nice  situation,  turns  the  scale 
Of  fate,  and  rules  the  most  important  actions. 

—  Thomson. 

1 1.  Calamitds  virtutis  occdsio  est. 

—  Seneca. 

Calamity  is  man*s  true  touchstone. 

—  Beaumont  and  Fletcher. 

12.  lustitia   non   novit  patrem^   neque   mdtrem,  neque 

frdtrem.  __St.  Jerome. 

The  cold  neutrality  of  an  impartial  judge. ^^^^j^j. 

13.  Nullus  dolor  est  quem  non  longinquitas  temporis 

"^inuat.  -Cicero. 

Yes,  gentle  time,  thy  gradual,  healing  hand 
Hath  stolen  from  sorrow^s  grasp  the  envenom'd  dc/rt. 

—  Mrs.  Tighe. 

14.  Solidae  su5  stant  rdbore  vires. 

^  — Virgil. 

As  thy  days,  so  shall  thy  strength  be. 

—  Deuteronomy. 

15.  ImmGnsa.  per  aeguom.  —Virgil. 

Thou  glorious  sea  !  more  pleasing  far 
When  all  thy  waters  are  at  rest. 

—  Mrs.  Hemans. 

16.  ds  homini  sublime  dedit,  caelumque  tuerl.  _ovid. 
God  hath  made  man  upright.  -ecclesiastes. 


2l6  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

17.  Obstipuere  animi,  gelidusque  per  Ima  cucurrit  ossa 

t^e^^O^-  ^Virgil. 

And  troubled  blood  through  his  pale  face  was  seen, 
As  it  a  running  messenger  had  been.       —  spenser 

18.  Bonus  atque  fidus 

Index  honestum  praetulit  utilL  —Horace 

He  who  the  sword  of  heaven  will  bear 
Should  be  as  holy  as  severe.  ^Shakespeare. 

19.  Nox  erat,  et  terns  animdlia  somnus  habebat. 

--  Virgil. 
Tired  Nature's  sweet  restorer,  balmy  sleep ! 

— Young. 

20.  It  mare  proruptum.  —Virgil 

Roll  on,  thou  deep  and  dark  blue  ocean  —  roll ! 

—  Byron. 

21.  Fas  omne  abrumpit  (fas,  indeclinable).       ^virgil 

They  break  their  faith  to  God  as  well  as  us. 

—  Shakespeare. 

22.  lura  dabat  legeso^Q  viris.  —Virgil 

,Mark  what  unvary'd  laws  preserve  each  state, 
Laws  wise  as  nature,  and  as  fixed  as  fate.    _popE 

23.  Fructii  non  folils,  arborem  aestima.        _ phaedrus. 
The  tree  is  known  by  his  fruit.  —  Matihew. 

24.  Rem  acu  tetigistL 

Hit  the  nail  on  the  head,   ^beaumont  and  Fletcher. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  217 

25.  Doml  habuit  unde  disceret.  —Terence. 
The  means  that  heaven  yields  must  be  embrac'd 
And  not  neglected.                                  _  Shakespeare. 

26.  Tertia  iam  lunae  se  cornua  lumine  complent. 

—  Virgil. 

And  thrice,  ere  thrice  yon  moon  had  filled  her  horn. 

—  Young. 

27.  Iam  tempus  agl  res, 

'  r         o  — Virgil. 

Now  is  the  accepted  time.  _^  Corinthians. 

28.  C^XY>Qdzem.  -Horace. 

Now's  the  day,  and  now's  the  hour.    _ burns. 

29.  Caelum,  n5n  animum  mutant^  qui  trans  mare  cur- 

^^^^-  —Horace. 

And  *tis  a  poor  relief  we  gain, 

To  change  the  place,  but  keep  the  pain. 

—  Isaac  Watts. 

30.  Saepe  tacens  vocem  verbaque  vultus  habet.  _ovid 

The  silence  often  of  pure  innocence 

Persuades,  when  speaking  fails. 

—  wShakespeare. 

31.  Tros  Tyriusque  mihi  null5  discrimine  agetur. 

—  Virgil. 

Equal  and  exact  justice  to  all  men,  of  whatever  state 
or  persuasion,  religious  or  political. 

—  Thomas  Jefferson. 

32.  Audi,  vide,  tace,  si  vis  vTvere  in  pace.        _maxim. 

Give  every  man  thine  ear,  but  few  thy  voice. 

—  Shakespeare. 


2l8  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

33.  Si  animus  est  aequus  tibi,  satis  habes.      —  plautus 

Poor  and  content,  is  rich,  and  rich  enough. 

—  Shakespeare. 

34.  P OS  sunt  ^  quia /<?J'i'^  videntur.  —Virgil. 

And  all  may  do  what  has  by  man  been  done. 

—  Young. 

35.  Quae  noYi prdsunt  singula,  multa  iuvant.      _ovid. 

By  uniting  we  stand,  by  dividing  we  fall 

—  John  Dickenson. 

36.  ¥\ocQlnonfaciunt.  —Cicero. 

A  fig  for  care,  and  a  fig  for  woe. 

—  John  Heywood. 

37.  "LQYQjity  quod  bene /^r///r  onus.  — Ovid. 

There's  no  way  to  make  sorrows  light 

But  in  the  noble  bearing.  ___^  Rowley. 

38.  Medio  tutissimus  ibis,  —Ovid. 

Hold  fast  the  golden  mean.         —cowper. 

* 

39.  Serus  in  caelum  rededs  !  __  Horace. 

Long  may  you  live ! 


40.    Libenter  homines  id  quod  voltmt  credunt. 

—  Caesar. 

Thy  wish  was  father,  Harry,  to  that  thought. 

—  Shakespeare. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  219 

41.    Idem  velle  atque  nolle,  ea  demum  firma  amicitia  est. 

—  Sallust. 
In  companions 
That  do  converse  and  waste  the  time  together, 
Whose  souls  do  bear  an  equal  yoke  of  love, 
There  needs  must  be  a  like  proportion 
Of  lineaments,  of  manners,  and  of  spirit. 

—  Shakespeare. 

.  42.    Esse  quam  videri  bonus  mdlebat. 
^  ^  —  Sallust. 

Men  should  be  what  they  seem. 

—  Shakespeare. 

43.  Deus  dabit  his  quoque  finem. 

Behind  the  clouds  the  sun  is  shining. 

—  Longfellow. 

44.  Insectantur  furiae. 

^  —  Cicero. 

My  conscience  hath  a  thousand  several  tongues. 

—  Shakespeare. 

45.  Dis  aliter  visum, 

^•^  — Virgil. 

Man  proposes,  but  God  disposes. 

— Thomas  a  Kempis. 

46.  Curae  leves  loqtmntury  ingentes  stupent. 

—  Seneca. 

Light  cares  speak,  when  mighty  griefs  are  dumb. 

—  Daniel's  "Rosamond."    * 

47.  Moridmur  et  in  media  arma  ruamus.         —virgil. 
Let  us  do  or  die.  -Proverb. 

48.  Metlrl  se  quemque  su5  modul5  ac  pede  verum  est. 

—  Horace. 

Measure  your  mind's  height  by  the  shade  it  casts ! 

—  Browning. 


220  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

49.  Sapere  ^//^^-.  -Horace. 
Be  wise  to-day  ;   *tis  madness  to  defer.       _young. 

50.  Qui  sihi  fzdit 

Dux  regit  examen.  __  ^^^^^^^^ 

Trust  thyself ;  every  heart  vibrates  to  that  iron 

^^^^^S'  ^  Emerson. 

51.  Gaudent  magni  viri  rebus  adversis.  —Seneca. 

His  overthrow  heap'd  happiness  upon  him. 

—  Shakespeare. 

52.  Ingenium  res 

Adversae  nudare  solent,  celare  secundae. 

—  Horace. 
Sweet  are  the  uses  of  adversity, 

Which,  like  the  toad,  ugly  and  venomous. 

Wears  yet  a  precious  jewel  in  his  head ; 

And  this  our  life,  exempt  from  public  haunt. 

Finds  tongues  in  trees,  books  in  the  running  brooks, 

Sermons  in  stones,  and  good  in  everything. 

—  Shakespeare. 

53-    Q^i  genus  iactat  suum,  aliena  laudat.        —seneca. 

From  yon  blue  heaven  above  us  bent, 
The  gardener  Adam  and  his  wife 
Smile  at  the  claims  of  long  descent. 

— Tennyson. 

54.    Nec  tu  mensarum  morsus  horresce  futuros. 

—  Virgil. 

Present  fears 

Are  less  than  horrible  imaginings.     _  Shakespeare. 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN    WRITING  221 

55.  Forsan  et  haec  5lim  meminisse  iuvabit.       — virgil 
Sweet  is  pleasure  after  pain.  —  Dryden. 

56.  Ego  verum  am5,  mendacem  odi,  —  Plautus. 
Tell  truth,  and  shame  the  Devil.         -Shakespeare. 

57.  Dimidium  facti  est  coepisse,  —  Ausonius. 
The  beginning  is  half  the  battle. 

58.  Non  licet  hominem  esse  saepe  ita  ut  vult. 

—  Terence. 

Who  does  the  best  his  circumstance  allow, 
Does  well,  acts  nobly :  angels  could  no  more. 

—  Young. 

59.  Velle  parum  est :  cupias  ut  re  potiaris  oportet. 

—  Ovid. 
In  idle  wishes,  fools  supinely  stay : 

Be  there  a  will,  and  wisdom  find  a  way. 

—  George  Crabbe. 

60.  Te  lapsorum  iniseret.  —Virgil 

No  breast  so  fierce,  but  knows  some  touch  of  pity. 

—  Shakespeare. 

61.  Offici5  nec  te  certasse  ^^xxox^xix  paeniteat,    __virgil 

I  never  did  repent  for  doing  good 

Nor  shall  not  now.  -Shakespeare. 

62.  Me  non  s5lum/^^^^  stultitiae  meae,  sed  etiam///^^/. 

—  Cicero. 
If  hearty  sorrow 

Be  a  sufficient  ransom  for  offense, 

I  tender  it  here :  I  do  as  truly  suffer, 

As  e'er  I  did  commit.  ^Shakespeare. 


222  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

63.  Taedet  caell  convexa  tuen.  —Virgil 

Life  is  as  tedious  as  a  twice-told  tale. 

—  Shakespeare. 

64.  ^//^petens.  -Virgil. 

Tis  from  high  life  high  characters  are  drawn. 

—  Pope. 

65.  Lectio  varia  delectat.  —Seneca 

Variety's  the  very  spice  of  life.  —  Cowper. 

66.  Una  salus  victis  nullam  sperare  salutem.    «_virgil. 

What  though  the  field  be  lost, 

All  is  not  lost.  -Milton. 

6y,    Per  medios,  miscetque  viris  neque  cernitur  tilll, 

— Virgil. 
We  rightly  speak  of  the  guardian  angels. 

—  Emerson. 

68.  Nulbis  est  locus  domestica  sede  iucundior. 

—  Cicero. 
Be  it  ever  so  humble, 

There's  no  place  like  home. 

—  J.  Howard  Payne. 

69.  Alius  in  alia  re  est  magis  utilis.  —  Cicero 
Each  has  his  own  knack.                            -Emerson. 

70.  Sola  domo  maeret  vacua.  —Virgil 

All  that  poets  sing,  and  grief  hath  known 
Of  hopes  laid  waste,  knells  in  that  word  —  Alone ! 

—  Edward  Bulwer-Lytton. 

71.  Nihil  est  toto  quod  perstet  in  orbe.  — Ovid 
Every  season  brings  new  change.              _  Bryant. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  223 

72.  Non  Ignara  mall,  miserls  succurrere  disc5. 

—  Virgil. 

A  fellow-feeling  makes  one  wondrous  kind. 

—  David  Garrick. 

73.  Quid  non  mortalia  pectora  c5gis  auri  sacra  fames  ? 

—  Virgil. 
The  love  of  money  is  the  root  of  all  evil. 

—  I  Timothy. 

74.  Ignoscit5  saepe  alien,  —  Syrus. 

Forgive,  be  generous.  —Scott. 

75.  Uter  utrl  vxxXSxX,^  anteferendus.  —Caesar. 

Who  deserves  well,  needs  not  another^s  praise. 

—  Robert  Heath. 

^6.    Debemus  neutrum  e5rum  contra  alium  iuvare. 

—  Caesar. 
Impartial  are  our  eyes  and  ears.        _  Shakespeare. 

TT,    Celeres  defer  mea  dicta  per  auras.  —  Virgil. 

Fly  upon  the  wings  of  the  wind.  —  Psalm  18. 

78.  Nihil  est  autem  tam  volncre  quam  maledictum. 

—  Cicero. 
Virtue  itself  'scapes  not  calumnious  strokes. 

—  Shakespeare. 

79.  In  rebus  asperls  et  tenui  spe  fortissima  quaeque 

consilia  tutissima  sunt.  —  Livy 

The  brave  unfortunate  are  our  best  acquaintance ; 
They  show  us  virtue  may  be  much  distressed, 
And  give  us  their  sample  how  to  suffer. 

—  Francis. 


224  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

80.  Aiidentes  deus  ipse  iuvat.  —Ovid. 

God  helps  them  that  help  themselves. 

—  Benjamin  Franklin. 

81.  Quam  veteres  causae  necessitudinis !         —Caesar. 
Old  friends  are  best.  -Selden. 

82.  Igm^edax,  -Virgil. 
How  great  a  matter  a  little  fire  kindleth  !  _tames. 

83.  Veritatis  sermo  est  simplex,  —Seneca 

Truth  needs  no  flowers  of  speech.         __pope 

84.  Hectora  quis  nosset,  si  fellx  Troia  f  uisset ! 

—  Ovid. 

For  now  he  lives  in  fame  though  not  in  Hfe. 

—  Shakespeare. 

85.  Kama,  malum  qua  non  aliud  velocius  ullum. 

— •  Virgil. 
'Tis  slander ; 
Whose  edge   is   sharper   than   the   sword;    whose 

tongue 
Outvenoms  all  the  worms  of  Nile  ;  whose  breath 
Rides  on  the  posting  wings.  -Shakespeare. 

%6,    Subtexta  malls  bona  sunt.  —  manilius 

The  web  of  our  life  is  of  mingled  yarn,  good  and  ill 
together.  -Shakespeare. 

^"j.   Amicum  perdere  est  damnorum  maximum. _^^^^^ 

The  friends  thou  hast,  and  their  adoption  tried, 
Grapple  them  to  thy  soul  with  hoops  of  steel. 

—  Shakespeare. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  225 

SS.    Omnium  rerum  pvmcipia.  parva  sunt.         —  Cicero. 

Tall  oaks  from  little  acorns  grow. 

—  David  Everett. 

89.  Agere  considerate//;^m  est  quam  cogitare  prudenter. 

—  Cicero. 

Act  well  your  part,  there  all  the  honor  lies. 

—  Pope. 

90.  Si  ad  naturam*  vives,  numquam  eris  pauper ;  si  ad 

opinionem  numquam  eris  dives,  —Seneca 

Man's  rich  with  little,  were  his  judgment  true : 
Nature  is  frugal,  and  her  wants  are  few.   _young 

91.  Quem  dl  diligunt,  adolescens  moritur.       —  plautus 

And  early  called,  how  blest  are  they 

Who  wait  in  heaven  their  harvest  day. 

—  Whittier. 

92.  Fortem  facit  viclna  libertas  senem.  —Seneca 

'Tis  liberty  alone  that  gives  the  flowV 

Of  fleeting  life  its  luster  and  perfume,     —cowper. 

93.  Facilis  est  ad  beatam  vltam  via.  —Seneca. 

Our  own  felicity  we  make  or  find. 

—  Goldsmith. 

94.  Nihil  tam   difficile  est   quin  quaerendo  investlgari 

POSsit.  -Terence. 

Nothing's  so  hard  but  search  will  find  it  out. 

—  Robert  Herrick. 

95.  Par  levibus  ventis  volucrique  simillima  somn5. 

—  Virgil. 
Lighter  than  the  whirlwind's  blast 

He  vanished  from  our  eyes.  —  Scott. 

ELEM.   LATIN  WRITING  —  1 5 


226  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

96.  Me    nulla    dies    tarn    fortibus    ausis 

Dissimilem  arguerit.  —Virgil 

By  how  much  unexpected,  by  so  much 
We  must  awake,  endeavor  for  defense  ; 
For  courage  mounteth  with  occasion. 

—  Shakespeare. 

97.  Graciles  gram  en  carpsere  capellae. 

Animals  enjoying  life.  -Cowper. 

98.  Humilemque  videmus  Italiam.  _  y^j^^j^ 

Italia!  Oh,  Italia!  —Byron. 

99.  Acta  exteridra  indicant  interiora  secreta.      _coke 

Suit  the  action  to  the  word,  the  word  to  the  action. 

—  Shakespeare. 

100.  Si  VIS  ad  stmimtim  progredi  ab  mfimo  ordlre. 

—  Syrus. 
Life  is  a  scale  of  desrrees. 

^  —  EMfiRSON. 

lOi.    Discipulus  est /mrf/^j-Z^r^'^r  dies.  —  syrus 

And  make  each  day  a  critic  on  the  last.     _pope 

102.  Proximorum  incurlosi  longinqua  sectamur. 

—  Pliny  the  Younger. 

'Tis  distance  lends  enchantment  to  the  view. 

—  Thomas  Campbell. 

103.  Necessitas  ultimum  et  maximum  telum  est. 

—  LiVY. 

'Tis  necessity. 
To  which  the  gods  must  yield.     _herrick. 

104.  Nihil  enim  aeque  gratum  est  adeptls  quam  concu- 

piscentibus.  —  Pliny  the  younger. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  227 

Pleasures  are  like  poppies  spread, 

You  seize  the  flower,  its  bloom  is  shed.  _  burns 

105.  Occasio  aegre  offertur ;  facile  amittitur.     _syrus 

There  is  a  tide  in  the  affairs  of  men. 

Which,  taken  at  the  flood,  leads  on  to  fortune. 

Omitted,  all  the  voyage  of  their  life 

Is  bound  in  shallows,  and  in  miseries. 

On  such  a  full  sea  are  we  now  afloat. 

And  we  must  take  the  current  when  it  serves, 

Or  lose  our  ventures.  __  Shakespeare. 

106.  Quod  non  licet,  dcriics  urit.  —Ovid 

O  thoughts  of  men  accurs'd 
Past  and  to  come,  seem  best ;  things  present,  worst. 

—  Shakespeare. 

107.  Fortiter  malum  qui  patitur  idem  post  patitur  bonum, 

—  Plautus. 

As  night  to  stars,  woe  luster  gives  to  man. 

—  Young. 

108.  Vixit,  dum  vixit,  bene.  ^ 

'  — Terence. 

He  most  lives. 
Who  thinks  most  —  feels  the  noblest  —  acts   the 

^^^ '-•  —  Bailey's  Festus. 

109.  Anima  magis  est  ubi  amat  quam  ubi  animat. 

—  Maxim. 

Where  your  treasure  is,  there  will  your  heart  be 
also.  — Matthew. 


228  ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 

I  lo.    Maximae  cuique  fortunae  minime  credendum  est. 

—  LiVY. 

Now,  now  she  meets  you  with  a  glorious  prize, 
And  spreads  her  locks  before  her  as  she  flies. 

—  Dryden. 

111.  Accipe  qu3,m primum ;  brevis  est  occasio  lucrl. 

—  Martial. 
Miss  not  the  occasion ;  by  the  forelock  take 
That  subtle  Power,  the  never-halting  time. 
Lest  a  mere  moment's  putting  off  should  make 
Mischance  almost  as  heavy  as  a  crime. 

—  W^ORDSWORTH. 

112.  Saepiiis  locutum,  numquam  me  tacuisse  paenitet. 

—  Syrus. 
Give  it  an  understanding,  but  no  tongue. 

—  Shakespeare. 

113.  Factumque  ^^2/ celavit.  —Virgil. 

For  murder,  though  it  have  no  tongue,  will  speak 
With  most  miraculous  organ.  -Shakespeare. 

114.  Brevis  a  natura  nobis  vita  data  est.  —  cicero. 
Life  is  short  and  the  art  long.             _  Hippocrates. 

115.  E  caelo  descendit,  nosce  te  ipsum.  —  juvenal. 
Know  then  thyself,  presume  not  God  to  scan ; 
The  proper  study  of  mankind  is  man.  — pope. 

116.  Sui  memores  aHquos  fecere  merend5.       _virgil. 
We  live  in  deeds,  not  years,  ^p^^^^^  j^^^^  3^^^^^. 

117.  Quod   tuum   (e)st   meum   (e)st :    omne  meum   est 

^yx\,^m  tuum.  -Plautus. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING  229 

What's  mine  is  yours,  and  what  is  yours  is  mine. 

—  Shakespeare. 

118.  Sunt  J^/^  praemia  laudL  —Virgil. 

Virtue  is  its  own  reward.  —Proverb. 

119.  Nostra  sine  auxili5  fugiunt  bona.  —  Ovid. 

Occasion,  set  on  wing,  flies  fast  away. 

*  —  Mirror  for  Magistrates. 

120.  Urbem  quam  statuo  vestra  est.  —Virgil. 

In  Faith  and  Hope  the  world  will  disagree. 
But  all  mankind's  concern  is  Charity.         __  popE 

121.  Hic  exitus  ilium 

Sorte  tulit.  -Virgil. 

The  term  of  life  is  limited.  —Spenser. 

122.  Speravimus  ista  dum  fortuna  fuit.  —Virgil 

God  wills,  man  hopes.  —Lowell. 

123.  lilt,  quibus  invidetur,  rem  habent.  —Plautus. 

With  fame,  in  just  proportion,  envy  grows, 
The  man  that  makes  a  character,  makes  foes. 

—  Young. 

124.  Verus  amicus  est  is  qui  tamquam  alter  Idem. 

—  Cicero. 
Friendship  is  the  cement  of  two  minds. 

As  of  one  man  the  soul  and  body  is.     _  chapman. 

125.  Ipse  ignotus,  egens,  Libyae  deserta  peragro. 

—  Virgil. 
A  Stranger  in  a  strange  land.                   —Exodus. 


230  ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 

126.  Nil  prodest  quod  non  laedere  possit  idem. 

—  Ovid. 
People  may  have  too  much  of  a  good  thing. 

—  John  Wolcott. 

127.  Fidem  qui  perdit  perdere  ultra  nil  potest. 

—  Syrus. 
Take  honor  from  me,  and  my  life  is  done. 

—  Shakespeare. 

128.  Quis  genus  Aeneadum,  quis  Troiae  nesciat  urbem } 

—  Virgil. 
But  there  are  deeds  which  should  not  pass  away, 
And  names  that  must  not  wither,  though  the  earth 
Forgets  her  empires  with  a  just  decay.     _byron 

129.  Si  bene  ^^^/</ facias,  facias  cito.  —  ausonius 
If  it  were  done,  when  'tis  done,  then  'twere  well 
It  were  done  quickly.                             _  Shakespeare. 

130.  Ne  ^^/^'^  nimis.  -Terence. 
Moderation  is  the  silken  string  running  through 

the  pearl  chain  of  all  virtues.     _  bishop  Hall. 

131.  Facito  aliquid  operis,  ut  semper  te  diabolus  inve- 

niat  occupatum.  _S^^  j^^^^^^^ 

•       For  Satan  finds  some  mischief  still 

For  idle  hands  to  do.  -Isaac  Watts. 

132.  Nemo  ex  hoc  numero  mihi  non  donatus  ablbit. 

—  Virgil. 
See  how  the  world  its  veterans  rewards !    _popE. 

133.  Graviora  qnaedam  sunt  remedia  perlculls. 

—  Syrus. 
Remedy  worse  than  the  disease. 

—  Beaumont  and  Fletcher. 

134-    Quae  res  est  quae  ciiinsqiiam  animum  in  hac  causa 
dubium  facere  possit  .-*  —Cicero 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING  23 1 

Our  doubts  are  traitors, 
And  make  us  lose  the  good  we  oft  might  win, 
By  fearing  to  attempt.  -Shakespeare. 

135.  Minime  sibi  quisque  notus  est.  —Cicero 

And  all  our  knowledge  is  ourselves  to  know. 

—  Pope. 

1 36.  Sua  qtiisqtie  exempla  debet  patl. 

^^  Jl  HAEDRUS. 

To  each  his  sufferings.  —Gray. 

137.  In  uno  qudqiie  vir5rum  bonorum  habitat  deus. 

—  Seneca. 
'Tis  the  divinity  that  stirs  within  us.      —addison. 

138.  Altissima  quaeqiie  flumina  minimo  son5  labuntur. 

—  QuiNTius  Curtius  Rufus. 
Smooth  runs  the  water  where  the  brook  is  deep. 

—  Shakespeare. 

139.  Quae  cuique  est  copia,  laeti 

Dona  ferunt  -Virgil. 

True  charity,  a  plant  divinely  nurs*d.      ^cowper 

140.  Qicidquid  erit  superanda  omnis  fortuna  ferendo  est. 

—  Virgil. 

What  fates  impose,  that  men  must  needs  abide. 

—  Shakespeare. 

141.  Cuiusvls  hominis  est  errare.  —Cicero. 

To  err  is  human.  —Pope. 

142.  Ab  uno  disce  omnes.  —Virgil. 
From  one,  judge  alL 

143.  AdspTrat /rf;;^^  fortuna  laborL  —Virgil. 
Fortune  smiles  upon  our  first  effort. 

144.  Etsi  non  prosunt  smgula,  iuncta  iuvant. 
United  we  stand,  divided  we  fall. 


ABBREVIATIONS 


abl ablative. 

ace accusative. 

adj. adjective. 

adv adverb. 

conj. conjunction. 

dat. dative. 

f. feminine. 

gen genitive. 

indecl. indeclinable. 

intr intransitive. 

m masculine. 

n neuter. 

nom nominative. 

num numeral. 

opp opposite. 


part participle. 

pass passive. 

perf. perfect. 

//. plural. 

prep preposition. 

pres present. 

pron pronoun. 

refl. reflexive. 

rel. relative. 

sing. singular. 

St. stem. 

subj, subjunctive. 

tr transitive. 

V verb. 

w with. 


232 


VOCABULARY 


abdicate,  abdico^  abdicdrCi  abdicdvty 
abdicdtuSf  w.  ace.  of  personal  pro- 
noun  and  abl.  of  separation. 

ability,  ingenium,  ingeniiy  n. 

able,  poienSf  gen.  potentis,  adj.  and 
pres.  part. ;  be  able,  possum,  posse, 
point,  — . 

about,  fere,  adv.  de,  prep.  w.  abl. ; 
circiter,  prep.  w.  ace. 

absent,  absens,  gen.  absentis,  pres. 
part. ;  be  absent,  absum,  abesse, 
dfut,  dfuturus, 

accompany,  comitor,  comitdrl,  comi- 
tdtus  sum, 

accomplish,  perficid,  perficere,  per- 
fect, perfectus. 

accordingly,  itaque,  conj.  (349-51). 

account,  ratio,  ratio nis,  f. ;  on  ac- 
count of,  ob,  propter,  preps,  w.  ace. ; 
on  this  account,  ob  earn  rem  ;  quam 
ob  rem;  qtcd  de  causd ;  qtid  ex 
parte, 

accurately,  accurdte,  adv.,  magnd 
cum  card  (70). 

accursed,  sacer,  sacra,  sacrum, 

accuse,  accUso,  accusdre,  accusdvt,  ac- 
cusdtus, 

accustomed,  solitus,  a,  um ;  be  ac- 
customed, soled,  solere,  solitus  sum  ; 
consuesco,  constiescere,  consuevT,  con- 
suetus. 

Achilles,  Achilles,  Achillis,  or  Achilleos, 
or  Achilli,  m. 


acknowledge,  confiteor,  confitert,  cdn- 
fessus  sum;  acknowledge  au- 
thority, in  potestdtem  permitto, 
permittere,  per  mist,  per  missus,  w. 
ace.  of  pers.  or  refl.  pron. 

acquit,  absolvd,  absolvere,  absolvi,  ab- 
solUtus. 

acre,  iugerum,  iUgert,  n. ;  gen.  plu. 
iugerum. 

across,  trdns,  per,  in,  preps,  w.  ace. 

act,  ago,  agere,  egl,  dctus  ;  =  conduct 
one's  self,  gerd,  gerere,  gessT,  gestus, 
w.  ace.  of  pers.  or  refl.  pron. 

add,  addd,  addere,  addidi,  additus, 

Addicti,  Addicti,  Addictorum,  m. 

adjacent,  proximus,  a,  um. 

adjust,  compond,  compdnere,  co?npi,sut, 
compositus. 

admire,  admlror,  admtrdri,  admtrd- 
tus  sum;  to  be  admired,  adtntrd- 
bilis,  admirdbile,  adj. 

admit,  ascTscd,  ascTscere,  ascivT,  ascttus. 

adorn,  dmd,  orndre,  drndvT,  orndtus. 

advance,  prdgredior,  progredi,  prd- 
gressus  sum ;  prdcedd,  prdcedere, 
process!,  processus. 

advantage,  bonum,  bom,  n.  (49). 

adverse,  adversus,  a,  um. 

advertise,  nuntid,  nuntidre,  nun- 
tidvT,  niintidtus. 

advice,  monitus,  monitUs,  m. ;  receive 
advice,  moneor,  moneri,  monitus 
sum ;    cdnsulor,    consult,    consults 


^ZZ 


234 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


advise,  moneo,  monere,  monui,  jnonitus, 

aedile,  aedllis^  is,  m. 

Aeneas,  Aeneas,  Aeneae,  m. 

Aeneid,  Aeneis,  Aeneidis  or  Aeneidos,  f. 

Aequians,  Aequl,  Aequorum,  m. 

affairs,  res,  rerum,  f. 

af&rm,  died,  dicer e,  dixi,  dictus ;  ad- 

ftrmo,  adftr7ndre,  adfirmdvi,  ad- 

fir7ndtus. 
afraid,  tifuidus,  a,  um ;   be  afraid, 

timed,  timer e,  timuT,  — . 
Africa,  Africa,  Africae,  f. 
after,  post,  prep.  w.  ace.  (60;  74 ;  246; 

247). 
afterwards,  posted,  adv. ;  deinde,  adv. 

(304) ;  not  long  afterwards,  paulo 

post. 
again,    iterum,    adv. ;     again    and 

again,   setnel  atque   iterum,    etiam 

atque  etiam. 
against,  in,  contra,  preps,  w.  ace. 
Agamemnon,  Agamemnon,  Agamem- 

nonis,  m. 
age,  aetds,  aetdtis,  f. ;   age  of  yOUth, 

iuve^itus,   iuventutis,   f. ;    old  age, 

senectus,  senectutis,  f. 
agreeable,  iUcundus,  a,  um. 
agriculture,      agricultUra,      agricul- 

turae,  f. 
aid,  auxilium,  auxilii  or  auxilT,  n. 
Ajax,  Aidx,  Aidcis,  m. 
alarmed,  permotus,  a,  um  ;  perterri- 

tUS,  a,  U771. 

alert,  vigildns,  vigilantis,  adj. 
Alexander,  Alexander,  Alexandrl,  m. 
Alexandria,      Alexandria,     Alexan- 

drlae,  f. 
all,  omnis,  omne  ;  totus,  a,  um  ;  cunc- 

tus,  a,  um  ;  Universus,  a,  um. 
alliance,  societds.  societdtis,  f.;  foedus, 

foederis,  n.  (17). 


allied  by  txtaty,  foederdtus,  a,  um, 
AUobroges,    Allobroges,    Allobrogu7n, 

m.;   ace.  pi.  Allobrogds. 
allow,  patior,  patl,  passus  su7n  ;  sino, 

sinere,  slvl,  situs  ;  licet,  licere,  licuit 

or  licitum  est  (273). 
almost,  paene,  adv. 
alone,  solus,  a,  U7?i,  gen.  solius,  dat. 

soil ;  mius,  a,  U77i,  gen.  unlus,  dat. 

tlni. 
along,  per,  prep.  w.  aec. 
Alps,  Alpes,  Alpiu7n,  f. 
already,  ia7n,  adv. 
also,    quoque,   adv.    (331);     et,    conj. 

(325);   lde7n,  eadem,  idem  (130). 
altar,  dra,  arae,  f. 
although,     cu7n ;     quamquam ;     etsi 

(259-266;    74). 
always,  semper,  adv.;   numquam  non 

(298). 

Amalthea,  Amalthea,  Amaltheae,  f. 
ambassador,  legdtus,  legdtl,  m. 
ambiguous,  ambiguus,  a,  U77i. 
ambrosia,  a7nbrosia,  a77tbrosiae,  f. 
among,  apud,  inter,  in,  preps,  w.  ace. 
amusement  (for  the  sake  of),  animl 

causa. 
ancestors,  maiores,  um,  m. 
ancestry  (from  a  long  line  of),  cldris- 

si7nd  patre,  avo,  maioribus. 
Anchises,  Anchlses,  Anchisae,  m. 
ancient,  antlquus,  a,  um  ;  prlscus,  a, 

U771. 

and,  et;  atque ;  — que  (324-330). 

Andes,  Andes,  Andis,  m. 

angry,   irdtus,    a,    u7n ;    be   angry, 

Irdscor,  irdscl,  Irdtus  sum, 
animal,   bestia,    bestiae,    f.;     animal, 

animdlis,  n. 
animate,    incito,    incitdre,    incitdvty 

incitdtus. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


235 


announce,  nuntio^  nuntidre^  nuntidvl, 

nuntidtus. 
another,  alius^  a,  ud,  gen.  aliuSf  dat. 

alit, 
answer,    responded^     respondere,    re- 

spondiy  responsus  ;  noun,  respdnswn^ 

f,  n. 
Antioch,  AntiochTay  Antiochtae,  f. 
Antium,  Antium,  Antil  or  Anti^  n. 
Antoninus,  Antoninusy  AntonlnT,  m. 
Antony,  Antdtiius^  Antdm^  m. 
anxiety,  animl  sollicitudoj   sollicitu- 

diniSf  f. 
any,  alius,  a,  um,   gen.   illliuSf   dat. 

illlt ;    any   one,    quisquam ;    any- 
thing,    quidquam     or     quicquam 

(146-.151). 
Apollo,  Apolloy  Apollinis,  m. 
appear,    videor,   viderTj    vtsus    sum; 

appear  on  horseback,  in  equd  eo, 

ircy  it,  itus. 
apply  to  (=  ask  for),    rogo,    rogdre, 

rogdvTf  rogdtus,  w.  two  aces.;  peto, 

peter e, petTvt  (^petit),  pet'tusy  w.  ace. 

of  thing  and  ab  w.  abl.  of  person. 
appoint  (a  time),  duo,  dicer e,  dixT, 

dictus ;   (a  person),  deligo,  deligere, 

delegl,  delectus. 
approach,  aded,  adtre,  adii,   aditus ; 

appropTnquo,  appropinqudre,  appro- 

pinqudvt,    appropinqudtus ;    noun, 

aditus y  lis,  m. 
Archias,  Aulus  Licinius  Archids,  gen. 

Ault  Licint  Archiae,  m. 
architect,  auctor,  auctoris,  m. 
Argives,  Arglvl,  Arglvdrum,  m. 
arise,  surgd,  surgere,  surrexi,  surrectus. 
Aristides,  Aristldes,  Aristidis,  m. 
arm,  armd,  armdre,  armdvt,  armdtus. 
Armenia,  Armeniaj  Armeniae,  f. 
armor,  arma,  armorum,  n. 


army,  exercitus,  exercitus,  m.;  agmen, 

agminis,  n.;   acies,  aciet,  f. 
around,  circum,  prep.  w.  ace. 
Arpinum,  Arplnum,  A7'pTnt,  n. 
arrest,    comprehendd,    comprehendere, 

comprehendi,  comprekensus. 
arrive  in  =  come  through  \.o,perve7iio, 

pervenlre,  perveni,  perventus  {in  w. 

ace). 
art,  ars,  artis,  f.;    art   of   war,  res 

militdris    {res,   ret,    f. ;     militdris, 

niilitdre,  adj.). 
Artaxata,    Artaxata,    Artaxatae,    f.; 

Artaxata,  Artaxatorum,  n. 
Artemisia,  Artemisia,  Arte??iisiae,  f. 
arx,  arx,  arcis,  f. 
as,  ut ;  qui,  quae,  quod ;  ac,  pro  (62)  ; 

as  soon  as,  ut  prlmum  (240-243) ; 

as  soon  as  possible,  quam  prt77ium 

(94). 

Ascanius,  Ascanius,  AscanT,  m. 

ashamed  (be),  pudet,  pudere,  puduit 
ox puditum  est{'7,'j). 

Asia  Minor,  Asia,  Asiae,  f. 

ask,  rogo,  rogdre,  rogdvt,  rogdtus 
(283;  56);  ask  permission, /<?/^r^ 
ut  liceat,  w.  dat.  of  person. 

assassinate,  need,  necdre,  .  necdvT, 
necdtus. 

assemble,  convocd,  convocdre,  con- 
vocdvT,  convocdtus  (tr.) ;  conve7iio, 
convenire,  convent,  conventus  (intr.). 

assistance,  auxiliu77i,  auxilii,  n. 

assume  command,  i77iperd,  imperdre, 
ifnperdvT,  i77iperdtus. 

at  first,  primo  (303) ;  at  his  death, 
cum  mortuus  esset ;  at  length, 
ta7tdem  ;  denique  ;  at  once,  stati77i  ; 
at  the  same  time,  edde7n  tempore 
(130);  at  this  time,  id  temporis, 
hoc  or  eo  tempore ;  at  times,  non- 


236 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


numquam ;  at  WOrk,   in  opere  or 

labor dns ;  not  at  all,  nihil  (55); 

at  Corinth,  39  ;  at  Carthage,  77. 
Athenians,     Atheniensesy     Athenien- 

sium,  m. 
Athens,  Athenae^  Aihendrum,  i.\    at 

or  in  Athens,  Athenls  (77). 
Atilius,  AtiliuSy  Aliliy  m. 
attach,     coniungdy    coniungercy    con- 

innxJy  coniunctus, 
attack,  aggrediovy   aggrediy   aggressus 

sum  ;    impetu77t  facioy  facer Cy  fecTy 

factusy  w.  in  and  the  ace;    noun, 

impetuSy  impetilSy  m. 
attend,   comitory   comitdrty   comitdtus 

SU771 ;  attend  to,  curdy  curdrey  cii- 

rdvTy  curdtus  (198). 
Attica,  Atticay  Atticacy  f. 
Atticus,  Atticusy  Atticiy  m. 
augur,  augury  augur isy  m. 
August,   SextlliSy   Sextile ;   Augustus y 

tty  um  (353). 
Augustus,  Augustusy  Augustiy  m. 
autumn,  autu7nnusy  autu77inty  m. 
avarice,  avdritiay  avdritiae,  f. 
Avernus,  Avernusy  Avernty  m. 
avert,  dvertdy  avertercy  dvertty  dversus. 
avoid,  vitOy  vitdrCy  vTtdvty  vitdtus. 
aware    (be),  sibi  cdnscius  esse  with 

gen.;   I  am  aware,  miki  conscius 

su7n  ;  you  are  aware,  Hbi  cdnscius 

es ;  he  is  aware,  sibi  co7tscius  est ; 

we  are  aware,  nobis  cd7tscii  sumusy 

etc. 
away    (be),    absumy   abessey   dfut   or 

abfuTy  dfuturus  or  abfuturus, 
ax,  secHriSy  securisy  f. 

B 

Babylon,  Babyldny  BabyldniSy  f. 
Bacchus,  Bacchus y  Bacchiy  m. 


back,    terguTTiy    tergiy    n.;    from   the 

back,  d  tergd, 
back,  re  or  red  in  composition,  red 

before  vowels,  before  /z,  and  before 

doy  re  in  other  compounds. 
baggage    (of  the  soldier),  sarcinacy 

sarcindru77iy  f.;  (of  the  army),  im- 

pedi77iefitay  impedt7?ientQru7ny  n. 
bank,  rlpay  rtpacy  f. 
bar  (=  hem  in),  continedy  continerey 

continuTy  contentus, 
barbarian,  bar  bar  us,  barbai-iy  m. 
barking,  Idtrdtusy  Idtrdtusy  m. 
battle,  pugfiay  pugnacy  f.;  proeliur7ty 

proeliiy  n.;  certd77ieny  certdminisy  n. 
be,  su77iy  essey  futy  futurus. 
bear,  ferdy  ferrcy  lull,  Idtus. 
beard,  barba,  barbaey  f. 
beast,  pecusy  pecudisy  f.;    beast    of 

burden,  iumentu77ty  iutnentiy  n. 
beautiful,  pulchery  pulchraypulchrufn. 
\it3iU\,yy  pulckritudoy  pulchritudiniSy  f. 
because,  quod ;  quia;  quoniam  ;  cum 

(253-259). 

become,  sumy  essey  futy  futurus  ;  ftOy 
fieri y  f actus  sum. 

before,  antey  prep.  w.  ace;  antedy  adv., 
priusy  adv. ;  =  in  presence  of,  apudy 
prep.  w.  ace;  of  a  speech  before 
the  senate,  ad  with  ace.  (60;  244, 
245). 

begin,  incipioy  inciperey  incepTy  incep- 
tus ;  coepTy  coepisse,  coeptus  su77t ; 
begin  war,  bellu7n  suscipidy  susci- 
perey  suscepiy  susceplus ;  begin 
battle,  proelium  co77i7nittdy  com- 
mitterey  co77i77itsiy  com77iissus. 

beginning,  initiumy  initiiy  n.;  =  first 
part  at y  primus y  ay  um  (95). 

behind,  posty  prep.  w.  ace. ;  from 
behind,  d  tergd. 


ELEMENTARY  LATIN   WRITING 


237 


behold,  contemplory  contempldrt,  con- 

templdtus  sum, 
believe,  credo^  credere^  credidl^  credi- 

tus. 
belong  to,  sum^  esse,  fuT,  futurus,  w. 

gen. 
beneath,   sub,  prep.  w.  ace.   after  a 

verb  of  motion,  w.  abl.  after  a  verb 

of  rest, 
benefit,  prdsum,  prodesse,  profuT,  pro- 

futurus ;    noun,    bonunt,    boni,    n. 

(49). 

besides,  praeter,  secundum,  preps,  w. 

ace.  ;   conj.,  autem  (340). 
besiege,  oppugno,  oppugndre,  oppug- 

ndvt,  oppugndtus. 
best,  opHmuSf  a,  um, 
better,  melior,  melius. 
Bias,  Bids,  Biantis,  m. 
bill  (=  law),  lex,  legis,  f. 
bind,  vincid,  vincTre,  vinxT,  vinctus  ; 

ligo,   ligdre,   ligdvl,  ligdtus ;    necto, 

nectere,  nexul  or  next,  nexus, 
Bithynia,  Blthynia,  Bithyniae,  f. 
bitter,  acerbus,  a,  um,  opp.  of  mJtis, 

mite. 
black,  dter,  dtra,  dtrum,  opp.  of  albus, 

a,  um  ;  niger,  nigra,  nigrum,  opp. 

of  candidus,  a,  um. 
blame,   culpa,   culpdre,    culpdvT,    cul- 

pdtus ;     repreheftdo,    reprehendere, 

reprehend!.,   reprehensus. 
blood,  sanguis,  sanguinis,  m.  ;   cruor, 

crujris,  m. 
boat,  ship,  vessel,  ndvis,  ndvis,  f.  ; 

canoe,     linter,    lintris,    f.  ;    ratis, 

ratis,  f. 
boatman,  portitor,  portitoris,  m. 
body,  corpus,  corporis,  n. 
bold,  auddx,  gen.  auddcis, 
book,  liber,  librt,  m. 


bookcase,  forull,  foruldrum,  m. 
border,  limbus,  limbi,  m. 
bordered,  praetextus,  a,  um, 
born  (be),  ndscor,  ndsci,  ndtus  sum* 
both,  ambo,  ae,  o;  uterque,  utraque, 

utrw7iqve  (155);  both  .  .  .  and,  et 

,  .  ,  et. 
bottom   of,  infimus  or  tmus,  a,  um 

(95)- 

brave,  fords,  forte, 

bravely,  fortiter, 

break,  frangd,  fr anger e,  fregi,  frdc- 
tus ;  rumpo,  rumpere,  rupi,  ruptus, 

bribe,  largior,  larglri,  largitus  sum. 

bridge,  pons^  poniis,  m. ;  bridge  a 
river,  in  flUmine  pontem  facio, 
facere,  feci,  factus. 

bring,  fero,  ferre,  tulT,  Idtus ;  bring 
(into  a  Qon'ixo), prodUco,  producer e, 
produxt,  productus ;  bring  about, 
ejfficid,  efficere,  effect,  effectus ;  bring 
from,  effero,  efferre,  extuli,  elatus ; 
bring  an  accusation  against  some 
one,  aliquem  aliquid  (55)  dccusd, 
accusdre,  accusdvi,  accusdtus  ;  bring 
or  lead  to,  addtico,  adducere,  addUxt, 
adductus, 

bronze,  aes,  aeris,  n. 

brother,  frdter,  frdtris,  m. 

Brundisium,  Brundisiujn,  Brundisii 
or  Brundisi,  n. 

Brutus,  BrUtus,  BrUtT,  m. 

build,  aedifico,  aedificdre,  aedifcdvi, 
aedificdtus ;  pond,  ponere,  posui, 
po  situs. 

building,  aedifcium,  aedificii,  n. 

burden,  omis,  oneris,  n.  (49). 

burn,  incendo,  incendere,  incendt, 
incensus ;  comburo,  combUrere, 
combusst,  combustus, 

burning,  incensio,  incensionis^  f. 


238 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


bury,  sepelid,  sepelire,  sepelwt,  sepultus. 
business,  negoHum,  negotii,  n. 
bustling,  celeber,  Celebris,  celebre. 
but,  sed;  autetn  (337-344)- 
buy,  emo,  emere,  emi,  emptus. 
by,  d  or  ab,  prep.  w.  abl.  (315). 


Caesar,  Gdius  Julius  Caesar,  gen. 
Gat  lull  Caesaris, 

call,  voco,  vocdre,  vocdvT,  vocdtus  ;  no- 
mind,  nomindre,  noffzindvT,  nomi- 
ndtus ;  appello,  appelldre,  appelldvT, 
appelldtus ;  call  Out,  cldmd,  cld- 
nidre,  cldmdvJ,  cldmdtus  ;  call  upon 
somebody  for  something,  aliquid 
ab  aliquo  postulo,  postuldre,  postu- 
Idvi,  postuldtus  (56). 

calm,  tranquillitds,  tranquillitdtis,  f. 

camp,  castra,  castrorum,  n. 

Campania,  Campdnia,  Campdftiae,  f. 

Campus  Martins,  Campus  Mdrtius, 
gen.  Campi  MdrtT,  m. 

can,  possum,  posse,  potui,  —  /  I  can- 
not but  think,  facere  non  possufn 
qmnputetn  ;  you  cannot  but  think, 
facere  non  poles  quTn  pules;  he 
cannot  but  think,  facere  non  polesl 
quin  pulel,  etc. 

capital,  caput,  capilis,  n. 

Capitol,  Capilolium,  Capilolit,  n. 

Capitoline,  Capitollnus,  Capitollni, 
m.,  or  Capitolium,  Capitolii,  n. 

Cappadocia,  Cappadocia,  Cappadociae, 
f. 

captive,  captlvus,  a,  U7n ;  captus, 
a,  um  ;  noun,  caplivus,  captivT,  m. 

capture,  capio,  cap  ere,  cept,  caplus. 

care,  cura,  ciirae,  f.  ;  take  care  of, 
cHro,  curdre,  cUrdvt,  cUrdlus  ;  take 
care    (=be  cautious),   caved,   ca- 


ver e,  cdvT,  cauius ;  care  a  straw, 
flocct     facio,    facere,    feet,   faclus 

(34). 

carefully,  magnd  cum  cura ;  dili' 
genler,  accHrdle,  advs. 

Caria,  Cdria,  Cdriae,  f. 

carry,  portb,  porldre,  portdvT,  portd- 
lus ;  fero,  ferre,  lull,  Idlus ;  carry 
over,  trdnsportd,  Irdnsportdre,  Irdns- 
portdvT,  Irdnsporldtus. 

Carthage,  Karlhdgo,  Karlhdginis,  f. 

Carthaginian,  Karthdginiensis,  Kar- 
Ihdginiensis,  m. 

case,  res,  ret,  f. ;   causa,  causae,  f. 

Catiline,  Calillna,  Calillnae,  m. 

Cato,  Calo,  Calonis,  m. 

cattle,  pecus,  pecoris,  n.  ;  pecus,  pecu- 
dis,  f. 

Catulus,  Calulus,  Calult,  m. 

cause,  causa,  causae,  f.  ;  euro,  curdre, 
curdvi,  curdlus  (198);  efficid,  effi- 
cere,  effect,  effectus,  w.  ul  and  subj. 

cautious,  cauius,  a,  um. 

cavalry,  equildtus,  equitdlus,  m. 

celebrate  games,  ludds  facio,  facere, 
feci,  faclus;  celebrate  a  triumph, 
lriu77iphd,  Iriumphdre,  triumphdvl, 
Iriujnphdlus. 

celebrated,  cldrus,  a,  um. 

celestials,  caelesles,  caeleslum,  m. 

censure,  reprehendd,  reprehendere,  re- 
prehend!, reprehensus ;  culpo,  cut- 
pdre,  culpdvT,  culpdlus. 

center,  sld,  sldre,  sleli,  slalus. 

century  (=  one  hundred  years) ,  <:<?«- 
lum  annt  {cenlum  indecl.),  annus, 
t,  m. 

Ceparius,  Cepdrius,  Cepdrt,  m. 

Cerberus,  Cerberus,  Cerbert,  m. 

Ceres,  Ceres,  Cereris,  f. 

certain,  quldam,  quaedam,  quiddam 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


239 


or  quoddanty  indef.  pron.;  certus,  a, 

urn, 
CethegUS,  Cethegus^  Cethegi^  m. 
chain,  vinculum^  vinculiy  n.;   catena^ 

catenae^  f. 
chance,    occdsioy   occdsidniSf    f.  ;    you 

have  a  chance  to  show,  kabes  ubi 

ostendds  ;  by  Chance,  y^r/*?,  adv. 
change,   mutd,  mutdre,  mutdvi^  mu- 

tdtus;  change  one's  mind,  animum 

convertOy  converierey  cottvertiy  con- 

versus. 
charge  with,  accusd,  accusdrey  accusdvi^ 

accusdtus  (35). 
chariot,  currus^  currtis,  m. 
Charon,  Charon,  Chardntis,  m. 
chief,  prtncepSy  prlncipisy    adj.    and 

noun, 
chiefly,  maximif  adv. 
chieftain,  dux,  ducis,  m. 
child,/«<rr,/«^rJ,  m. ;  iinus  ex  llberis 

(one  of  the  children) . 
children,  liberty  llberoruftiy  m, 
Chilo,  Child y  ChlloniSy  m. 
choose,  f acid yfacere,fecTyfactus  ;  creo, 

credre,  credvi,  credtus ;  lego,  legere, 

legi,  lectus ;  deligo,  deligere,  delegt, 

delectus. 
Cicero,  Mdrcus  Tullius  Cicero,  gen. 

Mdrci  Tulli  Ciceronis,  m. 
CWic\3i,  Cilicia,  Ciliciae,  f. 
Cimon,  Ctmon,  Ctmonis,  m. 
Cincinnatus,   Lilcius    Qulntus    Cin- 

cinndtus,  gen.  Liici  Quintl  Cincin- 
nati, m. 
circular,  circuldris,  circuldre,  adj. 
circulate  a  report,  enuntid,  enuntidre, 

eniintidvt,  enuntidtus. 
Cisalpine,  Cisalpmus,  a,  um. 
citadel,  arx,  arcis,  f. 
citizen,  rtvis,  cTvis,  m.  and  f. 


city,  urbs,  urbis,  f. 

civic,  civicus,  a,  um, 

claim,  posed,  poscere,  popdsct,  — . 

clashing,  sonitus,  sonitus,  m. 

class,  ordo,  ordinis,  m. 

Claudius,  Appius  Claudius,  gen.  Appi 

Claudi^  m. 
Cleobulus,  Cleobulus,  Cleobull,  m. 
clever,  callidus,  a,  um. 
client,  clients,  clientis,  m.  and  f. 
cloak,  am  ictus,  amictus,  m. 
Clodius,  Clodius,  Clodi,  ni. 
coast,  dra  fuaritima,  gen.  drae  mari- 

timae,  f. 
cohort,  cohors,  cohortis,  f. 
cold,  frigus,  frigoris,   n. ;    extreme 

C0\6.,  frlgora,  frigorum,  n.  plu. 
collect,  cdgd,  cdgere,  coegT,  codctus ;  col- 

ligd,  colligere,  collegi,  collectus. 
college   (sacred),  sanctum  collegium, 

gen.  sdnctl  collegiT,  n. 
coloniae,  coldniae,  coldnidrum,  f. 
colonist,  coldnus,  cold^iT,  m. 
colony,  coldnia,  coldniae,  f. 
column,  columna,  columnae,  f. 
combined,  coniUnctus,  a,  uin. 
come,    venid,    ve^iire,    ve?tt,    ventus ; 

come  to  one's  aid,  alicm  auxilid 

venid,    venire,   veni,   ventus    (49) ; 

come  about  {—  happen),  su?n,  esse, 

fui,    futurus ;    fid,    fieri,    factus 

sum. 
coming,  adventus,  adventus,  m. 
command,    imperd,    imperdre,    impe- 

rdvi,   imperdtus   (282)  ;    military 

command   (=  commission),  impe- 

rium,  imperil,  n. 
commander-in-chief,  imperdtor,  im- 

perdtdris,  m. 
commend,   laudd,   lauddre,    lauddvT, 

lauddtus. 


240 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


commit  care  of,  commendo^  commen- 

ddrej  commenddvi^  commenddtus, 
common,  communis^  commfine^  adj. 
companion,  comes,  comitis,  m.  and  f. 
compel,  cogd,  ccgere,  coegi,  codctus. 
complain,  queror,  querl,  questus  sum. 
conceal,    celoy    celdrcy    celdvl^    celdtus 

(56). 

condition,  condicio,  condicionisy  f. ;  on 

condition    that,   si;    dum    modo ; 

conditions   fulfilled  =  all   things 

having  been  done, 
confess,  cdiifiteor,  confiterty  confessus 

sum, 
confidence,  fides,  fidei,  f. ;   to  have 

confidence    in,   cdnfiddy   cdnftdere, 

confisus  sum,  with    either  dat.    or 

abl. ;    to  lose  confidence,  difftdo, 

diffidere,  difflsus  sum. 
conjecture,  coniedura,  coniedurae,  f. 
connect,    inter   se    coniungere,    con- 

iungo,   coniungere,   coniunxi^   con- 

iu7idus, 
conquer,  vinco,  vincere,  vtcT,  vidus ; 

supero,    superdre,    superdvi,    supe- 

rdtus. 
conscience,  cdnscientia,  conscientiae,  f. ; 

because  his   conscience   troubled 

him,  propter   conscientiam   or  ab- 

iedus  cdnscientia, 
conscripti,       cdnscrlptiy      cdnscrtpto- 

rum,    m. 
consent,    consensid,  consensionis,   f. ; 

without  one's  consent,  eo   invito 

(74). 

consider,  iudico,  iudicdre,  iudicdvl, 
iudicdtus  (278) ;  be  considered, 
habeor,  haberl,  habitus  sum, 

consist  in  or  of,  sum,  esse,  ful,  futurus 

(33). 

conspirator,  coniurdtus,  coniilrdtl,  m. 


consul,  consul,  consulis,  m. 
consular,  consular  is,  consular  e,  adj. 
consulship,  cdnsuldtus,  cdnsuldtus,  m. 
consult,   cdnsulo,  cdnsulere,  consulutj 

consultus  (44). 
consummate,  summus,  a,  um. 
contain,  tened,  tenere,  tenut,  tentus  ; 

contain  the  fate  =  in  them  is  the 

fate, 
contented,  aequo  animo  (72  ;  2). 
contio,  contio,  cotttionis,  f. 
contract,  loco,  locdre,  locdvt,  locdtus 

(198). 
contrary  to,  contra,  prep,  with  ace; 

contrary  to  the  advice  of,   non 

monitus,  a,  um  ;  contra  voluntdtem, 
convey,    indued,    inducere,     induxt, 

inductus, 
convict,  da?nnd,  damndre,  damndvl, 

damndtus. 
Corcyra,  Corcyra,  Corcyrae,  f. 
cord,  nervus,  nervl,  m. 
Corinth,   Corinthus,  Corintht,  f. ;  at 

or  in  Corinth,  Corintht  (39). 
corn,  fru7?ientum,  frumenti,  n. 
corrections    made,    corrida,   correc- 

torum,  n. ;  corrections  being  made 

or  to  be  made,  corrigenda,  corri- 

gendorum,  n. 
cost,  sto,  stare,  stetl,  status. 
Cotta,  Marcus  Aurelius   Cotta,  gen. 

Mdrci  Aureli  Cotta e,  m. 
council,  concilium,  concilit,  n. 
countenance,  vultus,  vultus,  m. 
country,  ager,  agrl,  m. ;  native  coun- 
try, patria,  patriae,   f.  ;    country 

(in  opposition  to  city),  rus,  ruris, 

n. 
courage,   fortitudo,  fortitUdinis,    f.  ; 

virtus,  virtutis,  f.  ;    animt,  animo- 

rum,  m. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


241 


course,  cursusy  cursus^  m.;  of  course, 

quidem  ;  vero  (330) ;  in  the  course 

of    a    month,    in    mhtse    {rnensisy 

mensis,  m.). 
court  =  kingdom,  regnum^  regnly  n.; 

in  court,  in  iudicid. 
cover,  tegdy  tegere,  text,  tectus ;  cover 

with   troops,    cdpils  compled,  com- 

plere,  coniplevt,  completus. 
crafty,   callidus,  a,  um ;  pelldx,  pel- 

Idcisy  adj.  * 

create,  cred,  credre,  credvt,  credtus, 
credit,  decus^  decor  is,  n. 
creditor,  creditor,  creditoris,  m. 
Crete,  Creta,  Cretae,  f. 
crew,  virt,  virorum  ;  nautae,  nautd- 

rum,  m.;   remiges,  re?nigu?n,  m. 
crime,  scelus,  sceleris,  n.;  fidgitium, 

JldgitiT,  n. 
crisis,  discrimen,  discrtminis,  n. 
cross,  trdnseo,  trdnslre,  trdnsit,  trdn- 

situs. 
crowd,     concursus,     concursus,    m.  ; 

crowd    around,   circumve^iid,   cir- 

cumvenire,      circumvent,      circum- 

ventus. 
crowded,  celeb er,  Celebris,  celebre. 
crown,    corona,    coronae,    f. ;    corono, 

corondre,  corondvi,  corondtus. 
cruel,  crude  lis,  criidele,  adj. 
cruelty,     crude litds,    crildelitdtis,   f.; 

crucidtus,  crucidtus,  m. 
cultivate,  cold,  colere,  colut^  cultus. 
Cumae,     Ciimae,    Cumdrum,   f.  ;    of 

Cumae,  Cumaeus,  a,  um. 
curia,  curia,  curiae,  f. 
custody,    cUstodia,   custodiae,   f. ;    be 

in  custody,  comprehendor,  compre- 

hendi,  comprehensus  sum, 
custom,  mos,  moris,  m.  ; .  consuetUdo, 

consuetudinis,  f. 


cut,  caedo,  caedere,  cecidi,  caesus ; 
scindo,  scindere,  scidl,  scissus ;  cut 
into,  incido,  incTdere,  incTdi,  inci- 
sus ;  cut  off  from,  prohibeo,  pro- 
hibere,  prohibuT,  prohibitus,  w. 
abl.  of  separation. 

Cyzicus,  Cyzicus,  Cyzici,  f. 


Dacia,  Ddcia,  Ddciae,  f. 

daily,    quotidie,    adv.  ;     in   dies ;    in 

singulos  dies.. 
danger,  perlculum,  perTculT,  n. 
dangerous,  perlculosus,  a,  um. 
dare,  auded,  audere,  ausus  sum. 
daring,  auddx,  auddcis,  adj. 
Darius,  Ddrlus,  Ddri,  m. 
dark-colored,  pullus,  a,  um. 
darkness,  tenebrae,  tenebrdru7n,  f. 
date,  coept,  coepisse,  coeptus  sum. 
di8iXi%hiQX,  ftlia,  filiae,  f. 
day,  dies,  diet,  m.  or  f.  in  sing.,  m.  in 

plu. 
dead,  mortuus,  a,  um. 
dear,  car  us,  a,  um. 
death,  mors,  mortis,  f. 
debt,  aes  alienum,  gen.  aeris  alient,  n. 
debtor,  debitor,  debitdris,  m. 
December,  December,  Decembris,  De- 

cembre. 
decide,   cdnstitud,   constituere,   consti- 

tut,  constitutus  ;  decide  =  make  up 

one's  mind,  animum  indued,  in- 

ducere,  indtlxi,  inductus. 
declare,  died,  dicer e,  dixT,  dicius ;  de- 

Clare  war,  bellum  indlcd,  indicere, 

indixi,  indictus,  w.  dat. 
decree  of  the  senate,  indicium  send- 

tUs ;  sendtus  consultum  ;  decree  of 

banishment,  aquae  et  ignis  inter- 

dictio      {indicium,      iudicit,      n.  ; 


ELEM.  LATIN   WRITING  - 


■16 


242 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 


sendius,  sendtuSf  m. ;  consultum, 
consultTj  n. ;  aqua,  aquae,  f. ;  ignis, 
ignis,  m. ;  inter dictio,  inter dicti- 
onis,  f.). 

deed,  res,  ret,  f. ;  factum,  factl,  n. 

deep,  altus,  a,  um. 

defeat,  vincd,  vincere,  via,  victus; 
supero,  superdre,  superdvi,  superd- 
tus, 

defend,  defendo,  defendere,  defendt, 
defensus. 

defendant,  reus,  ret,  m. ;  hic  (114). 

deify,  pro  ded  cold,  colere,  colui,  cultus 
{deus,  del,  m.). 

Deiphobe,  DHphobe,  DHphobes,  f. 

delay,  moror,  fnordrl,  mordtus  sum; 
noun,  mora,  morae,  f. 

deliver,  trddo,  trddere,  trddidt,  trddi- 
tus  ;  deliver  an  address  or  oration, 
ordtionem  habed,  habere,  habuT,  habi- 
tus {ordtid,  drdtidnis,  f.)  ;  deliver 
books,  librds  adferd,  adferre,  attult, 
adldtus  (Jiber,  libri,  m.). 

DelOS,  Delos,  Dell,  f. 

Delphi,  Delphi,  Delphdrum,  m. 

demand,  postuld,  postuldre,  postuldvT, 
postuldtus ;  posed,  pdscere,  popdscT, 
— ;  demand  in  return,  repetd,  re- 
petere,  repetivt,  repetitus ;  make 
many   demands,   multa  postuldre 

(16). 

deny,  negd,  negare,  negavT,  negdtus ; 

infitior,  infitidri,  injitidtus  sum. 
depend  on,  cdnfidd,  cdnfidere,  cdnfisus 

sum. 
deposit,    depdnd,    depdnere,    deposut, 

aepositus  ;  deposit  verses,  carmina 

condd,    condere,    condidt,     conditus 

{carmen,  carminis,  n.). 
deprive,  prlvd,  privdre,  privdvi,  pru 

vdtus. 


deputies,  legdti,  legdtdrum,  m. 
desert,  deserd,  deserere,  deserui,  de- 

sertus;  relinqud,  relinquere,  reliqui, 

relictus. 
deserve,  mered,  merere,  meruT,  meri- 

tus, 
desire,  cupid,  cupere,  cupivT,  cupTtus ; 

requTrd,  requirere,  requisivi,  requT- 

situs ;  cupiditds,  cupiditdtis,  f. 
desirous,  cupidus,  a,  um. 
desist  from,  desistd,  desistere,  destiti, 

destitus. 
despair  of,  desperd,  desperdre,  despe- 

rdvT,  desperdtus. 
desperadoes,    virl    nequissimt    (yir, 

viri,  m. ;  nequissimus,  a,  um,  super. 

of  nequam,  worthless). 
destroy,  deleo,  delere,  delevi,  deletus  ; 

destroy  by  fire,  igni  incendd,  in- 

cendere,  incendi,  incettsus ;  destroy 

bridge,  pontem  interscindd,   inter- 

scindere,  interscidi,  interscissus,  or 

rescindd,     rescindere,     rescidi,     re- 

scissus. 
determine,    statud,    statuere,    statui, 

statutus ;  cdnstitud,  cdnstituere,  con- 

stituT,  cdnstitatus. 
devote   time,   tempus  sumd,  sumere, 

silmpsT,   sumptus,  w.  dat. ;    tempus 

tribud,    tribuere,     tribuT,     tributus 

{tetnpus,  temporis,  n.). 
devour,  vord,  vordre,  vordvi,  vordtus. 
Diana,  Didna,  Didnae,  f. 
dictator,  dictdtor,  dictdtdris,  m. 
dictatorship,     dictdtura,    dictdtUrae, 

/■ 

die,  morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum  (fut. 

part,  moriturus,  a,  um). 
differ,  differ d,  differre,  distulT,  dildtus, 
different,  varius,  a,  u?n. 
difficult,  difficilis,  difficile,  adj. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


243 


difficulty,  difficultds,  difficultdtis^  f.  ; 

with  difficulty,  vix^  adv. 
dig,  effodid,  effodere,  effodt,  effossus. 
diligently,  dlligentery  adv. 
dine,   ceno,  cendrey   cendvT,    cendtus ; 

dine  at  a  friend's  house,   apud 

amtcum  cendre. 
dining  room,  cendtid,  cendtidnis^  f. 
Diomede,  Diomedes,  Diomedis,  m. 
direction,  pars,  partis^  f. 
disappear,  evdnesco,  evdnescere^  evd- 

nui,  — . 
disappointed,    spe    delectus,    a,    um 

(^spesy  spet,  f.). 
disgrace,  turpitudd,  turpitudinis,  f. ; 

dedecusy  dedecoris,  n. 
disgraceful,  turpis,  turpe,  adj. 
disposition,  animusy  anifnty  m. 
distinguished,  cldrusy  a^  um, 
distribute,  distribudy  distribuere,  dis- 

tribuTy  distributus. 
district,  pars,  partis,  f. ;  pdgus,  pdgT, 

m. 
disturbance  of  mind,  animl  pertur- 

bdtidf  perturbdtionh,  f. 
^'A.Z\i.y  fossa,  fossae,  f. 
divide,  dlvldo,  dlvidere,  divisT,  divi- 

sus  ;  distribud,  distribuere,  distribui, 

distributus. 
divinely,  dTvTnitus,  adv. 
division,  pars,  partis,  f. 
do,  facid,  facer e,  feci,  factus ;    ago, 

agere,  egf,  actus  ;  gero,  gerere,  gessl, 

gestus  ;  do  one's  best,  operant  ndvd, 

ndvdre,     ndvdvi,     ndvdtus     (173  ; 

178). 

Dodona,  Dodona,  Dodonae,  f. 

dog,  canis,  canis,  m.  and  f.  (gen.  plu. 

canutn). 
door,  idnua,  idnuae,  f. 
doubt,  dubitdtio,  dubitdtionis,  f. ;  du- 


bito,  dubitdre,  dubitdvl,  dubitdtus  ; 

there   is  no   doubt  that,  non  est 

dubium  qutn  (276). 
down,   de,  prep.   v^^.   abl. ;    down  tO, 

ad,  prep.  v^.  ace. 
Draco,  Draco,  Draconis,  m. 
drag,   traho,  trahere,  trdxi,    trdctus; 

drag  =  trail,    defluo,    defiuere,    de- 
flu  xT,  de  flux  us. 
draw  up,  subdued,  subducere,  subduxi, 

subductus. 
dress,    habitus,    habitus,    m. ;     vestis, 

vestis,  f. 
drink,  bibd,  bibere,  bibi,  —  /  poto,  po- 

tdre,  potdvi,  potdtus  or  pot  us. 
drive,    ago,   agere,  egl,   dctus ;    drive 

out,    eicid,    eicere,    eiecT,     eiectus ; 

drive  back,   reicio,  reicere,   I'eieci, 

r  eiectus  ;  rep  el  Id,  repellere,  rep  pull, 

repulsus. 
drown,    submergd,    submergere,    sub- 

mersi,  submersus. 
during,  per,  prep.  w.  ace. 
duty,   officium,   officii ;    it   is   some 

one's  duty,  alicuius  est  (33). 
dwelling,  domicilium,  domicilii,  n. ; 

locus    ac  sedes    {locus,    loci,   m.    in 

sing.,    m.    and    n.   in    plu. ;     sedes, 

sedis,  f.). 
Dyrrachium,    Dyrrachium,    Dyrra- 

chit  or  Dyrrachi,  n. 

E 

each,  quisque,  quaeque,  quidque,  quic- 
que  or  quodque ;  uterque,  utraque, 
utrumque  (155). 

eager,  appetens,  gen.  appetentis,  adj. 
(90)  ;   cupidus,  a,  um. 

eagerly,  cupide,  adv. 

eagerness,  cupiditds,  cupiditdtis,  f. 

early,  mdture,  adv. ;  in  early  times, 


244 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


antiquissimis  temporibus  {antTquis- 
simus,  a,  um ;  tempusy  te??iporis, 
n.). 

easily,  yai^^/f,  adv. 

eaiSji  facilisy  facile f  adj. 

edict,  edictum,  edicti,  n. 

effect,  ejfficid,  efficere^  effect^  effectus  ; 
effect  a  retreat,  pedetn  referd,  re- 
fer re,  retuli,  reldtus  (210). 

effects,  resy  rerum,  f. ;  bona,  bono- 
ruin,  n. 

Egypt,  Aegyptus,  AegyptT,  f. 

eight,  odd,  indecl.  card.  adj. 

eighteen,  duodevtgintt,  indecl.  card, 
adj. 

elder,  senior,  adj. ;   ndtic  maior. 

elect,  deligd,  deligere,  delegi,  delectus  ; 
creo,  credre,  credvT,  credtus ;  facio, 
facer  e,  feci,  f actus. 

Elis,  Elis,  Elidis,  f. 

Elysium,  Elysium,  Elysii,  n. 

eminent,  su77imus,  a,  um ;  egregius, 
a,  uni ;  cldrus,  a,  um. 

employ,  negdtium  do,  dare,  dedi,  datus 
{negotium,  negotii,  n,). 

encircled  with  laurel,  lauredtus,  a, 
um. 

encounter,  adgredior,  adgredt,  adgres- 
sus  sum;  without  encountering 
any    resistance,   nullo   impediente 

(74). 

enemy,  hostis,  hostis,  m.  and  f. ;    ini- 

micus,  inimicl,  m.  and  f. 
enjoy,  utor,  utt,  ilsus  sum,  w.  abl. ; 

fruor,  fruT,  fructus  sum,  w.  abl. 
enmity,  inimuitia,  inimlcitiae,  f. 
enough,  satis,  adv.  and  indecl.  adj. 
enter,  intro,  intrdre,  intrdvi,   intrd- 

tus ;    ingredior,    ingredt,    ingressus 

sum  w.  prep,  inti'd  and  ace. 
entertainer,  hospes,  hospitis,  m.  and  f. 


entrance,  aditus,  aditHs,  m. 
enumerate,   numerd,  numerdre,  nu- 

merdvT,  numerdtus  ;  percurro,  per* 

currere,    percucurrt     or    percurrl^ 

percursus. 
envious,  invididsus,  a,  um. 
envoy,  invidia,  ae,  f. ;   invideo,  invi- 

dere,   invidi,   invtsus,  w.  dat.   (42, 

43)._ 
Epaminondas,    Epaminondas,    Epa- 

minondae,  m. 
Ephialtes,  Ephidltes,  Ephidltae,  m. 
Epirus,  EpTrus,  EplrJ,  f. 
equestrian     statue,     imago     equitis 

{imago,  hndginis,  f . ;    eques,  equi' 

lis,  m.). 
equites,  equites,  equitum,  m. 
Erebus,  Erebus,  Erebl,  m. 
erect,   pond,   ponere,  posuT,  positvs ; 

conloco,   conlocdre,  conlocdvT,  conlo- 

cdtus  (198). 
Erythrae,     Erythrae,     Erythrdrum, 

f. ;     of   Erythrae,    Erythraeus,    a, 

um. 
escape,  eripio,  Sripere,  eripm,  ereptus 

with   ace.  of  pers.  or   refl.  pron. ; 

escape  notice,  lated,  latere,  latui,  — . 
especially,  praesertim,   adv. ;    prae- 

cipue,  adv. 
Etruria,  Etruria,  Etruriae,  f. 
Euboea,  Euboea,  Euboeae,  f. 
Europe,  Eurdpa,  Europae,  f. 
Eurotas,  Eurotds,  Eurotae,  m. 
even,  etiain,  conj.  (330)  ;  not  even, 

ne  .  .  .  quide?n  (305). 
evening,  vesper,  vespert,  m. ;  vesper, 

vesperis,     m.  ;     vespera,     vesperae, 

f. 
ever  =  at  any  time,  umquam,  adv. ; 

ever  =  always,  semper  ;  adv.,  num- 

quam  non  (298). 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


245 


everlasting,  sempitemus,  «,  urn;  ae- 

ternus,  a^  um, 
every,     guisque,     quaeque^     quidque^ 

quicque   or  quodque,  indef.  pron. ; 

omnis,  omne,  adj.  (155). 
ever5rwhere,   omnibus    in  partibus ; 

ubique^  adv. ;   vulgo,  adv. 
evidence,  indiciuniy  indicil,  n. 
exactly,    ipse^   «,    um^   intens.  pron. 

(128). 

excel,  praecedoj  praecedeve,  praecessi^ 

praecessuSf  w.  ace. ;  praesto,  prae- 

stdre,  praestittf  praestitus,  w.  dat. 
except,  praeler,  prep.  w.  ace. 
exceptional,  egregius^  a^  um ;  singu- 

Idrisy  singuldre. 
exceptionally,  egregie,  adv. 
exclaim,    cld7nitOy    ddiniidre,    cldmi- 

tdvif  cldj7iitdtus. 
excuse,  excUso,  excusdrcy  exciisdvi,  ex- 

cusdtus  ;  they  excused  themselves 

for    coming,   se   excusdbant    quod 

venissent. 
exhibit,    ostendd^     ostendere^     ostendi, 

ostentus. 
exhort,  cohorior,  cohortdrT,  cohortdtus 

sum. 
exile,  in  exilium  eicio,  eicere,  HecT, 

eiectus  {exsilium,  exsilii,  n.);    an 

exile,  exsul,  exsulis,  m. 
expedient,   commodus,  «,  U7n ;   opti- 

mus,  «,  um. 
expel,    expello,    expellere^   expulty  ex- 

pulsus. 
experience,  ilsus,  ilsils,  m. 
exploits,  res  gestae,  f.  (res,  rerum,  f. ; 

gestt,  ae,  a). 
extend,  pertined,  per  liner  e,  pertinuT, 

pertenttis. 
extraordinary,  singuldris,  singuldre  ; 


egregi 


us,  a,  um. 


eye-witness,  spectator  et  testis  (18) 
{spectator,  spectdtoris,  m.  and  f.; 
testis,  testis,  m.  and  f.). 

F 

Fabius,  Fabius,  FabT,  m. 

face,  fades,  faciei,  f.  ;  vultus,  vultus, 
m. ;   OS,  oris,  n. 

fact,  res,  ret,  f . ;  in  fact,  re;  facts 
in  the  case,  res  ipsae,  gen.,  re- 
rum  ipsdrum, 

Faesulae,  Faesulae,  Faesuldi-um,  f. 

fa.ith.fvLl,  fde/is,  fde/e  ;  ftdus,  a,  um. 

faithfully,  fdeliter,  adv. ;  dtligenter, 
adv. 

fall,  cado,  cadere,  cecidi,  cdsus  ;  fall  = 
drop,  defiuo,  defluere,  defiuxt,  de- 
fluxus. 

famous,  cldrus,  a,  um;  ille,  a,  ud, 
demons,  pron.  (120). 

far,  longe,  adv.  (94). 

farm,  praedium,  praedit,  n. 

farmer,  agricola,  agricolae,  m. ;  farm- 
er of  revenue,  publicdnus,  publi- 
cdnT,  m. 

fasces,  fasces,  fascium,  m. 

father,  pater,  patris,  m. 

fatherly,  patrius,  a,  um. 

favor,  benefcium,  beiteficiT,  n.  ;  favor 
=  approve  of,  probo,  probdre, 
probdvT,  probdtus ;  favor  =  sup- 
port, faved,  favere,  fdvi,  fautus,  w. 
dat. 

favorable,  oppoi^tunus,  a,  um ;  ido- 
neus,  a,  u?n. 

favorite  =  one  especially  loved, 
praecipue  dtlectus  {praecipue,  adv. ; 
dtlectus,  perf.  part,  of  diligo,  dlli- 
gere,  dilexi,  dtlectus'). 

fear,  timor,  timoris,  m.  ;  metus,  me- 
tus,  m.  ;    timed,  tifnere,  ti??iuT, — / 


246 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


metuo,  metuere,  metrn,  metutus ; 
vereor^  vererT,  veritus  sum. 

fearlessly,  fortiter^  adv. 

fearlessness,  fortilildd,  fortitudinis^  f. 

feast,  epuior,  epuldrl,  epuldtus  sum^ 
w.  abl.  ;  epulum,  epull,  sing.  n.  ; 
epulae^  epuldrum^  plu.  f.  ;  comis- 
sdtiOf  cdmissdtionis,  f. ;  convivium, 
convtvu,  n. 

feel  =  think,  sentid^  sentTre^  sensT, 
sensus ;  feel  friendly,  bond  animo 
suniy  esse,  fm,  futurus  ;  feel  grate- 
ful, grdtiam  habed,  habere,  habm, 
habitus;  feel  pity,  miser et,  mise- 
rere, miseruit,  —  (37) ;  feel  sorry, 
paenitet,  paenitere,  paenituit,  — 
(37)  ;  feel  sure,  scio,  scire,  scwi, 
scitus ;  non  dubito,  dubitdre,  dubi- 
tdvT,  dubitdtus. 

Felix,  Felix,  FelTcis,  m. 

ferry,  cy7?iba  subvectd,  subvectdre,  sub- 
vectdvT,  subvectdtus  {cymba,  cymbae, 
f.)  ;  lintre  trdnsporto,  trdnsportdre, 
trdnsportdvt,  trdnsportdtus  {linter, 
lintris,  f.). 

fetters,  catenae,  catendrum,  f.  ;  cofn- 
pedes,  coinpedum,  m.  and  f. 

few,  paucT,  ae,  a;  very  few,  per- 
paucT,  ae,  a. 

fidelity,  fidelitds,fidelitdtis,  f. 

field,  ager,  agri,  m. 

fiercely,  dcriter,  adv. 

fifteen,  qulndecim,  indecl.  card.  adj. 

fifth,  quintus,  a,  um. 

fifty,  quinqudgintd,  indecl.  card, 
adj. 

fight,  pugno,  pugndre,  pugndvt,  pug- 
ndtus ;  proelior,  proelidrt,  proelid- 
tus  sum, 

file  =  go  one  by  one,  singull,  ae^  a, 
eo,  tre,  it,  itus. 


fill  with,  compleo,  compter e,  complevt, 

completus. 
finally,  denique  (304). 
find,  invenio,  invemre,  invent,  inven- 
tus; reperio,  reperire,  repperi,  reper- 

tus ;  find  out,  cognosco,  cognoscere, 

cognovT,  cognitus. 
finish,  ftnio,  fintre,  finivT,  finitus  ; 

conjicid,  conficere,  confect,  confectus  ; 

perjicio,  perjicere,  perfect,  perfectus  ; 

give  finishing  touches,  manus  ex- 

tref?ids  impono,  impdnere,  imposut, 

impositus. 
fire,  ignis,  ignis,  m. 
firm,  constdns,  gen.  constantis,  adj. 
first,  prtmus,  a,  um ;    unus,    a,    um 

(84)  ;   at  first,  primd. 
fitted,  aptus,  a,  um ;  acco7nmoddtuSy 

a,  um. 
five,  quinque,  indecl.  card.  adj. 
fix,  ftgo,  ftgere,  fixi,  fixus. 
fL3im.Q,Jlamma,  Jlammae,  f. 
Flaminian  Way,  Fldffiinia  via,  gen. 

Fldminiae  viae,  f. 
flee,  fugio,  fugere,  fugt,  fugitus. 
fleet,  classis,  classis,  f. 
flourish,  flored,  fiorere,  fiorut,  — . 
flow,  fluo,  Jluere,  JiuxT,  fluxus. 
fLowQX,  Jlos,  Jioris,  m. 
fold  of  a  toga,  sinus,  sinUs,  m. 
follow,  sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum  ;  as 

follows,  hoc  (112). 
following,    sequens,    gen.     sequentis, 

pres.  part.  ;  on  the  following  day, 

poster 0  die  ;  proximo  die  ;  postrtdte 

eius  diet. 
fond  of,  cupidus,  a,  um  ;  studio sus,  a, 

um;  be  fond  of,  amo,  amdre,amd- 

vt,  amdtus;  dlligo,   dtligere,  dilext, 

dilectus. 
foolish,  stultus,  a,  um. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


247 


foot,  pes,  pedis,  m. ;   on  f OOt,  pedibus  ; 

foot  of  =  lowest  part  of,  Imus,  a, 

um. 
foot-soldier,  pedes,  peditis,  m. 
for,  pro,  prep.  w.  abl.  (314);  enim, 

conj.  (344-348). 
forbid,  veto,  vetdre,  vetm,  vetitus. 
force,  VIS,  VIS,  f.;    cogo,  cogere,  coegi, 

codctus  ;  pello,  pellere,  pepuli,  pulsus  ; 

force  one's  way,/*?^  vim  iter  f acid, 

facer  e,  feci,  f actus, 
forces,  copiae,  copidrum,  f. 
foreign,  alienus,  a,  um ;  peregrinus, 

a,  um. 
foreigners,  exteri,  exterorum,  m.  and 

f.;    peregrint,    peregrlnorum,     m. 

and  f. 
forest,  silva,  silvae,  f. 
forget,  obllvtscor,  obliviscT,  oblitus  sum. 
forgive,    condono,    condondre,   condo- 

ndvt,  condondtus  ;  ignosco,  tgnoscere, 

tgnovt,  tgnotus, 
form,  facid,  facer e,  feet,  factus  ;  form 

a  plan,  consilium  ineo,  intre,  init, 

initus  {consilium,  consiliT,  n.). 
former,  prior,  prius. 
Formiae,  Formiae,  Formidrum,  f. 
forsake,  relinquo,  relinquere,  reltqui, 

relictus;    desero,    deserere,   deserui, 

desertus. 
fortieth,  quadrdgesimus,  a,  um, 
fortify,  milnio,  munire,  miimvT,  mH- 

nitus:    most    strongly    fortified, 

mUnitissimus,  a,  um. 
fortunate,  fortUndtus,  a,  um  ;  bedtus, 

a,  um  ;  felix,  gen.  felTcis. 
fortunes,  res,  rerum,  f.;   bona,  bono- 

rufn,  n. 
forty-ninth,  undequTnqudgesimus,  a, 

um. 
Forum,  forum,  fori,  n. 


found,  condo,  condere,  condidt,  condi- 

tus. 
four,  quattuor,  indecl.  card.  adj. 
four  hundred,  quadringentl,  ae,  a. 
fourteen,  quattuor decim,  indecl.  card. 

adj. 
fourth,  qudrtus,  a,  um. 
free,    liber,    libera,    liberum ;    libero, 

liber dre,    liber dvt,    liber dtus  ;    free 

(from    debt),    dissolvo,     dissolvere, 

dissolvT,  dissolutus. 
frequented,  celeber,  Celebris,  celebre ; 

much  frequented,  celeberrimus,  a, 

um. 
frequently,  saepe,  adv. 
friend,  amicus,  amicT^  m.  and  f, 
friendship,  aT?iTcitia,  amicitiae,f. 
frighten,  terreo,  terrere,  terruT,  ter- 

ritus. 
frightful,  perhorrendus,  a,  um. 
from,  d,   ab,  de,  e,  ex,  prep.  w.  abl. 

(318). 

frost,  pruTna,  pruinae,  f. 

full,  plenus,  a,  um  ;  completus,  a,  um  ; 

full  =  loose,  laxus,  a,  um. 
Furies,  furiae,  furidrum,  f. 
furthermore,  autem  (340). 
tv^yiXQ,  futurus,  a,  um. 

6 

Gabinius,  Aulus  Gabmius,  gen.  Aull 

Gabini,  m. 
gain,  vinco,  vincere,  vicT,  victus  ;  gain 

possession  of,  potior,  potiri,  potitus 

sum  (79). 
Gallic,  Gallicus,  a,  um, 
game,  ludus,  ludi,  m, 
garden,    hortus,    hortT,    m. ;     nemus, 

nemoris,  n. 
garland,  sertum,  sertT,  n. 
gdXQ,  porta,  portae,  f. 


248 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


Gaul,  Gallia,  Galliaey  f. 

Gauls,  Gallt,  Gallorum,  m. 

general,  imperdtor,  imperdtdris,  m. 

gentle,  lenis,  lene ;  mitisy  mite. 

Gentlemen  of  the  Jury,  indices,  iiidi- 
cum,  m. 

get,  obtineo,  obtinere,  obtinui,  obtentus  ; 
get  rid  of,  interficio,  interficere,  in- 
ter feci,  interfectus ;  get  OUt  of  = 
escape,  eripid,  eripere,  eripuT,  erep- 
tusy  w.  ace.  of  reflex,  pron. ;  get 
together  ships,  naves  appello,  ap- 
pellere,  appull,  appulsus  {ndvis, 
ndviSf  f.). 

gift,  donum,  doni,  n. ;  munusy  mune- 
ris,  n. 

gilt,  aurdtusy  a,  um  ;  aureus,  a,  um. 

girdle,  dncturay  clnctUraey  f. 

girl,  puelkiy  puellae,  f. 

give,  doy  darey  dediy  datus ;  dono, 
dondrey  dondviy  dondtus ;  give  ad- 
vice, monedy  monerey  tnonuiy  moni- 
tus ;  give  answers,  respondedy 
responderey  respofidiy  responsus ; 
give  up  =  surrender,  deddy  dedere, 
dedidiy  deditus ;  trdddy  trddere, 
trddidiy  trdditus ;  give  Up  debtors, 
obaerdtos  addicoy  addicerey  addixTy 
addictus. 

Glabrio,  Glabrid,  GlabrioniSy  m. 

glad,  laetusy  a,  um  (189);  be  glad, 
laetory  laetdriy  laetdtus  sum  ;  gaudedy 
gaudere,  gavTsus  sum, 

glibness,  volubilitdsy  volubilitdtisy  f. 

gloomy,  tristisy  triste ;  dtery  dtray 
dtrum. 

glory,  lauSy  laudis,  f. ;  gloriay gloria ey  f. 

go,  eoy  trey  iiy  itus ;  go  away,  abedy 
ablre,  abiiy  abitus ;  go  back,  rededy 
redtrey  rediiy  reditus ;  go  down, 
descenddy  descendere,  descendl,  de- 


scensus;  go  out,  exedy  exTrty  exit, 

ex  itus ;   go   on,  geror,  gert,  gestus 

sum. 
god,  deus,  del,  m. ;  gods  of  the  lower 

world,  Inferl,  Inferoruni,  m. 
goddess,  dea,  deacy  f. 
golden,  aureusy  ay  um. 
good-by,  God  bless  you,  amd  nos  et 

vale  et  salve. 
goodness,  bonitdSy  bonitdtiSy  f. 
goods,    bonay    bonorumy   n. ;    reSy  re- 

rumy  f. 
govern,  regdy  regercy  rexly  rectus. 
governor,  propraetor,  propraetorisy  m. 
^diVdy  frumentumy  frumently  n. 
granary,   frilmentdrium    subsidium, 

gQTi.  frumentdril  subsidii,  n, 
grandfather,  avus,  avi,  m. 
grant  permission,  concedJy  concedere, 

concessly  concessus. 
great,  magnus,  a,  um;  as  great  as, 

tantuSy  ay  um  .  .  .  quantusy  ay  um, 
Grecians,  Graecl,  Graecorum,  m. 
Greece,  Graecia,  Graeciae,  f. 
Greek,  Graecus,  a,  um, 
grieve  at,  doled,  dolercy  doluly  —  (59). 
groan,  gemoy  gemercy  gemul,  gemitus. 
ground,  solum,  soliy  n.;  on  the  ground, 

huml  (76). 
groups  of  statuary,  imdginesy  imdgi- 

num,  f.;   statuae,  statudrum,  f. 
grove,  silva,  silvacy  f.;   sacred  grove. 

Ulcus,  lady  m. 
guard,  ciistosy  custodisy  m. ;  praesidiumy 

praesidily    n.;     custodio,   custodire, 

cilstodlvl,  custodltus ;  body-guard, 

praetoria   cohors,   gen.    praetoriae 

cohortisy  f. 
guest,  hospes,  hospitis,  m.  and  f. 
guide,  dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f.;    under 

some  one's  guidance,  aliquo  duce 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


249 


(74) ;  for  the  guidance  of  the  boat, 

quo  cymbam  subigat  (206) ;   subigo, 
subigercy  subegl,  subdctus. 
guilty,  culpanduSf  a,  um  ;  not  guilty, 
innocens,  gen.  innocentis,  adj. 


Halicarnassus,  Halicarnassus^  Hali- 
carnasstf  f. 

hand,  manus,  mamlSi  f.;  on  the 
other  hand,  autem  (340). 

handsome,  pulcher^  pulchra,  pul- 
chriwi. 

hang,  dissideo,  dissidere,  dissedt, 
dissessus. 

Hannibal,  Hannibal^  Hannibalis,  m. 

happen,  fid,  Jierly  /actus  sum  ;  con- 
HngOy  contingere,  contigT,  contact  us  ; 
accido,  accidere,  accidt,  — . 

happy, /<?/i"x,  gtn./elicis,  adj.;  bedtus, 
a,  um. 

harbor,  portus,  portus,  m. 

hard,  difficilisj  difficile. 

harm,  detrimentufn,  detrimetitt,  n.; 
noceo,  nocerCf  nocui,  nocitus  (43). 

harvest,  seges,  segetis,  f. 

hasten,  contenddj  contendere,  con- 
tendt,  contentus ;  mdturo,  mdturd- 
re,  mdturdvi,  mdtilrdtus ;  propero, 
proper  dre,  proper  dvT,  properdtus, 

hate,  odt,  odisse. 

hatred,  odium,  odiT,  n.  (49). 

haughtily,  superbe ;  rather  haught- 
ily, superbius  {^^). 

have,  habeo,  habere,  habuT,  habitus; 
have  rights  of  citizens,  clvium 
iura  teneo,  tenere,  tenuT,  tentus 
{iUs,  iuris,  n.;  civis,  cTvis,  m.); 
have  much  power,  multum  pos- 
sum, posse,  potuT,  — /  multum 
valeo,  valere,  valuT,  —  ;  have  faith 


in,  confido,  conftdere,  conftsus 
sum;  fidem  habere,  w.  dat.;  you 
have  an  opportunity  to  show, 
habes  ubi  ostentes. 

he,  is ;  hie;  ille,  demons,  pron. 

head,  caput,  capitis,  n. 

hear,  audio,  audlre,  audtvT,  audttus, 

hearsay,  audltio,  audltidnis,  f.; 
"hearsay  is  no  evidence,"  flctis 
auditionibus  non  credendum  est. 

heart,  cor,  cordis,  n.;  heart  of  the 
city,  media  urbs,  gen.  mediae  urbis, 

f-  (95). 

YiQaxth,  focus,  foct,  m. 

heaven,  caeluju,  caeli,  n. 

heavy,  gravis,  grave. 

Hebe,  H'ebe,  Hebes,  f. 

Hector,  Hector,  Hectoris,  m. 

height,  altitudo,  altitudinis,  f. 

Helen,  Helena,  Heleitae,  f. 

Hellespont,  Hellespontus,  Hellesponti, 
m. 

help,  auxilium,  auxilii,  n.  (49). 

her,  her  own,  suus,  a,  um,  poss. 
pron.  referring  to  the  subject,  but 
agreeing  with  the  object  possessed; 
eius,  huius,  or  illius  may  be  used  to 
express  her  not  referring  to  the  sub- 
ject; her,  a  direct  object,  is  to  be 
expressed  by  the  accusative,  earn, 
hanc,  or  illam. 

Heraclea,  Heraclea,  Heracleae,  f. 

Hercules,  Hercules,  Her  cutis,  m. 

here,  hlc,  adv. ;   in  hoc  loco. 

hero,  vir,  virl,  m.;  herds,  herois, 
m. 

Herodotus,  Herodotus,  Herodott,  m. 

heroism,    fortitudd,   fortitudinis,    f. 

(20). 

hesitate,  diibito,  dubitdre,  dubitdvi, 
dubitdtus. 


2SO 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


hesitation,  dubitatid,  dubitdtidnis,  f.; 

recusdtio,  recusdtionis,  f. 
high,  alius,  a,  um  ;    it's  high  time, 

tandem  aliquando. 
highly,     alte,     adv.;      magni,     adj. 

(34). 

hill,  collis,  collis,  m. 

himself,  ipse,  intens.  pron.;  se,  reflex, 
pron. 

Hipparchus,  Hipparchus,  Hipparcht, 
m. 

Hippias,  Hippids,  Hippiae,  m. 

his,  his  own,  suus,  a,  um,  poss.  pron. 
referring  to  the  subject,  but  agreeing 
with  the  object  possessed ;  eius, 
huius,  or  illlus  may  be  used  to 
express  his,  not  referring  to  the 
subject. 

historian,  rerum  gestdrum  scriptor 
(res,  ret,  f. ;  gestus,  a,  um ;  scrip- 
tor,  scriptor  is,  m.). 

hold,  teneo,  tenere,  ienm,  tentus  ;  sus- 
iineo,  sustinere,  susiinuT,  sustentus, 

holy,  sdnctus,  a,  um. 

home,  domus,  domus,  f. ;  at  home, 
doml    (76);     from    home,    domd 

(76); 

homesickness,  suorum  desiderium, 
aesiderit,  n. 

honesty,  probitds,  probitdtis,  f. 

honor,  honor,  honoris,  m.;  pudor, 
pudoris,  m.;  decus,  decor  is,  n. ;  in 
honor  of,  honoris  causa  (29) ;  treat 
with  honor  or  respect,  summd 
honore  adjicio,  adficere,  adfect,  ad- 
fectus. 

horse,  equus,  equi,  m. 

horseman,  eques,  equitis,  m. 

Hortensius,  Hortensius,  Hortensl,  m. 

host,  hospes,  hospitis,  m. 

hostage,  obses,  obsidis,  m. 


hostile,  inimtcus,  a,  um. 

house,  domus,  domus,  f.  ;  domicilium, 
dojnicilii,  n. 

how,  quo  modo  ?  quem  ad  modum  ? 
how  many,  quot?  quam  multi,  ae, 
a  ?  how  hard,  quam  difficilis,  diffi- 
cile ? 

however,  autem  (340). 

humanity,  humdnitds,  htimdnitdtis,  f. 

hundred,  centum,  indecl.  card.  adj. 

hundredth,  centesimus,  a,  um. 

husband,  coniilnx,  coniugis,  m.;  m^a- 
ritus,  mar  lit,  m. 

hurl,  deicio,  deicere,  deiecT,  deiectus; 
contorqueo,     contorquere,     contorsl, 

■    contortus. 

hut,  casa,  casae,  i. 


ice,  glacies,  glaciet,  f. 

Ida,   Mdtis     Ida,    gen.   montis    Idae 

{iiions,  m. ;  Ida,  f.). 
if,  St  (215);  St  (170). 
ill,  aeger,  aegra,  aegrum. 
illustrious,  cld7'us,  a,  um ;  illustri- 
ous warrior,  perttissimus  ret  mili- 

tdris  {militdris,  mtlitdre^. 
imagine,  puto,  putdre,  putdvi,  putdtus. 
immediately,  statim  ;  protinus  ;  con- 

festim. 
immense,  ingens,  gen.  ingentis,  adj. ; 

imfndnis,    immdne;    maximus,    a, 

ufn. 
immortal,  immortdlis,  immortdle. 
impending  =  threatening,    mindns, 

minantis,   pres.   part. ;    impendens 

impendentis,  pres.  part. 
imperator,     imperdtor,    imperdtoris, 

m. 
implore,   imploro,  implordre,  implo- 

rdm,  implordtus. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


251 


importance  (of  great),  magnl  (34; 

38). 
important,  magnus,  a,  um, 
impose,   hnpdftd^   impdnere^   imposuh 

impositus. 
imprisonment   for   life,   vincula   et 

ea  sempiterna  {vinculum,  vincult, 

n. ;     iSf    ea,    id ;    sefnpiternusy    a, 

um), 
in,  in,  prep.  w.  abl.  (319). 
incense,  tUs,  turis,  n. 
increase,  auged,  augere,  auxT,  auctus, 

trans. ;    cresco,  crescere,  crevi,    ere- 

(us,  intrans. 
incredible,  incredibilis,  incredibile, 
indicate,   indico,    indicdre,    indicdvi, 

indicdius ;     doceo,     docere,     docuT, 

doctus, 
indispensable,  necessdrius,  a,  um, 
Indus,  Indus,  Indi,  m. 
inevitable,  ndn  vTtandus,  a,  um. 
infantry,  pedites,  peditufn,  m. ;  pedi- 

tdtus,  peditdtils,  m. 
inferior,  inferior,  tnferius. 
influence,     auctdritds,     auctoritdtis ; 

adduco,    adducere,    adduxi,    adduc- 

tus  ;  per  moved,  permovere,  permovT, 

permotus. 
influential,  potentissimus,  a,  um  ;  be 

exceedingly  influential,  plurimum 

possum,  posse,  potuT,  — /  plurimum 

valeo,  valere,  valui,  — . 
inform,     aliquem     certiorem    facio, 

facer e,  feci,  f actus, 
inhabit,  incold,  incolere,  incolui,  — . 
inhabitant,  incola,  incolae,  m.  and  f. ; 

oppiddnus,  oppiddni,  m.  and  f. 
injury,  iniilria,  iniuriae,  f. 
innocent,  innocens,  innocentis,  adj. 
inquire,    quaerd,    quaerere,   quaestvi, 

quaesJius. 


inscribe,  inscribo,  tnscribere,  InscrlpsT, 
Inscriptus. 

insolently,  arroganter,  adv. ;  superbe, 
adv. 

institute,  mstitud,  tnstituere,  mstituT, 
institutus. 

intellect,  mens,  mentis,  f. ;  ingenium, 
ingeniJ,  n. 

intend,  esse  in  animo,  w.  dat.  of 
possessor;  some  one  intends  to 
go,  alicui  est  in  animo  tre ;  aliquis 
iturus  est. 

interests,  res,  rerum,  f. 

interview,  conloquium,  conloquii,  n. 

into,  in,  prep.  w.  ace. 

intrust  (the  defense),  trddd,  trader e, 
trddidi,  trdditus  (198). 

invade,  invddo,  invddere,  invdsl,  in- 
vdsus. 

invite,  invito,  invltdre,  invltdvi,  in- 
vltdtus. 

island,  insula,  Insulae,  f. 

it,  is,  ea,  id ;  hlc,  haec,  hoc ;  ille,  illa^ 
illud. 

Italica,  Italica,  Italicae,  f. 

Italy,  Italia,  Italiae,  f. 

its,  suus,  a,  um,  poss.  pron.  refer- 
ring to  the  subject  but  agreeing  with 
the  object  possessed ;  eius,  huius, 
or  illlus  may  be  used  to  translate 
its  not  referring  to  the  subject. 


jealousy,  invidia,  invidiae,  f. 

jokingly,  ridicule,  adv. 

Juba,  luba,  lubae,  m. 

judge,  index,  iudicis,  m.  and  f. 

Julius  Caesar,  Gdius  lulius  Caesar^ 

gen.  Gal  lull  Caesaris,  m. 
July,    Qulntllis,    e;    lulius,    a,    um 

(353)- 


252 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


Juno,  I  find,  liindnis,  f. 
Jupiter,  luppiter,  lovis,  m. 


keep  back  or  from,  prohibed,  prohi- 
here,  prohibuT,  prohibitus  ;  keep  in 
mind,  memorid  teneo,  tenere,  tenuT, 
tentus ;  keep  saying,  diaiidy  dicti- 
idre,  dictitdvT,  dictitdtus ;  keep 
one's  promise  =  do  that  which 
one  promises  that  he  will  do 
(185). 

kill,  interficio,  interficere,  interfeci, 
interfectus ;  occtdd,  ocddere,  occidi, 
occtsus. 

kind,  genius,  generis,  n. ;  bemgnus,  a, 
urn;  kinds  of  torture,  exempla 
crucidtusque  (18) ;  what  kind  of  ? 
qudlis,  qudle  ?  adj. ;  qui,  quae, 
quod?  inter,  pron. 

kindly  disposed,  bono  animd  (72.  2). 

kindness,  beneficium,  beneficil,  n.  (20). 

king,  rex,  regis,  m. 

knight,  eques,  equitis,  m. 

know,  scid,  scire,  scivT,  scTtus ;  cog- 
no  sco,  cognoscere,  cognovT,  cognitus  ; 
intellego,  intellegere,  intellexi,  intel- 
lectus ;  best  known,  ndtissi?nus,  a, 
um. 


Laconia,  Lacdnia,  Laconiae,  f. 

lake,  lacus,  lacUs,  m. 

land,  terra,  terrae,  f. ;  ager,  agri,  m. ; 

expono,  exponere,  exposui,  expositus ; 

e  ndviegredior,  egredi,  egressus  sum  ; 

on  land  and  sea,  terrd  marique. 
Laocoon,  Ldocoon,  Ldocoontis,  m. 
large,  magnus,  a,  um ;    ingens,  gen. 

ingentis,  adj. 
lash,  verber,  verberis,  n. ;   verberibus 


excrucio,  excrucidre,  excrucidvi,  ex- 
crucidtus, 

last,  exlremus,  a,  um  ;  sum,  esse,  fui, 
futurus, 

late,  recens,  gen.  recentis,  adj. ;  tar- 
dus, a,  um  ;  late  in  the  day,  multd 
die ;  lately,  nuper ;  a  few  years 
later,  pau^Is  post  annis  (60). 

Latins,  Latlnl,  Latinorum,  m. 

latter,  hie,  haec,  hoc,  demons,  pron. ; 
alter,  altera,  alter  um,  adj. ;  in  lat- 
ter part  of  life,  extremd  vitd, 

Laurentum,  Laurentufn,  Laurent!,  n. 

Lavinium,  LdvTnium,  Ldvini,  n. 

law,  lex,  legis,  f. 

lawful,  iustus,  a,  um ;  be  lawful, 
licet,  licere,  licuit  or  licitum  est. 

lay,  pond,  ponere,  posul,  positus  ;  lay 
waste,  vdsto,  vdstdre,  vdstdvT,  vas- 
tdtus ;  lay  aside,  depono,  depdnere, 
deposui,  d epo situs ;  lay  the  case 
before  the  senate,  ad  sendtum 
referd,  referre,  rettuli,  reldtus. 

lead,  diicd,  ducere,  dilxi,  ductus ;  lead 
a  life,  vitam  vivo,  vTvere,  vixt, 
victus. 

lead,  plumb eus,  a,  um. 

leader,  dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f. ;  prin- 
ceps,  principis,  m.  and  f. 

leaf,  foliufii,  folii,  n. 

learn,  discd,  discere,  didicT,  —  /  cdg- 
ndscd,  cdgndscere,  cdgndvi,  cdgnitus. 

learned,  doctus,  a,  um ;  eruditus,  a, 
um. 

leave,  relinqud,  relinquere,  reliquT, 
relictus ;  exed,  exTre,  exit,  exitus ; 
discedd,  discedere,  discesst,  discessus ; 
leave  in  some  one's  charge,  trddd, 
trddere,  trddidl,  trdditus ;  com- 
mendd,  commenddre,  commenddvty 
commenddtus. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


253 


left,  sinister^  sinistra,  sinistrum. 

legion,  legiOy  legionis,  f. 

leisure,  dtium,  dtil,  n. 

Lemnos,  Lemnus  or  Lemnos,  LemnTj  f. 

length,  longitudo,  longitudinisy  f. 

Lentulus,  Leniulus,  Lentult^  m. 

Leonidas,  Leonidds,  Lednidae,  m. 

less,  minor,  ?ninus  (92). 

let,  sindj  sinere,  sivi,  situs  (273). 

Lethe  (of),  Lethaeus,  a,  urn. 

letters,    litter  ae,    litter  drum,  f. ;   epi- 

stolae,  epistoldrtwi,  f. 
levy,  cdnsc7'tbd,  conscribere,  conscripst, 

conscrTptus. 
liberate,  liberd,  liberdre,  llberdvTy  li- 

berdtus. 
liberty,  llbertds,  llbertdtis,  f. 
lictor,  lie  tor,  lictoris,  m. 
lie,    iaced,    iacere,   iacui, — ;    lie  =  is 

situated,  pdnor,  poftT,  positus  sum. 
lieutenant,  legdtus,  legdtt,  m. 
life,  vita,  vitae,  f. 
light,  lux,  Itlcis,  f. 
like,  similis,  sijuile  (often  used  with 

gen.  to  express  likeness  in  charac- 
ter ;  with  dat.  to  express  likeness  in 

appearance), 
likewise,    item,   adv. ;    idem,   eadem, 

idem,  pron.  of  identity  (130). 
listen     to,    audio,    audire,    audivi, 

auditus. 
litter,  lectica,  lecticae,  f. 
little,  parvus,  a,  um  ;  a  little  while 

dlXzx,  paulo  post  (60). 
live,  VIVO,  vlvere,  vixi,  victus  ;  live  in, 

incolo,  incolere,  incoluT, — . 
living,  vTvus,  a,  um. 
load,  onus,  oner  is,  n. 
lofty,  alius,  a,  um  ;  ingens,  gen.  in- 

gentis,  adj. 
long,  longus,  a,  um ;  diu,  adv. ;   as 


long   as,  quam   diu;    how  long? 

quam  diU  ?  SO  long,  tarn  diu  ;  not 

long  after,  pauld  post  (60). 
look  for,  peto,  peter e,  petivi   {petii), 

petitus ;   look   On,  Inspecto,  inspec- 

tdre,   inspectdvi,   inspectdtus ;    look 

upon  =  consider,  habed,  habere,  ha- 

buT,  habitus. 
loose,  laxus,  a,  um, 
loosen,  solvd,  solvere,  solvT,  solutus. 
lose,  amitto,  amittere,  amisi,  amissus  ; 

per  do,  perdere,  perdidi,  perditus ; 

lose  confidence,  diffidd,  diffldere, 

diffisus  sum  ;  lose  =  be  killed,  in- 

terficior,  interfici,  interfectus  sum. 
love,  amor,  amoris,  m. ;   amo,  amdre, 

amdvi,    amdtus ;    diligo,    diligere, 

dilexi,  dilectus. 
lovely,  pulcher,  pulchra,  pulchrum. 
low,  hufnilis,  humile,  adj. ;  low  price, 

parvum  pretium,  gen.  parvi  pretii,  n. 
lower  world,  Orcus,  Orel,  m. ;  PlU- 

tonis   regna    (^PlUto,  PlUtonis,  m. ; 

regnum,  regni,  n.). 
loyal,  a?nantissimus,  a,  um. 
loyalty,  stildium,  stildii,  n. 
Lucullus,  Lucullus,  LUculll,  m. 
lull,  lenio,  lenire,  lenivT,  lenitus ;  lull 

to  sleep,  efficid,  efficere,  effeci,  effec- 

tus  ut  w.  subj.  of  dor  mid,  dormire, 

dormivT,  dormitus. 
lyre,  cithara,  citharae,  f. 

M 

Macedon,  Macedonia,  Macedoniae,  f. 
Maecenas,      Maecenas,     Maecendtis, 

m. 
magistrate,  magistrdtus,  magistrdtUs, 

m. 
magnificent,     magnificus,     a,    um ; 

splendidus,   a,   um. 


254 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


make,  facio^  facere,  feci,  factus  ;  be 
made,  fw,  fierl^  factus  sum  ;  make 
a  vow,  voveOf  vovere,  vovt,  votus  ; 
make  a  great  mistake,  vehementer 
erro,  err  are,  errdvt,  errdtus  ;  make 
a  speech,  drdtidnem  habed,  habere, 
habuT,  habitus;  make  a  decree, 
decerno,  decernere,  decrevT,  decre- 
tus  ;  make  up  one's  mind,  animum 
indued,  inducere,  induxt,  inductus  ; 
constitud,  constituere,  constitut,  con- 
stitiitus;  make  one's  escape,  eripid, 
eripere,  eriput,  ereptus,  with  ace.  of 
pers.  or  reflex,  pron. ;  make  use  of, 
utor,  utT,  usus  sum;  fruor,  frui, 
frUctus  sum;  make  so  many 
statements,  tot  verba  facid,  facere, 
feci,  factus ;  make  a  place  resound, 
locum  persono,  per  sonar  e,  personui, 
personitus. 

man,  homo,  ho7ninis,  m. ;   vir,  virT,  m. 

manage,  administrd,  administ7'dre, 
adm inistrdvT,  administrdtus. 

Manlius,  Manlius,  ManlT,  m. 

Mantua,  Mantua,  Mantuae,  f. 

many,  multl,  ae,  a  ;  as  many  as,  tot 
. . .  ^uot;  tam  multi,  ae,  a,  . . .  quam 
multl,  ae,  a;  how  many?  quot  ? 
quam  multi,  ae,  a  ? 

Marathon,  Marathon,  Marathonis,  f. 
(ace.  Marathond)  ;  of  Marathon, 
Marathonius,  a,  um. 

marble,  marmor,  i7iarmoris,  n. 

March,  Mdrtius,  a,  um  (353). 

march,  iter  facid,  facere,  feci,  factus  ; 
sTgna  infero,  info're,  intulT,  inldtus  ; 
progredior,  progredT,  progress  us  sum . 

Marcus,  Mdrcus,  MdrcT,  m. 

Marius,  Gdius  Marius,  gen.  Gat 
Mari,  m. 

jnarket  day,  nundina,  nundinae,  f. 


Marmarium,  Marmarium,  Mar  ma- 
rii,  n. 

Mars,  Mars,  Mdrtis,  m. 

Marsic,  Marsicus,  a,  um, 

Massilia,  Massilia,  Massiliae,  f. 

master  (of  slaves),  dominus,  domini, 
m. ;  master  of  horse,  magister  equi- 
tum  (niagister,  magistri,  m.;  eques, 
equitis,  m.). 

matron,  mdter,  mdiris ;  mdtrona, 
mdtronae,   f. 

matter,  res,  rei,  f. 

Mausoleum,  Mausoleum,  Mausolei,  n. 

Mausolus,  Mausolus,  Mausoli,  m. 

May,  Mdius,  a,  U7n. 

may = be  permitted,  licet,  licere,  licuit 
or  licitum  est  (273). 

means,  facultds,  facultdtis,  f.;  pecU- 
nia,  pecu7iiae,  f . ;  res,  rei,  f.;  by 
all  means,  sane,  adv. ;  by  no 
means,  77iini7ne,  adv. ;  what  does 
it  mean?  quid  sibi  vult?  he 
means  to  go  =  he  intends  to  go, 
ei  est  in  ani7nd  ire  ;  iturus  est. 

meanwhile,  intered,  adv. 

measure,  res,  rei,  f.;  metior,  metiri, 
me7isus  su7n ;  in  some  measure, 
aliquam  in  parte77i. 

meet,  in  aliquem  incido,  incidere,  in- 
cidi,  incdsus ;  convenio,  conventre, 
co7ivenT,  conventus. 

memory,  7nemoria,  memoriae,  f. 

Menelaus,  Meneldus,  MeneldT,  m. 

mention,  nd77iind,  nomindre,  nomi- 
ndvi,  nomindtus  ;  commemoro,  com- 
me7nordre,  comme77iordvi,  com- 
77ie77iordtus. 

Mercury,  Mercurius,  Mercuri,  m. 

mercy,  misericordia,  misericordiae,  f. 

mere,     ipse,    a,    um,    intens.    pron. 

(128). 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


255 


Mesopotamia,  Mesopotamia,  Mesopo- 
tamiaey  f. 

messenger,  nuntius,  niintu,  m.  and  f. 

middle  of,  medius,  a,  ufn. 

midnight,  fttedia  noxy  gen.  mediae 
noctiSf  f. 

mighty,  maxifnus,  a,  um ;  validus, 
a,  um ;  ingens,  ingentis ;  mighty 
in  stature  =  of  immense  size  of 
body,  ingenti  corporis  magnitildine. 

mild,  lenisy  lene,  opp.  tQ  vehe??tenSy 
gen.  vehementis ;  mitis,  mttey  opp. 
to  acerbus,  a,  um. 

mile,  mille  passu s  ox  passuum  (87). 

millionaire,  opulentus  homo  {j)pulen' 
tuSf  a  um  ;  homoy  hominiSf  m.). 

Milo,  MtlOf  Milonisy  m. 

Miltiades,  Miltiades,  Miltiadis,  m. 

mindful,  memor,  gen.  memorisy  adj. 

Minerva,  Minerva,  Minervae,  f. 

Minores,  Minor es,  Minor  um,  m. 

Minos,  Minds,  Minois,  m. 

Minucius,  Minucius,  Minuet,  m. 

mistake,  errd,  errdre,  errdvT,  errdtus. 

Mithridates,  Mithriddtes,  Mithridd- 
tis,  m. 

monarch,  rex,  regis,  m. ;  I  am  mon- 
arch of  all  I  survey,  r'erum  potior 

(79). 

money,  pecnnia,  pecuniae,  f. 

month,  mensis,  mensis,  m. 

monument,  monumentum,  monu- 
ment!, n. 

moon,  lUna,  lunae,  f. 

more,  plus,  gen.  pluris  ;  magis,  adv. 

(91). 
mother,  mater,  mdtris,  f. 
mount,    ascendo,    ascendere,    ascendl, 

ascensus. 
mountain,  mdns,  montis,  m. 
mourn,    doled,  dolere,  dolui,   dolitus ; 


wear    mourning,     lugeo,    lUgere, 

lUxi,  licctus. 
mouth,  OS,  oris,  n. 
move,    moved,  mover e,  movi,  motus ; 

move  back  (into  a  house),  remigro, 

re?nigrdre,  remigrdvl,  remigrdtus. 
much,  multus,  a,  um. 
multitude,  multitudo,  multitudinis,  f. 
Mulvian,  Mulvius,  a,  um. 
municipia,     mUfiicipia,     municipio- 

rum,  n. 
murder,  need,  necdre,  necdvt,  necdtus. 
Murena,  Murena,  Murenae,  m. 
murmur    (of  approval),    admurmu- 

rdtid,  admurmurdtidnis,  f. 
Muses,  Musae,  Musdrum,  f. 
myrtle,   myrtus,  myrti,  f.  ;    myrtus^ 

myrtUs,  f. 

N 
name,  nd?nen,  nd??iinis,  n. 
Naples,  Nedpolis,  Nedpolis,  f. 
narrow,  angustus,  a,  um. 
nation,  ndtid,  ndtidnis,  f. ;  gens,  gen^ 

tis,  f. 
naturally,  ndturd  (abl.  of  ndtHra), 
nature,  ndtilra,  naturae,  f. 
near,  ad,  prep.  w.  ace;    be  near  at 

hand,  tnstd,  instdre,  institl,  instdtus. 
nectar,  nectar,  nee  tar  is,  n. 
need,  opus,  indecl.  noun ;    there  is 

need  of,  opus  est,  w.  abl.;  need  we 

say?  dlcdmus? 
neither . . .  nor,  neque  or  nee . . .  neque. 
Neptune,  Neptunus,  NeptHm,  m. 
never,  numquam,  adv. 
new,  novus,  a,  um  (16  ;    158). 
Nexi,  Next,  Nexdru7n,  m. 
next,  proxi77ius,  a,  um  ;  next  day  = 

on    the    next    day,    posterd    die; 

proxi??id  die ;  postridie  eius  diet. 


256 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN  WRITING 


Nicomedes,  Ntcomedes,  NTcomedis,  m. 

night,  nox,  noctis,  f . ;  at  night, 
noctil ;  night  and  day,  nodes  dies- 
que  (52);  in  the  dead  of  night, 
7?iedid  node. 

nine,  novem,  indecl.  card.  adj. 

nine  hundred,  nongentt,  ae,  a. 

no,  niilluSf  Uy  um ;  no  one,  nemdy 
gen.  nulUus ;  no  longer,  non 
diutius. 

noble,  ndbilisy  ndbile^  adj.;  of  noble 
birth,  ndbill  loco, 

nobles,  ndbilitds,  no bili talis ^  f.;  no- 
biles,  nobiliumy  m. 

not,  7tdn  (292-300)  ;  not  even,  ne . . . 
quidem  (305);  not  Only  .  .  .  but 
also,  non  solum . . .  sed  etiam  (343)  ; 
not  at  all,  nihil  (55). 

nothing,  nihil,  indecl.  noun. 

notice,  animadverto,  ani??iadvertere, 
aniviadverti,  animadversus  ;  sentio, 
sentlre,  sensT,  sensus. 

notwithstanding,  lamen  (342) ;  not- 
withstanding their  objections,  his 
repiignantibus  (74). 

November,  November,  Novembris, 
Novembre  (353). 

now,  iam,  adv. ;  nunc,  adv. ;  hoc  tem- 
pore ;   Quid  ?     Quid  est  ( 1 63) . 

nowadays,  his  temporibus  ;  his  diebus 

(78). 

Nox,  Nox,  Noctis,  f. 
number,  numerus,  numert,  m. 


oak,  quercus,  querctls,  f.;  crown  of 
oak  leaves,  corona  facta  e  fronde 
quernd. 

Obaeratl,  obaerdti,  obaerdtorum,  m. 

obedience,  obtemperdtio,  obtemperd- 
tionis,  f. 


obey,  pared,  pdrere,  pdrul,  pdritus. 

obolus,  obolus,  oboli,  m. 

obstacle,  impedlmentum,  impedi- 
ment!, n.  (49). 

obtain  security,  vindicem  or  exprd- 
missorem  reperio,  reperlre,  repperi, 
repertus ;  obtain  right  of  citizen- 
ship, iUra  teneo,  tenere,  tenui, 
tentus. 

occasion,  tempus,  temporis,  n.;  causa, 
causae,  f.;   occdsio,  occdsionis,  f. 

occasionally,  ndnnumqua?n,  adv. 

occupied  (be),  vers  or,  versdri,  versa- 
tus  sum. 

Octavianus,  Octdvidnus,  Octdvidnt,n\.. 

October,     October,     Octobris,     Octobre 

(353)- 
office,  officium,  officii^  n. ;   ciira,  curae, 

f.;   his  office  is,  el  curae  est  (49). 
often,  saepe,  adv. 
oil,  oleum,  oleT,  n. 
old,  vetus,  gen.  veteris,  adj.;   antiquus, 

a,  um. 
Olympia,  Olympia,  Olympiae,  f. 
Olympus,  Olympus,  Oly?npT,  m. 
on,  in,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  abl.  (321)  ; 

on  this  side  of,  cis,  prep.  w.  ace. 
once,   semel,  adv. ;    at  once,  statim, 

adv. ;    once  in  a  while,  ndnnum- 

quam,  adv. ;    once  upon  a  time, 

quondam,  adv. 
one,  iinus,  a,  um  (81-83),  g^i^'  unius, 

dat.  lini. 
only,  solus,  a,  u?n  ;   gen.  solTus,  dat. 

soli. 
Open,  aperio,  aperire,  aperuT,  apertus. 
openly,  aperte,  adv. ;  palam,  adv. 
opinion,  sententia,  sententiae,  f. 
Oppius,  Oppius,  Oppi,  m. 
opportunity,   occdsio,   occdsionis,    f. ; 

facultds,  facultdtis,  f. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


257 


Oppose,  reddmo,  recldmdre,  recldmdvT, 

recldmdtus ;     repugno,     repugndre^ 

repugndvtf    repugndtus ;   Oppose  a 

law,  obtrecto^  obtrectdre,  obtrectdvT, 

obtr'ecidius;  oppose  (an  advance), 

prokibeOf  prohibere,  prohibuT,  pro- 

hibitus  (275). 
opposite,   adversuSf   «,   um ;   contra, 

prep.  w.  ace. 
or,  aiit ;  vel  (164;    165;    171  ;    332- 

337)  J   or  rather,  vel  potius, 
oracle,  drdculufn,  drdcull^  n. 
order,  iubed,  iubere,  iussT,  iussus  (282) ; 

noun,  iussus,   iussus,  m. ;    imperd- 

tum,  imperdti,  n. 
ordinary,    mediocris,    mediocre;     no 

ordinary  man,  haud  mediocris  vir. 
ornament,  drndme^itum,  orndmentT,  n. 
Orpheus,  Orpheus,  OrpheT,  m. 
other,  alius,  a,  ud;  gen.  alius,  dat. 

alii ;  the  other,  alter,  altera,  alte- 

rum. 
ought  =  owe,     debeo,    debere,    debut, 

debitus  (273). 
our,    noster,    nostra,    nostrum,    poss. 

pron.  agreeing  w.  object  possessed. 
out  of,  e  or  ex,  prep.  w.  abl. 
over,  per,  prep.  w.  ace.  ;   trdns,  prep. 

w.  ace. ;   supra,  prep.  w.  ace. ;   irt, 

prep.  w.  ace.  or  abl. 
overlook  =  see   over,   conspicio,   cdn- 

spicere,  conspexT,   conspectus. 
overrun,  percurro,   percurrere,  per- 

currT,  per  curs  us. 
overtake,  consequor,  consequi,  consecu- 

tus  sum. 


palace,  paldtium,  paldtil,  n. 
Palatine,  Paldtium,  Paldtil,  n. ;  Pala- 
ttnus,  a,  um. 


paludamentum,  palUddmentum,  pa- 

lUddmentT,  n. 
panic-stricken,  perterritus,  a,  um. 
paralyze,   obstupefacid,   obstupefacere, 

obstupefect,  obstupef actus. 
pardon,    conddnd,    conddndre,    condo- 

ndvt,    condondtus ;    Ignosco,    tgnos- 

cere,  ignovT,  tgnotus. 
Parian,  Parius,  a,  um  ;  Parian  mar- 
ble, Parius  lapis,  gen.  Parit  lapi- 

dis,  m. 
Paris,  Paris,  Paridis,  m. 
park,  nemus,  nemoris,  n. 
part,  pars,  partis,  f. ;   on  his  part, 

ipse,  intens.  pron.  (128). 
participant,  particeps,  participis,  m. 

and  f. 
i^BiXty,  factio,  factionis,  f. ;  one  party, 

the  other  party,  altert  .  .  .  alteri 

(83). 
pass,  saltus,  saltus,  m. ;    pass  judg- 
ment,   iudico,    itidicdre,    iudicdvt, 

iiidicdtus ;     pass     (a    law),    died, 

dtcere,   dixT,  dictus. 
past,  praeter,  prep.  w.  ace. ;  the  past, 

praeterita,  praeteritorum,  n. 
path,    via,    viae,    f. ;     semita,    semi- 

tae,  f. 
patres,  patres,  patrum,  m. 
patricians,  patricit,  patiHcidrum,  m. 
patron,  patrdnus,  patronT,  m. 
Paulus   Aemilius,  Paulus  Aemilius, 

gen.  Pault  Aemili,  m. 
pay,  pendo,  pendere,  pependt,  pensus. 
peace,  pax,  pdcis,  f. ;  peaceful  state 

of  affairs,   tranquillitds,   tranquil- 

litdtis,  f. 
peaceable,  lenis,  lene,  adj. ;  pldcdbilis, 

pldcdbile,  adj. 
Peloponnesus,  Peloponnesus,  Pelopon- 

7iesi,  f. 


ELEM.  LATIN   WRITING — 1 7 


258 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


people,  populuSf  popull^    m. ;    plebs, 

plebis,  f. ;  plebes^  plebei^  f. 
perfect,  polid^  poltre,  polivT,  politus. 
perhaps,  fortdsse,  adv. 
Periander,  Periafide^-^  PeriandrJy  m. 
Pericles,  PerideSy  PeridiSy  m. 
perpetual,    aetemusy    a,    um ;    per- 

petuuSy  a,  um  ;  setiipiternuSy  ^,  um. 
perseverance,     adsiduitdSy     adsidui- 

tdtisy  f. 
Persian,  Persicusy  «,  um. 
Persians,  Persaey  Persdrumy  m. 
personally  conduct,  ipse  ducdy  diicerey 

duxiy  ductus  (128).      ^ 
persuade,  persuadedy  persuaderCy  per- 

sudsTy  persudsus. 
Philip,  Philippusy  PhilippTy  m. 
Phocis,  PhociSy  PhoddiSy  f. 
Phrygia,  Phrygiay  PhrygiaCy  f. 
pillar,  columnay  columnaey  f. 
Pindar,  Pindarusy  Pindariy  m. 
pious,  piuSy  Uy  um. 
pipe,  tubus,  tubiy  m. 
pirate,  praeddy  praeddnisy  m. 
Pisa,  Pisacy  Pisdrumy  f. 
Pisistratus,  Pisistratusy  PisistratJy  m. 
Pittacus,    Pittacus   or    PittacoSy    Pit- 

tady  m. 
pity,  misericordiay  misericordiaey  f.  ; 

miserety  miser  ere,  miseruit  (37). 
placate,  pldcdy  pldcdrey  pldcdviy  pldcd- 

tus. 
place,  locusy  lody  m.  in  sing.^  m.  and 

n.  in  plu. ;    parSy  partisy  f. ;    pdndy 

pdnerey  posuTy  positus. 
plain,  ddrusy  «,  um  ;  valles  or  vallisy 

vallisy  f. 
plainly,  apertey  adv.  ;  pldite,  adv. 
plan,  res,  rely  f.  ;  consilium,  cdnsilii,  n. 
Plataeans,  Plataeenses,  Plataeensium, 

m. 


Plaucius,  Plauciusy  Plauciy  m. 

play,   luddy  ludercy  Ifisiy  lusus ;  play 

the   harp,    cithara  persondy  per  so- 
nar Cy  personuly  personitus. 
pleasant,  idcundusy  «,  um. 
please,    delectdy    deleddrcy    delectavT, 

delectdtusy  w.  ace. ;  placedy  placere, 

placuTy  placituSy  w.  dat. 
plebeian,  plebeiusy  a,  um  ;  noun,  pie- 
be  ius,  pie  be  il,  m. 
plebeians,    pl'ebs,   plebis,    f.  ;    plebes, 

plebeiy  f. 
plow,  ardtrumy  ardtriy  n. ;  ardy  arare, 

ardviy  ardtus. 
Pluto,  Plu  tony  Plntdnisy  m. 
poem,  poejutty  po2matiSy  n. 
poet,  poetay  poetae,  m. 
point  out,  mdnstrdy  7?idnstrdrey  mdft' 

strdviy  mdnstrdtus. 
pole,    contuSy    contty    m. ;    long    pole, 

longuriuSy  longurit,  m. 
Pompey,     Gnaeus    PompeiuSy     gen. 

G^iaeT  Pomp'ety  m. 
Pomponius,  Pomponiusy  Pompom,  m. 
Pontifex,  Pontifexy  Pontificisy  m. 
Pontus,  Pontusy  PontT,  m. 
poor,  pauper y  pauperis,  adj. 
port,  partus,  partus,  m. 
pour,  fundo,  fundere,  fUdt,  fUsus ; 

pour  a  libation,  libdy  llbdrey  llbdvt, 

llbdtus. 
power,  potestdSy  potestdtiSy  f.;    power 

(of  dictator),  imperiut?i,  imperii,  n. 
powerful,  pothts,  gen.  potentis,  adj. 
practical  experience,  ilsus,  usus,  m. 

(96). 
praefectura,     praefectura,      praefec- 

tilraey  f. 
praetor,  praetary  praetdrisy  m. 
praise, /r7//5,  laudisy  f.;  laudd,  lauddre, 

lauddvi,  lauddtus. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


259 


'^XSLy^rs,  preceSf  precum^  f.  (nom.  and 
gen.  sing,  not  used);  of  a  prayer, 
in  prece. 

precedent,  exemplum,  exempli^  n. 

prefer,  mdld,  mallei  mdluT^  — . 

prepare, /«r<7,  pardre,  pardvl,  pard- 
tus ;  well  prepared,  pardtissimus, 
ay  um  ;  all  Greece  was  astir  with 
preparation,  tdtd  Graecid  co7?ipard- 
bdtur. 

present,  ddnd,  ddndre^*ddndvT^  dond- 
tus ;  offero,  offerre,  obtuli,  obldtus ; 
noun,  donuntf  f,  n.  ;  mfinus^  niu- 
neris,  n. ;  be  present,  adsutn,  adesse, 
adfuTf  — ;  in  presence  of,  apud, 
prep.  w.  ace;  coj'am,  prep.  w.  abl.; 
in  presence  of  somebody,  aliqud 
praesente    (74). 

preserve,  cdnservd,  cdnservdre,  conser- 
vdvt,  conservdtus. 

preside  over  court,  indicium  exerced, 
exercercy  exercui,  exercitus. 

presume,  creddj  credere,  credidi,  cre- 
ditus, 

pretend,  simuld,  simuldre,  simuldvT, 
simuldtus. 

prevent,  deterred,  deterrere,  deterrui, 
deter ritus  (275). 

previously  arranged  plan,  ante  ini- 
tum  consilium  {ajite,  adv.;  initus,  a, 
um  ;  cdnsiliufu,  cdfisilil,  n.) . 

Priam,  Priamus,  Friamt,  m. 

price,  pretiu7?i,  pretit,  n. 

priest,  priestess,  sacerdds,  sacerdotis, 
m.  and  f. 

prison,  career,  carceris,  m. 

prisoner,  captwus,  captTvt,  m. 

"^XVfdX^,  privdtus,  a,  um. 

prize,  mUnus,  muneris,  n. 

proconsul,     prdconsuly     proconsulisy 


yiohihit,  prokibeOf  prohibere,  prohibm, 
prohibitus. 

promise,  polliceor,  pollicerT,  potlicitus 
sum  ;  promitto,  promittere,  promtst, 
promissus. 

prompted  by,  ob,  prep.  w.  ace. ; 
propter,  prep.  w.  ace.  (287). 

prophet,  vdtes,  vdtis,  m.  and  f. 

propose  a  Irw,  prdmulgd,prdmulgdre, 
profnulgdvl,  promulgdtus. 

Proserpina,  Proserpina,  Proserpi- 
nae,  f. 

protect,  conservo,  conservdre,  conser- 
vdvT,  conservdtus  (49). 

protection,  praesidiu?n,  praesidii,  n. 

prove,  demdnstro,  demonstrdre,  demon- 
strdvT,  demonstrdtus ;  prove  an  ad- 
vantage, bond  SU771,  esse,  fut,  futU- 
rus  (49). 

proverbial,  fdmd  trdditus,  a,  um 
(^fdma,  fdmae,  f.;  trddo,  trddere, 
trddidi,  trdditus). 

provided,  dum,  conj.  ;  dum  modo, 
conj.  (267). 

province,  prdvincia,  provinciae,  f. 

provisions,  cibdria,  cibdriorum,  n.; 
ground  provisions,  cibdria  molita 
{mold.,  molere,  7nolui,  molitus) ;  pro- 
vision has  been  made,  provlsum 

public,  ptiblicus,  a,  um. 

pull  up,  convello,  convellere,  convelll, 
convulsus. 

punishment,  poena,  poenae,  f.;  sup- 
plicium,  supp licit,  n.;  inflict  pun- 
ishment on,  siimere  supplicium  de, 
w.  abl.  {silmo,  siimere,  sumpst, 
sUmptus)  ;  capital  punishment 
suggests  punishing  with  death, 
morte  fuultOf  multdref  multdvi, 
multdtus. 


26o 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN    WRITING 


purple,  purpura^  purpurae,  f. ;  pur- 
pure  us  y  a  J  um. 

purpose,  causa,  causae,  f. ;  res,  rei, 
f.;  the  purpose  of  a  journey  =  why 
the  journey  is  made. 

pursue,  persequor,  persequT,  persecutus 
sum;  be  in  close  pursuit,  subse- 
quor,  subsequT,  subsecutus  sunt. 

^Mt,  pond,  ponere,  posuT,  positus;  put 
on  toga,  induo,  induere,  induT,  in- 
dutus ;  put  on  veil,  niibd,  nubere, 
nupsT,  nil  plus  ;  put  (into  cases),  de- 
pend, deponere,  deposui,  depositus  ; 
put  to  death,  morte  multo,  multdre, 
multdvl,  77iultdtus ;  ad  7nortem  ad- 
diced,  adducere,  adduxT,  adductus ; 
interficio,  interjicere,  inter  feci,  in- 
terfectus. 

Pyrenees,  PyrenaeT,  Pyrenaeoruffi,  m. 

Pythia,  Pythia,  Pythiae,  f. 

Pythius,  Pythius,  PythT,  m. 

Pytho,  Pytho,  Pyihils,  f. 


quaestor,  quaestor,  quaestoris^  m. 

qualities,  res,  reru7n,  f. 

quarter,  pars,  partis,  f. ;  quarters  == 
tent,  taberndculutti,  taberndculT,  n. 

queen,  regJna,  reglnae,  f. 

question,  rogd,  rogdre,  rogdvi,  rogd- 
tus;  quaerd,  quaerere,  quaesTvT, 
quaesitus ;  ask  many  questions, 
77iulta  rogdre  or  qtiaerere. 

quickly ,^  celeriter,  adv. 

Quintus,  QuTntus,  QuJftti,  m. 

quorum,  nu77ierus  legiti77ius,  gen.  nu- 
rtieri  legiti7nT,  m. 

R 

X3iCQ,  genus,  generis,  n. ;  gens,gentis,  f. 
raise,  tolld,  toller e,  sustuli,  subldtus ; 


raise    an    army,    exercitum    cd^, 

edge  re,  coegj,  codctus  ;  raise  =  erect, 

pd7id,  ponere,  posui,  positus. 
rampart,  vdllum,  vdllT,  n. 
rancid,  a7ndrus,  a,  U7n. 
rank,  drdd,  drdinis,  m. ;  rank  =  line 

of  an  army,  acies,  aciei,  f. 
rapidity,  celeritds,  celeritdtis,  f. 
rapidly,  celeriter. 
reach   a   place,  pervenid,  pervemre, 

pervenT,  perventus,  w.  in  and  ace. 
read,  lego,  legere,  legT,  lectus, 
XQdi^y,  pardtus,  a,  U77i. 
real,  verus,  a,  um. 
reality,  r<?j,  rei,  f. 
realize,  sentid,  senttre,  sensi,  sensus ; 

intellegd,  intellegere,  intellext,  intel- 

lectus. 
realm,  regiiuTti,  regnt,  n. 
rear,    dg77ien    novissi7tiufn,    gen.    dg- 

7tiinis  novissi77iT,  n. 
reason,  causa,  causae,  f. ;    r<?j,  ret,  f. ; 

for  this  reason,  qud  de  causd  (69) . 
rebuild,    restitud,    restituere,    restituT, 

restitiltus. 
recall,  revocd,  revocdre,  revocdvT,  re- 

vocdtus. 
receive,  accipid,  accipere,  accept,  ac- 

ceptus;     receive    advice,    7?ioneor, 

77ioneri,  77ionitus  su77t ;  receive  pun- 
ishment,   supplicium    stlmT  de    vv. 

abl.   {^silmd,  sumere,.  silmpsi,  su7np- 

tus). 
recent,  recens,  gen.  recentis,  adj. 
reckon,    dilcd,   da  cere,   dUxT,   ductus; 

habed,  habere,  habuT,  habitus ;  putd, 

putdre,  putdvi,  putdtus. 
recline,  accubd,  accubdre,  — ,  — . 
recommend,   77ioned,  7nonere,  tnonuty 

7no7titus. 
recover,   recipid,  recipere,  recept,  re- 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 


261 


ceptus ;  recupero,  recupe7'dre,  re- 
cuperdvi,  recuperdtus. 

reduce,  mimio,  minuere,  minuiy  minu- 
tus ;  reduce  to  the  form  of  a 
province,  in  prdvinciam  redigo^ 
redigere,  redegi,  reddctus. 

reflect,  cdgitd,  cdgiidre,  cogitdvT,  cogi- 
tdtus, 

refuse,  recuso,  recHsdre,  recusdvT,  re- 
cti sdtus  (276). 

regard,  habeo^  habere,,  habuTy  habi- 
tus. 

region,  regio^  regionis,  f. 

regret,  paeniiet,  paenitere,  paenituit 

(37)- 

reign,  regno,  regnare,  regnavt,  regna- 
tus. 

remain,  maned,  manere,  mdnsl,  mdn- 
sus ;  contineo,  continere,  continuly 
conientus,  w.  ace.  of  reflex,  pron. ; 
remain  unnoticed,  lated,  latere, 
latui,  — ;  it  remains  to  be  said, 
restat  or  reliquum  est  ut  dtcdtur. 

remaining,  reliquus,  a,  um. 

remarkable,  egregius,  a,  um  ;  singu- 
Idris,  singuldre. 

remedy,  medeor,  medert,  — . 

remember,  memorid  teneo,  tenere, 
tenuT,  tentus ;  memim,  meminisse, 
—  ;  remimscor,  remintsct,  —  ;  re- 
member me  to  the  children,  pue- 
ris  salutem  dtcito  (177). 

render  a  verdict,  iudicd,  iudicdre,  iu- 
dicdvi,  iudicdtus. 

renowned,  cldrus,  a,  um. 

repeatedly,  saepissime ;  semel  atque 
iteru77i ;  etiam  atque  etiam. 

repent,  paenitet,  paenitere,  paenituit 

(37). 

reply  to  questions,  responded,  respon- 
dere,  respondl,  responsus  ad  rogdta. 


report,  nuntius,  nuntit,  m.;    nUntidf 

nuntidre^  nicntidvi,  nicntidtus. 
represent,  facio,  facere,  feci,  /actus. 
republic,  respublica,  reipublicae,  f. 
require,  postuid,  postuldre,  postuldvt, 

postuldtus ;   as  occasion  requires, 

ut  res  expostulat. 
requite,  grdtiam  referd,referre,  retull, 

reldtus. 
resign,  abdicd,  abdicdre,  abdicdvi,  ab- 

dicdtus,  w.  ace.  of  pers.  pron.  and  abl. 

of  separation. 
resist,  resisto,  resistere,  restitl,  — . 
resolution,  aninil  magnitudd,  magni- 

tudinis,  f. 
respectable,  bonus,  a,  um. 
rest,   quiesco,   quiescere,  quievt,  quie- 
tus ;  ceteri,  ae,  a  ;  reliquus,  a,  um  ; 

rest  assured,  scitd  (175). 
restore,    restituo,   restituere,   restituT, 

restitUtus ;   rcddd,  redder e,  reddidt, 

redditus ;    restore   peace,   siabilid, 

stabilire,  stabilivT,  stabilitus. 
result  of  this  is,  his  7-ebusfit ;  quo  Jit. 
return,    reded,  redlre,  redit,  reditus  ; 

revertor,    reverti,     reversus     sum  ; 

reddd,  reddere,  reddidt,  redditus. 
reward,  7nunus,  77iuneris,  n. ;   re7ntl- 

nero,  remilnerdre,  retnUnerdvi,  re- 

munerdtus. 
rewrite,  rescrlbd,  rescrtbere,  rescrtpsT, 

rescriptus. 
Rhadamanthus,  Rhadamanthtis,  Rha- 

damanthi,  m. 
Rhone,  Rhodantis,  Rhodant,  m. 
rich,  dives,   gen.  dtvitis,  adj.,  or  dis, 

gen.  ditis,  adj. 
rid,  proicio,  proicere,  proieci,  prdiectus 

fords. 
ride,  in  equo  eo,  tre,  it,  itus. 
ridicule,  rideo,  rtdere,  rist,  rtsus. 


262 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


right,  dexter^  dgxtra  or  dextera,  dex- 
trum  or  dexterum ;  divine  right, 
fdsy  indecl.  noun;  human  right, 
ius,  iilriSf  n. 

rise,  surgo,  surgere^  surrexT^  surrectus. 

risk,  periculum^  periculi,  n. ;  at  one's 
risk,  sud  perlculo, 

XV^QX^  flumen,  fluminis,  n. 

road,  iter^  itineriSf  n. ;   via^  viae,  f. 

robe,  toga,  togae,  f. ;   vestis,  vestis,  f. 

roll,  volvdy  volvere,  volvT,  volutus. 

Roman,  Fdmdnus,  «,  um ;  Romans, 
Rdi7tdni,  Romdnorum,  m. 

Rome,  Roma,  Romae,  f. 

Romulus,  Romulus,  Romuli,  m. 

roof,  tectum,  tectl,  n. 

rostra,  rostrum,  rostrt,  n. 

rough-looking,  squdlidus,  a,  um, 

rout,  fugd,Jtigdre,  fugdvi,  fugdtus. 

ruin,  exitium,  exitii,  n. 

run,  curro,  currere,  cucurri,  cursus ; 
run  away,  fugid,  fugere,  filgi, 
—  /  tergum  verto,  verier e,  vertT, 
versus;  run  down,  decurro,  de- 
currere,  decucurrt  or  decurri,  de- 
cursus, 

rush  forward,  prdcurro^  procurrere, 
procucurrt  or  pj'ocurrT,  procursus. 

rustle,  crepito,  crepiidre,  crepitdvi, 
crepitdtus. 

s 

sacred,  sacer,  sacra,  sacrum  ;  sdnctus, 

a,  um. 
sacrifice,  sacrum,  sacri,  n. 
safe,  incolumis,   incolume ;  tutus,  a, 

um ;  salvus,  a,  u?n. 
safeguard,  praesidium,  praesidit,  n. ; 

tiltdvien,  tutdminis,  n. 
safety,  salus^  salutis,  f. 
sagum,  sagum,  sagi,  n. 


Saguntum,  Saguntum,  Saguntl,  n. 
sail,  ndvigo,  ndvigdre,  ndvigdvi,  ndvi- 

gdtus ;    ndvefn    conscendo,   conscen- 

dere,  conscendl,   conscensus. 
salute,  saiuto,  salutdre,  salutdvT,  salu- 

tdtus. 
same,  idem,  eadem,  idem. 
Sanga,  QuTntus  Fabius  Sanga,  gen. 

Quinti  Fain  Sangae,  m. 
Sardinia,  Sardinia,  Sardiniae,  f. 
Sardis,  Sardes,  Sardium,  f. 
save,  conservo,  conservdre,  conservdvi, 

conservdtus. 
say,  died,  dicere,  dixT,  dictus, 
scarcely,  vix,  adv. 
scatter,  spargo,  spargere,  sparsT,  spar- 

sus ;    dlspergJ,   dispergere,  dlsperst, 

dispersus. 
scheme,  consilium,  consilit,  n. ;   dolus, 

dolt,  m. 
scoundrel,  vir  nequissimus,  gen.  virt 

nequissimi,    m. ;     scelerdtus,    scele- 

rdti,  m. ;  facinorosus,  facinorosT,  m. 
sea,    mare,   maris,   n. ;    pelagus,   pe- 

lagl,    n. 
seashore,  dra,  drae,  f. 
season,  tempus  anni  (Jempus,  tempo- 

ris,  n. ;   annus,  annz,Tn.), 
secure,  tiltus,  a,  um. 
see,  video,  videre,  vTdi,  visus. 
seek   for,  quaerd,  quaerere,  quaestvi, 

quaesltus. 
seem,  videor,  vidcrt,  vTsus  sum. 
seize,     comprehendo,     comprehendere, 

C077iprehendT,   comprehensus. 
seldom,  minim e  saepe. 
self,   ipse,   a,   um    (127) ;    for   self- 
preservation,  suT  conservandi  causa 

(40). 

sell,  vendo,  vendere,  vendidl,  venditus. 
senate,  sendtus,  sendtUs,  m. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


263 


senator,  senator ^  sgndtorisy  m. 

send,  f/tiltOf  milter e,  mJsT^  missus. 

sensible,  prude ns,  gen.  prudentisy  adj. 

sensibly f  pri?denter,  adv.;  act  sensi- 
bly, prudenter  ago,  agere,  egi,  actus, 

serious,  tantus,  a,  um  ;  gravis,  grave. 

serpent,  serp'ns,  serpefttis,  m.  and  f.; 
anguis,  anguis,  m.  and  f. 

set  out  =  start,  profidscor,  proficTscT, 
profectus  sum ;  set  out  =  plant, 
sero,  serere,  sevT,  sattis. 

seven,  septe?n,  indecl.  card.  adj. 

seven  hundred,  septingenti,  ae,  a. 

seventeen,  septendecim,  indecl.  card, 
adj. 

seventh,  septimus,  a,  um. 

seventy,  septudgintd,  indecl.  card.  adj. 

severe,  severus,  a,  um  ;  gravis,  grave. 

sewer,  cloaca,  cloacae,  f. 

shape,  facid,  facer e,  feci,  factus ; 
shape  a  course  to  circumstances, 
tempori  cedo,  cedere,  cesst,  cessus. 

sharply,  dcriter. 

she,  haec  ;  ea  ;  ilia. 

ship,  ndvis,  ndvis,  f.;  war  ship, 
ndvis  longa,  gen.  ndvis  longae,  f. 

shore,  Utus,  lltoris,  n. 

shoulder,  umerus,  umeri,  m. 

shout,  cldmo,  cldmdre,  cldmdvi,  eld- 
mdtus ;  noun,  cldtjior,  clamor  is,  m. 

show,  monstro,  monstrdre,  monstrdvt, 
monstrdtus ;  ostendo,  ostendere,  os- 
tendt,  ostenius ;  show  (courage), 
praesto,  praestdre,  praestitT,  prae- 
stitus,  w.  ace. 

shrewd,  callidus,  a,  um ;  sagdx,  gen. 
sagdcis,  adj. 

shudder,  horred,  horrere,  horruT,  — . 

shut,  claudo,  claudere,  clausT,  clausus. 

Sibyl,  Sibylla,  Sibyllae,  f. 

Sibylline,  Sibylllnus,  a,  um. 


Sicily,  Si  cilia,  Siciliae,  f. 

side,  latus,  later  is,  n. ;  be  on  the  side 
of,  sum,  esse,  fuT,  futurus,  w.  gen. 

siege,  oppugndtid,  oppugndtionis,  f. 

sign,  signum,  signi,  n.;  Insigne,  in- 
signis,  n. 

signal,  signum,  slgnt,  n. 

silence,  silentiutn,  silentit,  n.;  be 
silent,  taceo,  tacere,  tacuT,  tacitus  : 
sited,  silere,  siluT,  — /  quiescd, 
quiescere,  quievt,  quietus. 

since,  cum;  quoniam ;  quod  (252- 
259). 

sing,  cand,  canere,  cecinT,  — . 

sink,  submergj,  submergere,  submerst^ 
submersus. 

Sinope,  Sindpe,  Sinopis,  f. 

sit,  seded,  sedere,  sedi,  sessus. 

s\^.Vi^X.t^,  po situs,  a,  u??i. 

six,  sex,  indecl.  card,  adj.;  six  hun- 
dred, sescentT,  ae,  a ;  sixteen,  sede- 
ci7ii,  indecl.  card,  adj.;  sixty, 
sexdginta,  indecl.  card,  adj.;  six- 
tieth, sexdgesii7ius,  a,  um. 

size,  magnitudd,  magnitudinis,  f. 

slaughter,  trucTdd,  truclddre^  truct- 
ddvT,  tructddtus. 

slave,  servus,  servT,  m. 

sleep,  dor  mid,  dor  mire,  dormnn,  dor- 
mttus. 

slippery,  lubricus,  a,  um. 

slow,  tardus,  a,  um. 

slowly,  tarde,  adv. 

small,  parvus,  a,  um. 

smear,  spargd,  spargere,  sparsi,  spar- 
sus. 

smoking,  incendens,  incendentis,  pres. 
part. 

snow,  nix,  nivis,  f. ;  snow-white, 
niveus,  a,  um. 

SO,  SIC  ;  ita  ;  tarn  /  as . . .  SO,  «/ . . .  ita  ; 


264 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


so  great,  so  much,  tantus,  a,  um  ; 

so   greatly,   tantopere;   so   many, 

tot;  tarn  itiulti^  ae^  a  ;  SO  tO  Speak, 

quidanii     quaedani^     quiddam     or 

quoddam   (154). 
soldier,  miles,  mtlitis,  m. 
Solon,  Solon,  Solonis,  m. 
some,     aliquis     or     aliquT,     aliqua, 

aliquid  or   aliquod,    indef.    pron. ; 

there  are   some    who,    sunt   qui 

w.  subjunc. ;  some  day,  aliquandd, 

adv. 
son,  filius,  fill,  m. ;    ndtus,  ndtl,  m.  ; 

son-in-law,  gener,  generl,  m. 
soon,  77tox,  adv. ;    as  soon  as,  cum 

prlmum    (240-243);    as   soon   as 

possible,  quam  prlmum  (94). 
sorrow,  dolor,  doloris,  m. ;   general 

sorrow,  omnium  dolor. 
sorrowful,  dolens,  gen.  dolentis,  pres. 

part. ;  fiens,  gex\.Jle7tiis,  pres.  part. 
sorry,  magno  do  lore  affectus   {afficio, 

afficere,  off  eel,  affectus'). 
sound,  sonus,  sonl,  m. ;    sonitus,  us, 

m.;    sound  the  trumpet  =  give 

the  signal  with  the  trumpet, 
space,  spatium,  spatii,  n. 
Spain,  Hispdnia,  Hispdniae,  f. 
Sl^SiXQ,  pared,  parcere,  pepercl  or  parsi, 

parcitus    or  parsus ;    spare   one's 

feelings,  animu?n  non  offendo,  of- 

fendere,  offendt,  offensus. 
Sparta,  Sparta,  Spartae,  f. 
Spartans,     Lacedaemonil,     Lacedae- 

moniorum,  m. 
speak  with,  conloquor,  conloqul,  con- 

locutus  sum. 
special,  certus,  a,  um  ;  singull,  ae,  a. 
speech,   dratid,  ordtionis,  f. ;    sermo, 

sermonis,  m. 
spend  (time),  ago,  agere,  egl,  actus. 


spirit,  anima,  animae,  f. 

spring,  ver,  vh'is,  n. ;  in  the  spring, 

vere  (78). 
stake,  ago,  agere,  egi,  actus. 
stand,  sto,  stare,  stetl,  status;    stand 

=  Qn^ViXe,  perfero,  per/err  e,  pertull, 

perldtus ;    stand  =  allow,    suffer, 

patior,  patl,  passus    sum;    stand 

ready,  paror,  pararl,  pardtus  sum. 
standard,  slgnum,  slgnl,  n. 
standard  bearer,   slgnifer,  slgniferl, 

m. 
state,  ctvitds,  civitdtis,  f. ;  res  publica, 

ret  publicae,  f. ;  state  of  affairs,  res, 

rel,  f. ;    state  a  case,  expand,  ex- 

ponere,    exposul,     ex po  situs ;     died, 

dlcere,  dlxl,  dictus. 
statesman,  qui  in  re  publica  dlri- 

gendd  versdtur. 
Statilius,  Statilius,  Statill,  m. 
station,  cdnstitud,  constituere,  consti- 

tul,  constitutus. 
statue,    statua,    statuae,    f. ;     imago, 

imdginis,  f. ;  under  Apollo's  statue, 

sub  basi  Apollinis  {basis,  basis,  f.). 
steep,  arduus,  a,  um  ;  praeceps,  prae- 

cipitis,  adj. 
stQ^, pes, pedis,  m.;  step  On,  ingredior, 

ingredl,  ingressus  sum,  w.  ace. 
stir   up,    Instlgo,   tnstlgdre,   Instlgdvl, 

Instlgdtus. 
stola,  stola,  stolae^  f. 
stone,  lapis,  lapidis,  m.  ;  saxum,  saxl, 

n. ;   riipes,  rUpis,  f. 
stop,  desisto,  desistere,  destitl,  de stilus  ; 

stop  =  delay,  moror,  mordrl,  mora- 

tus  sum, 
storm,  tempestds,  tempestdtis,  f. 
strange,    mlrus,   a,    U7n ;    mlrdbilis, 

mlrdbile,  adj. 
stranger,  hospes,  hospitis,  m.  and  f. 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


265 


strength,   rdbur^   roboris^   n. ;    vires, 

virium,  f. 
strike,  icd,  icere,  Fci,  ictus ;  iaedo,  lae- 

dere,  laest,  laesus. 
strong,   potens,    gen.   potentis,    adj. ; 

robustuSy  a,  um ;  ftrtnus,  a,  um. 
subdue,  pdcOf  pdcdre,  pdcdvT,  pdcdtus. 
succeed  =  follow,   succedd,  succedere, 

success!,  successus,  w.  dat. 
such,  is,  ea,  id ;  tdlis,  tale ;  such  .  .  . 

as,  is,  ea,  id,  .  .  .  quT,^  quae,  quod ; 

tdlis,  tale,  .  .  .  qudlis,  qudle  ;  tantus, 

a,  um,  .  .  .  quantus,  a,  um. 
suffer  from,  perfero,  perferre,  pertult, 

perldtus,  w.  ace. 
suitable,  iddneus,  a,  um. 
suitor,  marttus,  mai-itl,  m. 
Sulla,  Sulla,  Sullae,  m. 
sum  of  money,  pecilnia,  pecuniae,  f.  ; 

sum  up,  concludo  conclUdere,  con- 

cldsT,  conclusus  (189). 
summer,  aestds,  aestdtis,  f. 
summit,  summus,  a,  um  (95). 
summon,  vocd,  vocdre,  vocdvi,  vocdtus. 
sun,  sol,  so  lis,  m. ;    at  sunset,  so  lis 

occdsH, 
superior,  superior,  super ius,  adj. 
superstitious   fear,    religid  et  metus 

(97)   {/digidi  religionis,  f. ;   metus, 

metus,  m.). 
supplies,  commedtus,  commedtUs,  m. 
suppose,  puto,  putdre,  putdvT,  putdtus. 
supreme  power,  su?Jtmum  imperium, 

gen.  su7jimT  imperii,  n. 
surname,  cognomen,  cdgndmi7iis,  n. 
surpass,  praestd,  praestdre,  praestiti, 

praestitus,  w.  dat. ;  praecedo,  prae- 

cedere,  praecessT,  praecessus,  w.  aec. 
surprised,    mtrdtus,   a,   um    {tntror, 

mirdri,  mtrdtus  sum'). 
surrender,  dedo,  dedere,  dedidi,dediiu5. 


surround,  circumvenio,  circumventref 

circumvent,  circumventus. 
suspect,   suspicio,    suspicere,    suspext, 

suspectus ;   suspicor,  suspicdri,  sus- 

picdtus  sum. 
suspicion,  suspicio,  suspicionis,  f. 
suspicious,  suspiciosus,  a,  um ;   sus- 

picdx,  gen.  suspicdcis,  adj. 
swift,  celer,  ceteris,  celere. 
swiftness,  celeritds,  celeritdtis,  f. 
symbol,  InsTgne,  insignis,  n. 
Syria,  Syria,  Syriae,  f. 


tables,  tabulae,  tabuldrum,  f. 

take,  capio,  caper e,  cept,  captus ;  take 
away,  tolld,  toller e,  sustuli,  subldtus; 
take  an  oath,  iiird,  iurdre,  iicrdvT, 
iurdtus  (54);  take  side  of,  sum, 
esse,fut,futurus,  w.  gen.  (^'^Z)',  take 
vengeance  on,  supplicium  sumo, 
siimere,  sumpsJ,  sumptus,  w.  de  and 
abl.;  take  a  long  time,  longum  esse  ; 
take  a  seat,  assided,  assidere,  assedi, 
assessus ;  take  a  city,  expugno,  ex- 
pugndre,  expugndvT,  expugndius ; 
take  charge  of  army,  impero,  im- 
perdre,  i?nperdvt,  imperdtus ;  take 
pains  to  adjust  the  toga,  togam 
compond,  compd7tere,  coiiiposui,  com- 
posiius. 

tame,  domd,  domdre,  domuT,  domitus. 

Tarquinius  Superbus,  Tarquinius 
Superbus,  gen.  Tarquini  SuperbT, 
m. 

Tarquins,  Tarquinit,  Tarquiniorum, 
m. 

Tartarus,  Tartarus,  Tartart,  m. ; 
plu.    Tartara,    Tartardrtim,  n. 

taxes,  stlpendium,  sttpendit,  n.  ;  vec- 
fl^al^  vectigdlis,  n. 


266 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


teach,  doced^  docere^  docuTj  doctus. 

tear,  lacrima^  laa^itnae,  f. 

tell,  ndrrOf  ndrrdre,  ndrrdin^  ndrrd- 
tus ;  nfintio,  7tuntidre,  m'mtidvJ, 
nuntidius ;  patefacid^  patefacere, 
patefed,  patefactus. 

tempest,  te?npestds,  iempestdtis^  f. 

temple,  templum^  templt,  n. ;  fdnum, 
fdnij  n.;   aed'es^  aedisy  f. 

ten,  decern,  indecl.  card.  adj. 

tend,  pertined,  pertinere,  pertinuT, 
perientus  ;  tendency  of  =  to  what 
it  pertains,  quo  pertinere. 

tent,  taberndcuhim^  taberndculi,  n. 

Terentia,  Terentia,  Tej-enliaey  f. 

territory,  fhies,  finium,  m.;  agri, 
agrdru7n^  m. 

Thales,  Thales,  Thalis  or  Thaletis, 
m. 

than,  quam  conj.  (67). 

thank,  grdtids  ago,  agere,  egJ,  dctus. 

thanksgiving,  supplicdtio,  supplicd- 
tio7tisy  f. 

that,  isy  ea,  id ;  ille,  ilia,  illud ;  ut 
(206-210);  quTn  (276);  that  of 
yours,  iste,  ista,  istud. 

Thebes,  Th'ebae,  Thcbdrum,  f. 

their  (their  own),  smus,  a,  urn,  refer- 
ring to  the  subject,  but  agreeing  with 
the  object  possessed;  eoru?n,  edrtiiJi, 
eorum;  horum,  kdrtim,  hoi'um;  iilo- 
rum,  illdrum,  illorum,  may  be  used 
to  express  their  not  referring  to  the 
subject. 

themselves,  ipst,  ae,  a,  intens.  pron.; 
se,  reflex,  pron. 

then,  ium,  adv.;    deinde,  adv.  (304). 

theoretical  knowledge,  ratio  et  doc- 
trina  (18)  {ratio,  rationis,  f.  ; 
doctrina,  doctrJnae,  f.). 

there,  ibi,  adv.  ;  the  English  expletive 


there    is    not   to    be    rendered    in 

Latin, 
therefore,  itaque  (349-351). 
Thermopylae,     I'hermopylae,     Tker- 

mopyldrum,  f. 
Thespians,     Thespienses,     Thespien- 

sium,  m. 
Thessalonica,      ThessalonTca,     Thes- 

salon'cae,  f. 
Thessaly,  Thessalia,  Thessaliae,  f. 
thing,  res,  reJ,  f. 
think,  puto,  putdre,  putdvi,  putdtus 

(278). 

third,  tertius,  a,  u?n. 
thirteen,  tredecim,  indecl.  card.  adj. 
thirty,  trlginta,  indecl.  card.  adj. 
this,  hiCy   haec,  hoc  ;    is^  ea,  id;  this 

being    the    case,    quae    cum    ita 

sint. 
thousand,  i?itlle  (87). 
Thrace,  Thrdcia,  Thrdciae,  f. 
threaten,    minor,    mindri,    mindtus 

sum. 
three,  tres,  tria ;    three  thousand, 

tria    mJlia,   w.    gen.  ;    three  hun- 
dred, trecenti,  ae,  a, 
throne,    soliujii,    solii,    n.;    regnum^ 

regfiT,  n. 
through,  per,  prep.  w.  ace. 
throw,    iacio,    iacere,    iecT,     iactus ; 

throw  back,  reicio,  reicere,  reiecT, 

reiectus ;  throw   into,  inicio,  ini- 

cere,  inieci,  iniectus, 
thus,  SIC,  adv.  /  ita,  adv. 
Thymoetes,  Thymoetes,  Thymoetae,  m. 
Tiber,  Tiberis,  Tiberis,  m. 
tide,  aestus,  aestus,  m. 
Tigranes,  Tigi-dnes,  Tigrdnis,  m. 
Tigranocerta,    Tigranocerta,    Tigra^ 

nocertae,  f. 
timber,  materia,  mdteriae^  f, 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


267 


time,  tempus,  temporis,  n. ;  at  times, 
nonnumquani. 

timidity,  tiinor,  tmidi  is^  m. ;  metus, 
meiils,  m. 

tire,  fcLtigOy  fatigare,  fatTgdvT,  fatigd- 
tus ;  taedety  taedere,  taeduit  or  tae- 
suni  est. 

Titan,  Titan,  Titdnis,  rn. 

"  tit  for  tat "  =  returning  like  for 
like,  par  pari  refer  re  {refero,  re- 
fer re,  retult,  reldtus)^ 

to,  ad,  prep.  w.  ace. 

toga,  toga,  togae,  f. 

tomb,  sepulcrum,  sepulcrt,  n. 

tongue,  lingua,  linguae,  f. 

top  of,  suinmus,  a,  um  (95). 

torture,  crucidtus,  crucidtus,  m.;  tor- 
ture some  one  to  death,  aliquem, 
omm  supplicio  excrucidtum  need, 
necdre,  necdvi,  necdtiis. 

touch  upon,  attingo,  attingere,  attigJ, 
attdctus. 

toward,  ad,  prep.  w.  ace. ;  in,  prep, 
w.  ace. 

tower,  turris,  turris,  f. 

town,  oppidum,  oppidi,  n. 

tradition  asserts,  fdma  trddttum  est 
{fdma,  ae,  f. ;  trddo,  trddere,  trd- 
didi,  trdditus). 

Trajan,  Trdidnus,  Trdidni,  m. 

Transalpine,  TrdnsalpTnus,  a,  um. 

transfer,  trddo,  trddere,  trddidt,  trd- 
ditus. 

transport,  trdducd,  trdducere,  trdduxT, 
trdductus  ;  trdnsporto,  trdnsporidre, 
trdnsportdvt,  trdnsportdtus. 

travel,  eo,  ire,  il,  itus ;  iter  facio, 
facere,  feci,  factus. 

treacherous,  callidus,  a,  um. 

treason,  prdditid,  proditidnis,  f. 

treasures,  gdza,  gdzae,  f. 


treat  with  respect,  sum  mo  honor e 
habed,  habere,  habui,  habitus. 

treaty,  foedus,  foederis,  n. 

tree,  arbor  or  arbos,  arboris,  f. 

Triarius,  Iridrius,  Tridri,  m. 

tribe,  tribus,  tribus,  f. 

tribune,  tribunus,  tribuni,  m. ;  mili- 
tary tribune,  tribunus  militum ; 
tribune  of  the  commons,  tribunus 
plebis. 

trick,  dolus,  doll,  m. 

trip,  iter,  itiiieris,  n. 

tripod,  tripus,  tripodis,  m. 

triumph,  triumphus,  triumph!,  m.; 
triumpho,  triumphdre,  triumphdvi, 
triumphdtus. 

triumvirs,  triu?nvirT,  triumvirortwi, 
m. 

Trojan,  Troidnus,  a,  um;  Trojans, 
TroidiiT,  Troidnorum,  m. 

troops,  copiae,  copidrum,  f. 

troubled,  ?naestus,  a,  um ;  in  dolore 
sum,  esse,  fuT,  futurus, 

Troy,  Troia,  Troiae,  f. 

true,  verus,  a,  um ;  it  is  true,  qui- 
dem  ;  verum  (338). 

trumpet,  tuba,  tubae,  f. 

trust,  credo,  credere,  credidi,  creditus. 

try,  Conor,  condri,  condtus  sutn. 

Tucca,  Tucca,  Tuccae,  m. 

TuUianum,  Tullidnum,  Tullidnl,  n. 

TuUius,  Tullius,  Tulli,  m. 

turma,  turma,  turmae,  f. 

turn,  vei'td,  vertere,  vertT,  versus; 
turn  away,  dvertd,  dvertere,  dvertl, 
dversus  ;  turn  around,  circumvertd, 
circu77ivertere,  circumvertT,  circum- 
versus. 

Tusculum,  Tusculum,  Tuscult,  n. 

twelfth,  duodecimus,  a,  um. 

twelve,  duodecim,  indecl.  card.  adj. 


268 


ELEMENTARY   LATIN   WRITING 


twenty,  vlgintiy  indecl.  card.  adj. 
twice,  bis,  adv. 

twins,  gemint,  geminorum,  m.  and  f. 
two,  duo,  ae,  o;  two  days,  biduum, 

bidutj  n. 
two  hundred,  ducentl,  ae,  a. 
tyrannically,  regie,  adv. 
tyrant,  tyrannus,  tyrannt,  m. 
'twixt,  inter,  prep.  w.  ace.  :  "  'twixt 

cup  and  lip,  there's  many  a  slip," 

inter  os  atque  offam  multa  interve- 

ntre  possunt. 


unavailing  =  in  vain,  frustrd,  adv.; 

nequtqua7ti,  adv. 
uncertain,  incertus,  a,  um. 
uncle,  avunculus,  avunculi,  m. 
under,   sub,   prep.   w.   ace.   and   abl. 

(322). 
underground,  subterraneus,  a,  um. 
understand,  intellegd,  intellegere,  in- 

tellexi,  intellectus. 
undertake,  suscipid,  suscipere,  suscept, 

susceptus. 
undoubtedly, /r^y^^r/^/  sane. 
uneven,  impar,  gen.  impdris,  adj. 
unfavorable,  alienus,  a,  u?n. 
ungrateful,  ingrdtus,  a,  um, 
unite,  coniungo,  coniungere,  coniunxt, 

coniunctus, 
unjust,  iniquus,  a,  um, 
unknown,  igndtus,  a,  um, 
unless,  nisi,  conj.  (215). 
unlike,  dissimilis,  dissimile. 
unoccupied,  vacuus,  a,  um  ;  be  unoc- 
cupied, vaco,  vacdre,  vacdvi,  vacd- 

tus. 
unsuspicious,    ndn     suspicdx,     gen. 

suspicdcis ;    nihil    suspicdns,    gen. 

suspicantis. 


until,  dum,  conj.  (250;  251);  until 
morning,   ad  prlmam    lucem, 

unto,  ad,  prep,  ^n,  ace. 

unusual,  itisolitus,  a,  um. 

unwilling,  invltus,  a,  um  ;  be  unwill- 
ing, nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  — . 

Upper,  superior,  superius. 

Uprightness,  integritds,  integritdtis,  f. 

urge,  hortor,  hortdri,  hortdtus  sum ; 
impello,  impellere,  impull,  impulsus. 

use,  litor,  utT,  iisus  sum,  w.  abl. ; 
noun,  usus,  tistis,  m. 

useful,  litilis.  Utile. 

utensils,  utensilia,  utensilium,  n. 

utter,  eloquor,  eloqui,  elo cuius  sum. 


vain  (in),  frustrd,  adv.;   nequiquam, 

adv. 
valiant,  fortis,  forte, 
valley,  valles  or  vallis,  vallis,  f. 
valor,  virtus,  virtutis,  f. 
valuable,  pretiosus,  a,  um. 
value,  exJstifftd,  exlstimdre,  exIstifndvT, 

existimdtus, 
various,  varius,  a,  um, 
Varius,  Varius,  Vari,  m. 
vast,  vdstus,  a,  um  ;  maximus,  a,  um  ; 

ingens,  ingentis, 
Vatican,   Vaticdnus,  Vaticdni,  m. 
vengeance,  supplicium,  supplicit,  n. 
Venus,   Venus,  Veneris,  f. 
Vergilius,    Publius    Vergilius   Maro, 

gen.  Publi   VergilT  Maronis,  m. 
verse,  carmen,  carminis,  n. ;  versed 

in  the  art  of  war,  peritus  rei  mlli- 

tdris ;    versed   in  politics,   in   re 

publicd  dirigendd  versdtus. 
very,  ipse,  a,  um,  intens.  pron.;  valde^ 

adv.     Express  by  the  superlative. 
vessel,  ndvis,  ndvis,  f. 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN    WRITING 


269 


Vesta,  Vesta,  Vestae,  f. 

veterans,  veterdnl,  veterdnoruMj  m. 

veto,  intercession  intercessionis,  f. ; 
veto,  vetdre,  vetut,  vetitus. 

viator,  viator,  vidtoris,  m. 

victor,  victor,  victoris,  m. 

victory,  victoria,  victoriae,  f. 

view,  despectus,  despectUs,  m. 

villa,  villa,  villae,  f. 

village,  vTcus,  vTcT,  m. 

violate,  violo,  violdre,  violdvi,  viold- 
tus ;  violate  every  divine  obliga- 
tion, omne  fds  abrumpo,  abrumpere, 
abrtipT,  abruptus. 

violence,  vis,  vis,  f. 

violent  grief,  vis  ac  dolor  {dolor,  dolo- 
ris,  m.) ;  violent  tempest,  inagna 
tempestds,  gen.  inagnae  tempestd- 
tis,  f. 

virgin,  virgo,  virginis,  f. 

voice,  vox,  vocis,  f. 

vote,  censed,  censere,  censul,  census. 

VOW,  votuni,  votl,  n.;  voveo,  vovere, 
vovl,  vdtus. 

Vulcan,  Vulcdnus,  VulcdnT,  m. 

W 

wage  war,  bellum  gero,  gerere,  gessl, 

gestus. 
wagon,  carrus,  carri,  m. 
wait  for,  exspecto,  exspectdre,  exspec- 

tdvl,  exspectdtus. 
wall,    murus,   mdrl,  m.;   wall    of    a 

llOVLSQ,  paries, parietis,  m.;  walls  of 

a  town,  moenia,  vioenium,  n. 
wander,       vagor,       vagdrl,      vagdtus 

sum. 
wanting    (be),   absu7n,   abesse,   dfiiT, 

abfuturus. 
war,  bellum,   belli,    n.;    bello,    belldre, 

belldvl,  belldtus ;  begin  war,  in  bel- 


lum   ingredior,    ingredl,    ingressus 

sufn. 
watch,  custds,  ciistodis,  m. 
water,  aqua,  aquae,  f.;    inrigo,  inri- 

gdre,  inrigdvl,  inrigdtus. 
way,  via,  viae,  f. 
wealthy,  opulentus,  a,  um. 
weapon,  telu7n,  tell,  n. 
wear,  gero,  gerere,  gessl,  gestus. 
weight,    auctoritds,    auctoritdtis,    f. ; 

have  weight    or   influence,  ??tul- 

tiu?i  possum,  posse,  potul,  —  /   mul- 

tum  valeo,  valere,  valid. 
well,    bene,   adv.;    validus,    a,    21m; 

well  ?  quidvero?  (163)  ;  be  well, 

valeo,  valere,  valul. 
what,  qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.;  quis, 

quid,  inter,  pron.;  whatever,  qui- 

cumque,  quaecumque,  quodcumque. 
when,    ubi,   adv.;    cum,   conj.  (237- 

241). 
where,  ubi,  adv.  with  verb  of  rest ; 

quo,  adv.  with  verb  of  motion, 
whether,    si;     num ;     -ne ;     utrum 

(170;    171;   336). 
which,    qui,    quae,   quod,    rel.  pron. ; 

quis,  quid,  inter,  pron. ;    which  of 

two,  uter,  utra,  utrum,  gen.  utrlus, 

dat.  utrl. 
while,  dum    (248)  ;    a  little  while 

after,  paulo  post  (60). 
white,  albus,  a,  um,  opp.  of  dter,  dtra 

dtrum ;   candidus,  a,  um,    opp.   of 

niger,  nigra,  nigrum. 
whither,  quo  ?  adv.  ;  quem  ad  locum? 
who,  qui,  quae,  rel.  pron. ;  quis,  inter. 

pron. 
whoever,  qulcu77ique,  quaecu7nque. 
whole,  totus,  a,  U771,  gen.  totlus,  dat. 

totl. 
whv,  cur,  adv.  ;   quid?  (159). 


270 


ELEMENTARY    LATIN   WRITING 


wicked,  improbus^  a,  uni. 

wide,  Idtus^  a,  um. 

wife,    coniunxy    coniugisj    f. ;     uxoj', 

uxoris,  f. 
will    and    testament,    testdmentum, 

testa f?ientiy  n.  ;  against  one's  will, 

invJtus,  a,  um, 
willing,  vol'ens^  volentis ;  be  willing, 

vold^  velle^  voluT,  — . 
win,  vinco,  vincere,  vtci,  victus  (84). 
wind,  ventus,  veiitJ^  m. 
winter,  hiefns,  hieniis,  f.  ;   hie7?id,  hie- 

7?idre,  kie??idvlj  hienidtus, 
wisdom,     sapientia,    sapientiae,    f. ; 

consilium,  consilii,  n. 
wise,  sapiens,  gen.  sapientis  {j^Z)- 
wish,  void,  velle,  voluT,  — /  cupio,  cu- 

pere,  cupivi,  cupTtus. 
with,  CU771,  prep.  w.  abl.  (316;   310). 
withdraw,    excedd,   excedere,    excess!, 

excessus ;  confer 0,  conferre,  contull, 

conldtus,  w.  ace.  of  pers.  or  reflex. 

pron. 
within,  ifttrd,  prep.  w.  ace. 
without,  sine,   prep,   w,   abl.    (200 ; 

317). 
withstand,    sustineo,   sustinere,    sus- 

tinui,  sustentus, 
witness,  testis,  testis,  m.  and  f.  (18). 
Yrom.8in,fefnina,fe7ninae,  f.  ;  mulier, 

mulieris,    f.  ;     old    woman,    anus, 

anus,  f. 
wonder,  miror,  mlrdrt,  7ntrdtus  sum. 
woolen,  Idndtus,  a,  um. 
word,  verbum,  verbi,  n. 
work,  labord,  labordre,  labordvT,  labo- 

rdtus  ;  noun,  optis,  operis,  n. ;  labor, 

laboris,  m. ;  work  for  the  interest 

of,  consulo,  consulere,  consuluT,  con- 

sulius,  w.  dat. 


workmanship,  opus,  operis,  n. ;   ma- 

nus,  manns,  f. 
world,  orbis  terrae  or  terrdrum  {orbis, 

or  bis,   m.  ;     terra,    terrae,    f.)  ;    in 

the  world's  h.i&ioxy,  post  ho7ninum 

7?ie7no7'ia7n. 
worship,     adordtio,    addrdtid7tis,    f. ; 

ve7ieror,   ve/ierdrl,   vetierdtus   su77i, 
worth,  pretiu77t,  pretiT,  n.  ;   be  worth 

much,  77iagnT  SU771,  esse,fuJ,futrirus 

(34). 

worthy,  dig7tus,  a,  U77i. 
would  that,  2tti7ia7n,  interj.  (273). 
wretched,  77iiser,  77iisera,  miser U7n. 
write,  scrJbo,  scribere,  scrips!,  scrtptus, 
writer,  sc7-Tptor,  scrTptoris,  m.  and  f. 
wrong-doing,  77ialejicium,  7naleficiT,  n. 


Xerxes,  Xerxes,  Xerxis,  m. 


year,  a7tnus,  anni,  m. 

yearly,  quota7i7iTs,  adv. 

yes  indeed,  immo  vh'o, 

yet,  ta77ien,  conj.  (342)  ;  and  yet, 
quaf7iqua7n,  conj. ;  not  yet,  non- 
du77i,  adv. 

young,  iuve7tis,  gen.  iuvenis,  adj. ; 
adolescc'7ts,  gen.  adolesce7itis,  adj. 

your,  tuus,  a,  U7n,  poss.  pron.  show- 
ing one  owner,  and  agreeing  in  gen- 
der, number,  and  case  with  the 
object  possessed ;  vester,  vestra, 
vestrum,  showing  more  than  one 
owner,  and  agreeing  with  the  ob- 
ject possessed. 

yourself,  tu  ipse  or  ipsa,  gen.  tui  ipsius 
{til,  pers.  pron. ;  ipse,  ipsa,  intens. 
pron.). 


YB  4(215 


29JU45 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


